initial commit of ebook 16086HEADmain

1 files changed, 8865 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/16086.txt b/16086.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6963060
--- /dev/null
+++ b/16086.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,8865 @@
+Project Gutenberg's The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, by Emma Helen Blair
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
+       Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the
+       islands and their peoples, their history and records of
+       the catholic missions, as related in contemporaneous books
+       and manuscripts, showing the political, economic, commercial
+       and religious conditions of those islands from their
+       earliest relations with European nations to the close of
+       the nineteenth century, Volume XIX, 1620-1621
+
+Author: Emma Helen Blair
+
+Release Date: June 17, 2005 [EBook #16086]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Distributed Proofreaders Team
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                   The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
+
+   Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and
+   their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions,
+    as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the
+   political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those
+   islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the
+                    close of the nineteenth century,
+
+                         Volume XIX, 1620-1621
+
+
+
+ Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson
+  with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord
+                                Bourne.
+
+
+
+
+
+Contents of Volume XIX
+
+
+    Preface
+    Documents of 1620
+
+            Reforms needed in the Filipinas (concluded). Hernando de
+            los Rios Coronel; (Madrid, 1619-20)
+            Letter to Alonso de Escovar. Francisco de Otaco, S.J.;
+            Madrid, January 14.
+            Decree ordering reforms in the friars' treatment of the
+            Indians. Felipe III; Madrid, May 29.
+            Relation of events in the Philipinas Islands,
+            1619-20. (Unsigned); Manila, June 14.
+            Compulsory service by the Indians. Pedro de Sant Pablo,
+            O.S.F.; Dilao, August 7.
+            Letter from the Audiencia to Felipe III. Hieronimo
+            Legaspi de Cheverria, and others; Manila, August 8.
+
+            Letter to Felipe III. Alonso Fajardo de Tenza: Manila,
+            August 15.
+            Letter to Alonso Fajardo de Tenza. Felipe III; Madrid,
+            December 13.
+
+    Memorial, y relacion para sv magestad, Hernando de los Rios
+    Coronel; Madrid, 1621.
+    Bibliographical Data.
+    Appendix: Buying and selling prices of Oriental products. Martin
+    Castanos (in part); (undated.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Illustrations
+
+
+
+    Autograph signature of Alonso Fajardo de Tenza; photographic
+    facsimile from MS. in Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla
+    Title-page of _Memorial y relacion_, by Hernando de los Rios
+    Coronel (Madrid, 1621); photographic facsimile from copy in
+    Library of Congress
+
+
+
+
+
+Preface
+
+
+The documents in the present volume cover a wide range. In greater
+or less detail are discussed affairs in the islands--civil, military,
+and religious, in which all the various ramifications of each estate
+are touched upon. Reforms, both civil and religious, are urged and
+ordered; and trade and commerce, and general economic and social
+conditions pervade all the documents. The efforts of Dutch, English,
+French, Portuguese, and Spanish in eastern waters are a portent of
+coming struggles for supremacy in later times. Japan, meditating on the
+closed door to Europeans, though still permitting the Dutch to trade
+there, continues to persecute the Christians, while that persecution
+is, on the other hand, lessening in violence in China. The piracies
+of the Moros endanger the islands, and allow the Dutch to hope for
+alliance with them against the Spaniards; and the importance of the
+islands to Spain is urged forcibly.
+
+A letter addressed by Los Rios Coronel to the king (probably in 1620)
+urges that prompt aid be sent to Filipinas for its defense against
+the Dutch and English who threaten its coasts. To it he adds an
+outline "treatise on the navigation of Filipinas," which sustains
+his demand by forcible arguments. The rich Oriental trade amounts
+to five millions of pesos a year, which mainly goes to sustain the
+Dutch and their allies, the enemies of Spain, whose commerce they
+will utterly destroy unless some check is placed on their audacity;
+and the effectual method of doing this is to deprive them of that
+trade. An armed expedition for the relief of the islands is being
+prepared by the king; it should be despatched via the Cape of Good
+Hope, and all possible efforts should be made to drive out the Dutch
+and English from the Eastern seas. Los Rios proposes that for this
+purpose loans be asked from wealthy persons in Nueva Espana and Peru;
+and that the vessels needed be built in India. He makes recommendations
+for the routes and equipment of the vessels, both going and returning;
+and for the seasons best for sailing.
+
+A letter from Francisco de Otaco, S.J. (January 14, 1620), mentions
+various arrangements for the despatch of more missionaries to the
+islands, and laments the recent loss of a fleet sent to the aid of the
+Philippine colony. A royal decree of May 29 in the same year orders
+the governor and Audiencia to correct the religious who have levied
+on the Indians exactions of forced service.
+
+The Jesuit chronicler of events in 1619 continues the record for the
+year ending July, 1620. Some account of the war waged by the Chinese
+and the Tartars is given. The persecution of the Christians in China
+has slackened, and the authorities of that country are more favorable
+to the Jesuit missionaries there. But in Japan the persecution
+continues, and the college at Macao is crowded with Jesuits who are
+disappointed in their efforts to enter Japan. Letters from Jesuits
+in that country enumerate many martyrdoms, of both missionaries and
+their converts, and describe their holy zeal and faith in suffering
+death. The authorities and influential men of Japan consider it well
+to harbor the Dutch there, and even talk of conquering the Philippines,
+in order to get rid of the Spaniards; but it is rumored that they also
+contemplate the expulsion of all Europeans from Japan. In the Malucas
+"there is constant strife between the English and the Hollanders,"
+and the French are obtaining a foothold. Portuguese India has but
+inadequate means of defense against the Dutch and other foes. An
+interesting and picturesque account is given of the religious fiestas
+held in Manila to celebrate the festival of the immaculate conception
+of the Virgin Mary; the chief features are processions, dramatic
+representations, dances, fireworks, etc.--to say nothing of the
+bull-fights and masquerades of the laity. Fearful earthquakes, with
+considerable loss of life, have occurred in the islands, especially
+in Ilocos and Cagayan of Luzon; they are ascribed to the influence
+of the comets seen in the preceding year. The commerce of Manila is
+increasing; rich cargoes arrive there from all parts of the world;
+and Manila is a magnificent city, surpassed by few in Europe.
+
+A letter from the Franciscan, Pedro de Sant Pablo (August 7, 1620),
+calls upon the king to abolish the repartimientos of forced service
+and supplies levied upon the Indians for shipbuilding and other
+public works by the colonial authorities. He recounts the oppression,
+cruelty, and enslavement caused by this practice; and in the name of
+both the Spaniards and the Indians he asks that the repartimientos
+be commuted for certain payments of money, in proportion to the means
+of each household.
+
+The Audiencia of Manila send to the king (August 8, 1620) a roll of
+complaints against Governor Fajardo. They accuse him of abusive and
+violent language toward the auditors, and arbitrary conduct in both
+sentencing and releasing prisoners; and of granting certain illegal
+appointments and privileges to the friends and relatives of himself and
+the royal officials. His conduct of an expedition made ready to repel
+the Dutch from the islands is sharply criticised; covert attack is
+made on him as defrauding the treasury by the sale of Indian orders,
+and allowing reckless expenditures of the public moneys; and he is
+blamed for failing to enforce the regulations as to the sale of the
+Chinese goods.
+
+Fajardo sends a long report of affairs to the king (August 15,
+1620). The coming of the ships this year was delayed; and by storms
+and an encounter with the Dutch both were wrecked--but on Philippine
+coasts, which enabled them to save the rich cargo. As the Dutch
+failed to secure this prize, they have lost in prestige, while the
+Spaniards have gained accordingly. A marginal note here, apparently
+the reply of the Council of the Indias to this clause of Fajardo's
+letter, censures him for allowing the ships to leave Manila so late,
+and warns him to send them hereafter promptly, and not overladen. He
+is also directed to remonstrate with the Japanese officials who are
+aiding the Dutch with arms and other supplies; and to strive to break
+up their friendship with the Dutch. Fajardo proceeds to say that he
+is equipping the ships for both the outward and return voyages with
+various supplies, to avoid the greater expense of buying these in
+Nueva Espana; and for the same object is asking the viceroy of that
+country to make no unnecessary repairs on the ships. He complains of
+the reckless and arbitrary proceedings of the officials in charge of
+the ships at Acapulco. He is advised by the Council to send them a
+detailed statement of all matters in which unnecessary expense can
+be avoided. Fajardo recounts his difficulties with the viceroy of
+Nueva Espana over the appointments to offices in the trading fleet,
+and with the pretensions of certain Philippine residents who claim
+rewards and appointments without meriting these. He complains that
+the troops just arrived from Nueva Espana are mostly "boys, mestizos,
+and mulattoes, with some Indians;" the viceroy is directed to send
+better and more effective soldiers to Filipinas hereafter. Fajardo
+is uncertain how far he can depend on aid from the viceroy; and he
+proposes that those troops and supplies be sent to him from Spain by
+way of Panama, enumerating the advantages and economy of that plan
+over the present one. He thanks the king for sending aid to Filipinas
+by the India route, and asks that such aid be regularly provided
+for some years to come; while he states in general terms what he has
+accomplished during the last two years with the limited public funds
+of the islands. He has equalized the pay of the soldiers at Manila
+and Ternate, and has sent large reenforcements and supplies to the
+latter region. Fajardo complains of the opposition and intrigues of the
+religious. He desires the royal appointment of a governor for Ternate,
+and the adjustment of certain difficulties connected therewith. He
+is informed that this appointment has been already conferred on Pedro
+de Heredia; and is advised not to allow the religious to interfere in
+purely secular matters, especially in those which concern the conduct
+of government officials, and to warn the religious orders to refrain
+from meddling with these matters. Dutch pirates infest the China Sea,
+plundering the Chinese trading ships when they can; but Fajardo is
+able to save many of these by warning them beforehand of the danger,
+and he has been able to keep them in awe of his own forces. He has
+begun to have ships built in Japan for the Philippines, which can be
+done there more conveniently and cheaply; the Council would like to
+provide thus ships for the South American colonies.
+
+The governor has many annoyances regarding the Audiencia, which
+circumstances compel him to endure as best he can. He is directed to
+check trading by government officials, and to punish those who are
+guilty; and to do all that he can to obtain funds from the islands
+for their expenses, by opening the mines of Luzon and trading-posts
+in the Moluccas. In answer to his complaint that the auditors meddle
+in judicial proceedings in the military department, he is informed
+that they must observe the laws already enacted for such matters;
+and is ordered to punish severely anyone who shall obstruct the course
+of justice in the islands. Fajardo recounts various other annoyances
+experienced at their hands--they claiming authority to restrict the
+Chinese immigration, and the right to appoint certain minor officials;
+and he regrets that the auditors should be all new at one time, and
+so ignorant of their duties. He suggests that the king avail himself
+of the abilities of Archbishop Serrano, in case of his own death or
+other emergency requiring an _ad interim_ governor; and describes
+the character of Auditor Rodriguez. The trials of persons involved
+in the scandal at Sancta Potenciana have not pleased the governor,
+some whom he regards as guilty having been acquitted. The official
+inspection of the country, especially for the sake of the natives,
+Fajardo has committed to Auditor Mesa, but the latter is unwilling
+to undertake it. The Council order that no auditor shall shirk this
+important duty. The governor mentions in detail various minor matters,
+showing anxiety to act as the home government shall approve. He has
+been ordered to reduce military salaries, but objects to this, and
+enumerates the amounts paid to each officer. Directions for arranging
+this reduction are given by the Council, as also for the governor's
+management of expenses, etc., Fajardo makes recommendations as to
+certain crown encomiendas, at present unproductive. This is approved
+by the Council, who order him to prevent any unjust collections. He
+commends certain officers as deserving rewards, and exonerates many of
+the religious from the blame of harassing the Indians. He is able to
+maintain amicable relations with the orders, especially by allowing the
+religious to transact certain secular business for him; but he finds
+them domineering and self-willed, and suggests that they cannot be kept
+in order without some change in their present mode of government. He is
+advised to check their arrogance, especially in their open and public
+censures of their superiors, whether ecclesiastical or secular. He
+relates his difficulties with Pedro Alvarez over the countersigning of
+Sangley licenses. He has sent an expedition to attempt the opening of
+mines in the Igorrote country--an undertaking in which he has received
+the support and countenance of the religious orders. He commends the
+Augustinian Recollects as not meddling in governmental affairs that do
+not concern them, and offering to take distant missions. The tributary
+Indians are peaceable, and appreciate with gratitude Fajardo's efforts
+to relieve them from taxes and wrongs. One of their burdens has been
+the erection of many churches--of which there are thirty, almost all
+of stone, in Manila and its immediate vicinity alone. The Council
+order that no religious house or church be hereafter erected without
+the permission of both secular and ecclesiastical authorities. At the
+end of Fajardo's letter are added certain comments and directions by
+the Council. They are inclined to send reenforcements, supplies, and
+merchandise to Filipinas via Panama, as Fajardo suggests, but direct
+the vessels to return to Acapulco instead. Illicit participation
+of government officials in trade shall be severely punished. The
+official visitations recommended by the governor are to be made,
+and the auditors are commanded to serve in this duty.
+
+A letter from the king to Fajardo (December 13, 1620) answers previous
+despatches from the latter. He commends Fajardo's proceedings in
+discontinuing certain grants, and orders him to be careful in making
+his reports, to maintain harmony in the Audiencia as far as possible,
+to investigate the conduct of the auditor Legaspi, to correct with
+vigor the scandals at Santa Potenciana, to enforce discipline in
+the military department, and to maintain friendly relations with
+Japan. Felipe returns thanks to the colonists for their loyalty
+and services in public affairs, and to the Augustinian order in the
+islands for their zeal in his service.
+
+A document of especial interest and value is the _Memorial_ (Madrid,
+1621) of Hernando de los Rios Coronel, long procurator-general of
+the Philippine Islands. Introducing the work with a statement of
+his coming to Spain as an envoy from "that entire kingdom and its
+estates," he begins with an historical account of the discovery and
+settlement of the islands, and the growth of the Spanish colony. The
+earlier historical matter in Part I of the _Memorial_ is presented
+to our readers in synopsis, as being largely a repetition of what
+has already appeared in our former volumes. In chapter vii Los Rios
+gives some account of the government of Juan de Silva, especially of
+the latter's infatuation for shipbuilding, and its baneful effects
+on the prosperity of both the colony and the natives. He recounts the
+disastrous attempt to expel the Dutch by means of a joint Spanish and
+Portuguese expedition (1615-16), and its ruin and Silva's death at
+Malaca. Then he describes the opposition to Silva's schemes that had
+arisen in Manila, where, although, he had a faction who supported his
+ambitious projects, "all desired his absence." Los Rios cites part of
+a letter from Geronimo de Silva to the governor, blaming the latter
+for not going to Maluco, where he could have secured the submission
+of the natives in all those islands; and urging him to do so as soon
+as possible, as that is the only means of preserving the present
+foothold of the Spanish. The Dutch fleet there sets out for Manila,
+and, hearing in Mindanao of Silva's death, they concert plans with
+the Moros for ravaging the Philippines. Part of the Moros are defeated
+on the coast of Panay, but they meet with enough success to embolden
+them to make further raids; these go unpunished by the Spaniards,
+and thus the islands are being devastated and ruined. The Christian
+and friendly Indians are at the mercy of these cruel foes, from whom
+the Spaniards do not defend them; accordingly, they demand freedom
+and arms, that they may defend themselves against the invaders. All
+would revolt, were it not for the influence of the missionaries,
+especially the Jesuits.
+
+Los Rios makes complaint of the apathy, negligence, and blunders
+exhibited by the governors of the islands in regard to their defense
+from so many enemies, supporting his position with detailed accounts
+of the damages thereby suffered in raids by the Dutch and Moros, and
+failures to achieve success that was within the grasp of the Spaniards.
+
+In the second part, Los Rios discusses "the importance of the
+Filipinas, and the means for preserving them." He enumerates the
+reasons why the crown of Spain should keep the islands, indicating a
+curious mixture of worldly wisdom and missionary zeal; and refutes
+the arguments of those persons who advocate the abandonment of the
+Philippines, or its transfer to Portugal in exchange for Brazil. Los
+Rios explains at length the desirability of retaining Manila, and its
+importance and desirability as a commercial and military center, and
+a check on the ambition of the Dutch. He then asserts that the money
+sent to the islands by the Spanish government is mainly expended not on
+the Philippines, but for the defense of the Moluccas; and he enumerates
+the resources of the former, which but for that diversion would support
+them without aid from the crown. He then enlarges upon the great wealth
+which is found in the islands, especially in the gold mines of the
+Igorrote country; and urges upon the king the necessity of developing
+these mines, and of converting the Indians of that region. He asks
+that the governors sent to the Philippines be better qualified for
+that post; praises Gomez Perez Dasmarinas as being the best governor
+of all who have ruled there; and describes the qualifications needed
+for a good governor. Los Rios considers the measures that should be
+taken for growth and preservation of the Philippines. He recommends
+that a fleet be sent to aid and reenforce them. If that cost too much,
+eight galleys should be sent to Ternate--a proposal which the writer
+urges for many reasons, explaining in detail the way in which these
+vessels could, at little cost, be made highly effective in checking the
+Dutch. They could be manned by captive Moros and others taken in war,
+or by negro slaves bought at Malacca. The third measure is one which he
+"dare not write, for that is not expedient," but will explain it to the
+king in person. Again he insists on the necessity of a competent and
+qualified person as governor of the islands, enlarging upon the great
+power and authority possessed by that official, and the consequent
+dependence of all classes upon his arbitrary will or prejudices. Los
+Rios cites various instances which prove his position, and expressly
+states his good opinion of the present governor, Fajardo. He would
+prefer to see the Audiencia abolished. A special inspector is needed,
+with great experience and ability, and authority to regulate affairs
+and redress all grievances in the islands. The immigration of Chinese
+and Japanese into the colony should be restricted; and the Mindanao
+pirates should be reduced to submission. The opening already made for
+commerce and friendly relations with the king of Macassar, and for
+preaching the gospel there, should be at once improved, and Jesuits
+should be sent there as missionaries. More care should be exercised
+to despatch with promptness the ships to Nueva Espana. More attention
+should be given to the garrisons, especially those in the Moluccas,
+to keep the men from discontent; and measures should be taken to
+encourage and aid new colonists to settle in the Philippines. The late
+restrictions on the possession and enjoyment of encomiendas should be
+removed. A letter from Lucas de Vergara, commandant in Maluco, is here
+inserted. He recounts the losses of the Dutch in their late attack
+on Manila (1617), and their schemes for driving out the Spaniards
+from the Moluccas; also his own difficulties in procuring food,
+fortifying the posts under his care, and keeping up his troops who
+are being decimated by sickness and death. He urges that the fleet
+at Manila proceed at once to his succor, and thus prevent the Dutch
+from securing this year's rich clove-harvest.
+
+In the third part of the _Memorial_, Los Rios gives a brief description
+of the Philippines and the Moluccas, with interesting but somewhat
+desultory information of their peoples and natural products, of the
+Dutch factories, and of the produce and value of the clove trade. He
+describes the custom of head-hunting among the Zambales, and advocates
+their reduction to slavery as the only means of rendering the friendly
+natives safe from their attacks. The numbers of encomiendas and their
+tributarios, and of monasteries and religious, in the islands, are
+stated, with the size and extent of Manila. All the natives are now
+converted, except some tribes in Central Luzon. Los Rios describes
+the Malucas Islands and others in their vicinity, and enumerates the
+Dutch and Spanish forts therein; and proceeds to state the extent
+and profits of the spice trade. He closes his memoir with an itemized
+statement of the expenses incurred by the Spanish crown in maintaining
+the forts at Tidore and Ternate. These amount yearly to nearly two
+hundred and twenty thousand pesos.
+
+In an appendix to this volume are presented several short papers
+which constitute a brief epitome of early seventeenth-century
+commerce in the Far East--entitled "Buying and selling prices of
+Oriental products." Martin Castanos, procurator-general of Filipinas,
+endeavors to show that the spices of Malucas and the silks of China,
+handled through Manila, ought to bring the Spanish crown an annual net
+income of nearly six million pesos. Another paper shows the extent and
+value of the trade carried on with Japan by the Portuguese at Macao;
+and another, the kind of commerce maintained by those enterprising
+traders with the countries of southern Asia from the Moluccas to
+Arabia. All these enumerate the various kinds of goods, the buying
+and selling prices of most articles, the rate of profit, etc.
+
+_The Editors_
+
+September, 1904.
+
+
+
+
+
+Documents of 1620
+
+
+
+    Reforms needed in the Filipinas (concluded). Hernando de los Rios
+    Coronel; [1619-20].
+    Letter to Alonso de Escovar. Francisco de Otaco, S.J.; January 14.
+    Decree ordering reforms in the friars' treatment of the
+    Indians. Felipe III; May 29.
+    Relation of events in the Philipinas Islands, 1619-20. [Unsigned];
+    June 14.
+    Compulsory service by the Indians. Pedro de Sant Pablo, O.S.F.;
+    August 7.
+    Letter from the Audiencia to Felipe III. Hieronimo Legaspi de
+    Cheverria, and others; August 8.
+    Letter to Felipe III. Alonso Fajardo de Tenza; August 15.
+    Letter to Alonso Fajardo de Tenza. Felipe III; December 13.
+
+
+
+_Sources_: All of these documents, except the second, fourth, and
+eighth, are obtained from the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla. The
+second and fourth are from the Real Academia de la Historia, Madrid;
+and the eighth from the Archivo Historico Nacional, Madrid.
+
+_Translations_: The second and fourth are translated by Herbert
+E. Bolton, Ethel Z. Rather, and Mattie A. Austen, of the University
+of Texas; the eighth by Robert W. Haight; and the remainder by James
+A. Robertson.
+
+
+
+Reforms Needed in the Filipinas (concluded)
+
+
+
+Aid against the Dutch requested
+
+Sire:
+
+Hernando de los Rios Coronel, procurator-general of the Filipinas
+Islands and of all their estates, declares that he came the past
+year to inform your Majesty and your royal Council of the Indias,
+in the name of those islands, of the desperate condition to which the
+Dutch enemy have brought them. Desiring that your Majesty understand
+the importance of the matter, he gave you a long printed relation in
+which he discussed points important for their recovery from the enemy
+and the expulsion of the latter from that archipelago. Your Majesty,
+upon seeing it, ordered a fleet to be prepared; but that fleet was so
+unfortunate as to be lost before beginning its voyage. Although your
+Council of the Indias is discussing the formation of another fleet to
+sail by way of the Strait of Magallanes, or by the new strait [_i.e._,
+of Le Maire], it cannot, if it leaves here any time in July (which is
+the earliest time when it can be sent from Espana) possibly arrive
+[at Filipinas] until one and one-half years from now--or a little
+less, if it has no bad luck. Now considering the watchfulness of the
+enemy, and the forces that they are sending this year, namely, forty
+ships, which have left Olanda--whence can be inferred the importance
+to them of making themselves masters of those regions, since they
+are so persistent in their efforts, and incur so heavy expenses--he
+[_i.e._, Los Rios] advises you for the discharge of his conscience,
+and his obligation, and his duty as a good vassal of your Majesty,
+that there is urgent need that, notwithstanding the relief that your
+Council of the Indias is about to despatch by way of the straits,
+other help be furnished from Nueva Espana and Piru; of both men and
+money, and to employ this [aid from Espana] with as great care as the
+gravity of the matter requires, and to realize the fact that, were it
+lost, both Eastern and Western India would be endangered. They would
+be in great danger, as would also these kingdoms; for it would mean
+to permit the enemy to become so powerful and so rich as all know
+who are aware of the wealth of those regions. Besides, it would mean
+the extinction of whatever Christian element is there, and would shut
+the doors to the preaching of the gospel, which your Majesty and your
+ancestors have procured with so great glory and so many expenses. [That
+relief of Nueva Espana and Piru should be prepared] also, for if the
+relief [from Espana] should suffer an equal disaster with the last,
+and that country could not be succored, it would all be lost.
+
+I petition your Majesty to order that this matter be considered,
+as a matter of so great importance; and that your president of the
+Indias call a conference of those most experienced in the Indias,
+so that they may discuss what measures can be taken most fitting for
+the relief of that country, and as speedily as possible, where he
+[_i.e._, Los Rios] will also declare the measures that occur to him.
+
+[_Endorsed_: "To the president of the Indias. Examined, in the meeting
+of April 7, 620."]
+
+
+
+Treatise on the navigation of Filipinas, reduced to four chapters
+
+Sire:
+
+Your Majesty orders me to declare my opinion in regard to the
+navigation from Espana to the Philipinas and Malucas Islands, from
+them to Espana, the mutual navigation between those island groups; and
+the seasons suitable for such navigation. In obedience to your royal
+order, I declare, Sire, that the propositions cover four principal
+points, each of which I shall explain in order. [The original document
+contains a marginal abstract of each of the four points that follow;
+but these abstracts are here omitted.]
+
+_First point_. This point contains in brief the substance of all
+the others. In explaining it, I declare that the navigations from
+these kingdoms to those islands are so worthy of consideration, and
+so important, that no others in the world at this time are equal to
+them. For the drugs, fragrant gums, spices, precious stones, and silks
+that the Dutch enemy and their allies bring thence--obtained partly
+by pillaging, and partly by trading in their forts and factories
+which they own throughout that archipelago--amount, as they do at
+present, to five millions [of pesos] annually. It has been stated
+how paramount is this undertaking to any others that can today be
+attempted; for besides the spiritual injury inflicted by those
+heretical pirates among all that multitude [of heathen peoples]
+(which I think the universal Master has delivered to your Majesty so
+that you may cultivate it and cleanse it for His celestial granaries),
+it is quite certain--since the enemy are collecting annually so large
+a mass of wealth; and since the sinews of war consist in that, both
+for attack and defense--that they are acquiring and will continue
+to acquire those riches daily, with greater forces. And, as they
+continue to increase in strength, their ambitious designs will also
+extend further. In the same degree as the enemy grows stronger, it is
+certain that our forces will continue to decrease--and so much that,
+if relief does not arrive there in time, the day will come in which
+not one of your Majesty's vessels can be placed on the sea, because
+of the many that the enemy will have there. Inasmuch as there is no
+one in the world today who can oppose the enemy except your Majesty,
+they hate our interests with all their strength, and will attempt to
+destroy and ruin them by all possible methods.
+
+The method of preventing all those most considerable troubles is the
+one that your Majesty is attempting, by despatching the eight vessels
+that you are sending under color of reenforcements--and would that
+it had been with a fleet of sixteen vessels, each one of which would
+carry three hundred sailors and soldiers and be very well armed with
+artillery. For with that the rest [of the enemy's forces] would be
+driven away, and that crowd of thieves, who are becoming arrogant
+and enriching themselves--so much to the cost of our holy religion,
+of your Majesty's reputation and prestige, and of your most loyal
+vassals, by disturbing your Majesty's most holy designs--would be
+forced from those seas and even from these. For it is very certain
+that if that [trade] be taken away, the enemy would have no resources
+with which they could preserve themselves; while if your Majesty has
+all that profit--as beyond doubt, God helping (for whose honor it is
+being done), you will have it, by encouraging your royal forces and
+by enforcing your holy purposes--all the heads of that many-headed
+serpent of the enemy will be destroyed.
+
+Inasmuch as it is proper for us who, like myself, are zealous for
+your royal service, let us hasten on that service, by as many roads
+as God makes known to us. I declare, Sire, that in order to encourage
+those most loyal though most afflicted vassals whom your Majesty
+has now in Manila, it is advisable for the present reenforcement to
+be sent; and that its route be by the shortest path and the one of
+least risk--namely, by way of the Cape of Buena Esperanca; not only
+is the weather more favorable in that route, but it passes through
+less longitude.
+
+I mention the weather, for from this time on the weather is favorable,
+as was determined in a general council of experienced pilots of all
+nations that was held at Manila by Governor Don Juan de Silva. [I
+mention] also the longitude, because the time taken to go by the
+above route is known--namely (to one who follows his course without
+making fruitless stops) seven months; which, counted from the first
+of December, places the arrival there at the end of June.
+
+Some one may object to all this by saying that the intention is to
+import this relief into Manila, so that all that region may not be
+lost; and that, if it shall go by that route [_i.e._, of the Cape], it
+runs the risk of meeting the enemy and of being lost, and incidentally
+that all that region [of Filipinas] will remain in its present danger,
+and even greater, because of your Majesty's resources being wasted,
+and the necessity of getting together a new relief expedition--but
+[such objector would say], if this relief be sent by another route
+all those troubles will be obviated and the purpose attained. I answer
+that objection by saying: First, that eight vessels are not so weak a
+force that they should fear those of the enemy who, on their homeward
+trip--inasmuch as they do not fear along that route any encounter that
+will harm them--come laden with their goods, in great security, and
+carelessly; and they have at best only two or three galleons, while our
+eight galleys, ready and prepared for fighting, not only have nothing
+to fear, but can from the start expect the victory, in case they meet
+the enemy. Second, for this reason, if once our galleons cause the
+enemy loss in the chief thing that takes the latter there, namely,
+trade, they will have to diminish their forces, and will lose credit
+with their backers. Hence I infer that not only should this route and
+[possible] encounter not be avoided, but that express orders be given
+to the commander of this relief expedition to follow the routes taken
+by the enemy and to reconnoiter their chief factory of Batan, which is
+not fortified. For if God permits him to find and destroy that place,
+many and very important results will follow: First, that immediately
+word will be passed to all those nations--who love changes and cry
+"long live" to the conqueror--and they will lose the little affection
+that they have for the enemy at present; while they will incline toward
+and join us, turning against our enemy, as they have promised. Second,
+that our soldiers, flushed with the beginnings of victory, will be
+worth after that for other victories just twice as much; nor will they
+be without military discipline for the first victory, for the Spanish
+infantry begins its military duty from the day when it establishes
+its camp, and daily becomes more valuable. Third, inasmuch as when the
+vessels of this relief expedition reach Manila, they will necessarily
+arrive there in need of rest, and already the enemy will be warned to
+resist whatever sally they try to make, that which will now be made
+against them with eight vessels cannot later be made against them
+with many more. Fourth, because, on the journey they will lay down the
+complete and fixed route that should be taken by that course, so that
+your Majesty's fleets may go and come as do those of the enemy. Fifth,
+because the enemy are at present not only not sending any fleet to
+those regions, but are obliged to collect their forces in order to
+resist those of your Majesty in their own territory, because of the
+expiration of the truce. [1] Consequently the attempt must be made
+to inflict all the damage possible on the enemy during these years,
+until they are driven entirely out of the Orient and your Majesty
+becomes lord of it all. For if that result be once accomplished, the
+fruits of that victory will allow sufficient fleets to be maintained,
+both in these seas and in those, for the defense and conservation of
+that region and much more. Moreover, in order to check the enemy and
+to remove completely from their eyes this illusion that has given and
+gives them so strong a belief that your Majesty's forces are exhausted
+by the large sums that you have spent in protecting our holy religion,
+I declare, Sire, that an effective plan occurs to me whereby this
+matter may be concluded without the expense of one single maravedi
+from your royal treasury. This is, that loans be asked from the rich
+and wealthy persons in the provinces of Nueva Espana and Peru (for
+there are many such), until you have two millions [of pesos]. Your
+Majesty can prepare a large fleet with that sum, and will finish with
+the enemy once for all. The vassals of those kingdoms will give that
+loan cheerfully if you ask it, proportioning to each one the amount in
+accordance with what he can give without inconveniencing himself. For
+they are also greatly interested in this matter; and the payment will
+be easily made, if the result be thus attained. With that money, it
+would be best to go to Yndia to build the fleet; for there it can be
+built better and at a less cost than anywhere else.
+
+_Second point_. In order to return from those islands to Espana,
+it will be advisable to come but lightly laden, and well provided
+with arms, in order to withstand any encounter with the enemy; and
+that they follow the same route that is taken by the Dutch, or by
+the fleets of Portugal, for by no other route can the voyage be made
+so quickly as by that route--considering that, if one wishes to come
+by way of Nueva Espana (which is the shortest course except that by
+the Cape of Buena Esperanca), the voyage from Manila to Acapulco will
+last five or six months, even with favorable weather. Arrived there
+it is necessary to cross from one sea to the other over one hundred
+and sixty leguas of very bad road, and then to sail for another three
+months before reaching Espana; and the vessels must wait from January,
+the time when they arrive from Philipinas, until June, when they
+embark for Espana. In all more than thirteen months will be spent
+in the voyage. In case that one should prefer to come not by way
+of Nueva Espana, but by the Strait of Magallanes or that of Mayre,
+the delay is equal or greater, and the food will of necessity spoil
+and the men die; for the food of Manila, as that is a hot country,
+very soon spoils and rots.
+
+_Third point_. The voyages from Manila to Terrenate are three hundred
+leguas, or a trifle more or less; and those from Manila to Malaca a
+trifle more than four hundred.
+
+_Fourth point_. The seasons required for those voyages are as follows:
+To go from Espana to Philippinas it is advisable to sail from Espana
+after the sun passes the equator in the direction of the Tropic of
+Capricorn, namely, from September twenty-third on; for, since one must
+mount to thirty-five degrees of latitude in the southern hemisphere,
+it is advisable to be in that hemisphere when the sun by its presence
+has put to flight the furies of the winds of those seas, since even
+with that care that Cape of Buena Esperanca bears the reputation of a
+stormy headland: In order to return, one would better, for the same
+reasons, sail from Manila during the time when the sun is still in
+the southern hemisphere, if he has to double the Cape.
+
+The suitable time to sail from Manila to Terrenate is when the winds
+in those seas are blowing from the north (because Manila lies almost
+due north of Terrenate), namely, during November and December. The
+same season is suitable to sail to Malaca, as Manila lies almost due
+northeast of Malaca. For that voyage the brisas that set in in January
+are also favorable. The return trips from Maluco and Malaca to Manila
+are during the season of the winds from the south and the vendavals,
+which generally begin, the winds from the south by the middle of May
+on, and the vendavals during June, July, and August, etc.
+
+I petition your Majesty to deign to honor this humble service as such,
+by the benignity of your royal sight, so that I may gain strength to
+serve you to the measure of my desires.
+
+[_Endorsed_: "Juan de Sigura Manrrique. Have each point abstracted,
+so that it may be attended to in the Council." _In another hand_:
+"Abstracted." "Examined."]
+
+
+
+
+
+Letter from Francisco de Otaco, S.J., to Father Alonso de Escovar
+
+_Pax Christi, etc_.
+
+I have been urging Father Figueroa about the efforts to be made in
+regard to that grant of money, and he always replies with regret
+that other measures must first be taken in Sevilla, as he has written
+to your Reverence. For my part, I must bring this matter to a head;
+for I have been much grieved by what your Reverence recently told me
+to the effect that they will charge to that poor province the four
+hundred ducados paid for provisioning the fathers. Your Reverence
+may be assured that I cannot permit the departure in the fleet,
+if the cost is to be charged in this way. I supposed that the going
+of Father Bilbao and his companions would be at the expense of his
+Majesty, as it has always been.
+
+I am now writing to Father Simon Cota that I have received that amount
+from your Reverence; and although by means of your order I have paid
+the debt already contracted, and have also funds to defray immediate
+expenses that cannot be avoided, yet, for the needs that are certain
+to arise in the future, I shall require help to the amount of more
+than two thousand reals, because it is better that I should have too
+much than too little. And things are so expensive in all this country
+of Spain, that to collect and convey the fathers to Sevilla will cost
+even more than the sum I estimate. Your Reverence will kindly send
+the amount to me at the time and in the manner most convenient.
+
+Sad was the news that yesterday came to this court concerning the
+loss of our fleet, [2] and such has been the grief that I do not
+know how to describe it to your Reverence. The president wept like
+a child, more especially because, to make this news worse, other
+bad news came from Flandes at the same time; this information was
+that the Hollander was setting out, or had already set out, with his
+twenty-five galleons. The president himself told this. He already
+considers our possessions in Philippinas and Yndias as lost; for it
+seems as if courage has deserted these men, and that no means for
+further aid remain. May God our Lord forbid this, and encourage them,
+in order that they may take heart in this difficulty, that valor and
+fortitude may be shown in the cause of God our Lord and of the king,
+and that the enemy may not prevail. There is no lack of people who are
+already encouraged, and are seeking remedies and forming plans. Your
+Reverence will kindly inform me of such plans as may occur to you,
+for those who are trying to give courage in this emergency desire
+light on all projects.
+
+The loss of our fleet is known here only in a general way. Your
+Reverence will please give me all the particulars, and inform me
+whether our Lord took our fathers unto Himself, which we much fear
+from the reports. Still, because their death has not been verified or
+related in detail, the masses which should be said in this province
+for Father Bilbao, in the other two provinces for their two fathers,
+and in the province of Philippinas for all three, have not been
+ordered. I, for my part, have many to say for them if dead--or if
+alive, in case our Lord has spared them. It has also been said that
+the cargo of the flagship floated ashore. I hope that our boxes of
+books which were in it were spared, for, so far as such things are
+concerned, I feel the loss of them greatly, although their loss is not
+to be mentioned in connection with that of our fathers. If the Divine
+Majesty has chosen to inflict this heavy blow upon us, _supra modu,
+sed domini sumos et iustos est et rectu iudiciu eius_. [3] Such a
+fleet, and so well adapted for the grand service of God! And those
+three apostolic men, going with such zeal--if in such a cause, they
+have already ended in a death resembling martyrdom, blessed be the
+Lord! From here the authorities sent some person, I know not whom,
+as comissary to recover what was lost from the flagship which ran
+ashore. Your Reverence, being near, will know whether any particular
+measure is necessary for our interests, etc.
+
+When your Reverence remits the money spoken of above, do not send it
+through our Father Figueroa. For, although he assures me that the last
+order is good, since it has been acknowledged, yet he asks for forty
+days' time, which is very long. I say this because to your Reverence I
+may speak freely and confidentially, for you know the good father. I
+have already determined not to trouble Father Figueroa about my own
+money, because I drew it for my private expenses, and it must be used
+in this way only, as I told him before I went to Rome. He now charges
+to me items of expense not conformable to this arrangement, although
+justified from his standpoint--for the good father is a saint and most
+faithful in everything, though not very prompt or skilful in accounts
+and correspondence, as is well known. Because I have written at length,
+and more especially because I am so disturbed by grief at the news,
+I close this letter to your Reverence. May God guard your Reverence
+as I desire.
+
+The [_word illegible in MS_.] procrastinate here, and indicate that we
+are bound to have contests and wrangling with our fathers, wherefore
+there is much to fear lest they delay me, and frustrate my plans to go
+with a few [religious]. Now, too, with what has befallen the fleet,
+I think that these lords must perforce undertake the preparation
+of another large one, to go via the Strait, and that people there
+will desire us to come. I am prudent and on the lookout, and will
+promptly inform your Reverence of everything; for to you I always
+look for advice, light, and strong support in the Father. Madrid,
+January 14, 1620.
+
++
+
+_Francisco de Otaco_
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Decree Ordering Reforms in the Friars' Treatment of the Indians
+
+
+The King: To the president and auditors of my royal Audiencia which
+resides in the city of Manila of the Philipinas Islands. I have been
+informed of great transgressions committed by certain religious in
+making repartimientos for their works on the Indians; and that the
+religious take, for their support, from the natives their fowls and
+other food at less [than the just] price, and practice on them injuries
+and annoyances for their own gains. And inasmuch as it is advisable to
+correct this, by ordering that the religious shall not use the Indians,
+unless they pay them their just wage; and that, except by license of
+you my governor, they shall not make repartimientos on the Indians
+or oblige them to render service: therefore, my royal Council of the
+Indias having examined the matter, I have considered it fitting to
+have the present issued, by which I order you to attend to the above
+matter in the assembly of the Audiencia there. And in what concerns my
+royal patronage, my royal fiscal of my Audiencia shall prosecute as he
+may deem best, so that those impositions and injuries may cease. The
+visitors and corregidors of the districts shall take especial care to
+prohibit them, and shall reform those who shall be guilty. By virtue
+of the contents of this my decree, you shall despatch an order to
+the said religious, so that they shall, under no circumstances,
+inflict such injuries upon their parishioners. This likewise do I
+charge upon the archbishop and bishops of those islands, and on the
+provincials of the orders therein. Issued in Madrid, May twenty-nine,
+one thousand six hundred and twenty.
+
+_I The King_
+
+Countersigned by Pedro de Ledesma, and signed by the Council.
+
+[_Note at beginning of MS_.: "Procurator for the Indians of
+Philipinas. To the Audiencia of Philipinas, in respect to redress
+for the wrongs committed by the religious on the Indians."]
+
+
+
+
+
+Relation of Events in the Philipinas Islands and Neighboring Provinces
+and Kingdoms, from July, 1619, to July, 1620
+
+
+In the same style and order in which I last year reported the various
+events in the Philipinas Islands, and in neighboring kingdoms and
+provinces upon which the welfare of the Philipinas depends, I will
+now write what has happened this year. There have not been so many
+and various warlike occurrences as in former years, for it has been
+somewhat more peaceful here. I will relate briefly what has happened
+as occasion may require.
+
+
+Of Great China
+
+Although last year I gave an account of the war which the Chinese
+were carrying on with the Tartars, I will now return to this point,
+because we have received letters from our fathers in China. To begin
+with the earliest events, there was in the province of Teatum, [4] one
+of the provinces of Great China adjoining Tartaria, a powerful eunuch
+who collected taxes in the name of the king, and who had some seventy
+servants in his following. They committed a thousand robberies and
+tyrannies among the people. The mandarins who governed that district
+reported this to the king. He ordered them to bring the eunuch in
+custody to Tiquin, where he is still in prison. The eunuch's servants
+were hunted by the mandarins in order that they might be given the
+punishment they deserved for their crimes; but they, with many other
+Chinese, fled to the Tartars, whom they begged and persuaded to invade
+and destroy China, offering themselves to serve as guides. It was not
+difficult to induce the Tartars to do this, since for other reasons
+they were already angry with the Chinese. So they planned that these
+Chinese traitors and some Tartars should go with concealed weapons,
+and in the guise of friends, to a certain place. They went there, and
+one night suddenly seized their arms, killed the greater part of the
+soldiers, sacked the place, and, pretending to flee, withdrew with the
+spoils. They left a great number of people in ambush, in the woods. The
+Chinese viceroy of that district, learning of the affair, immediately
+sent a large body of soldiers who are always on duty there. The troops
+pursued the Tartars, but unexpectedly fell into the ambush and were
+completely routed. When the Tartars saw that they were victorious,
+they returned to the fort and destroyed it. When this was learned in
+Paquin the mandarins came together to discuss with the king some means
+of redress. As the king did not wish to see them he simply ordered that
+they should consult among themselves and then report everything to
+him. Now the Tartars sacked and destroyed some other smaller forts,
+as well as one very important stronghold called Sin Hon [_i.e._,
+Tsingho]. From this point they made their forays through the whole
+of that district, and sacked a large part of it.
+
+The decision reached in the consultation by the mandarins was that the
+king should order all the noted captains who were not holding office,
+and who had retired to their homes, to come to the court; that a
+large number of soldiers should come from all the provinces to lend
+aid and to meet the demands of the occasion; and that the mandarins
+who were for various reasons at their homes should come to the court
+of Paquin. All this was soon carried out by the king's order. He
+likewise commanded that heavy taxes should be gathered for supplying
+the soldiers; that a large number of horses should be collected;
+land that the tuton, or the viceroy of that district, should be
+imprisoned. He sent another viceroy in his place with extensive powers,
+even with authority to put to death the chief captains who, on account
+of their fear, were contemplating flight. He sent other mandarins
+of great executive ability and prudence to help the viceroy; and,
+in order to prevent excitement among the people, he ordered that the
+students [_letrados_] [5] of the district should not come that year,
+as usual, to the court for examination and graduation as licentiates,
+but promised them their degrees for the following year. In addition
+to this, he ordered that the news from Leatum should not be divulged
+to the people. Although the gates of the city of Paquin and those of
+the royal palace had always had a strong guard of soldiers, he doubled
+the guard and closed the gates at sunset. And although, according to
+the custom of the Chinese, people could enter wearing spectacles and
+a mask, now, as a greater precaution, when one came through the gates
+of the city they made him show his face, in order that they might
+know whether he was a friend or not, and in order that enemies might
+not come into the city unperceived. All this has been brought about
+by their fear. The king likewise ordered that four hundred thousand
+soldiers should be stationed at different places and posts of the
+province of Leatum to impede the passage of the Tartars. The Corias,
+who were subject to China, sent the king seven hundred horses as a
+present, and ten thousand infantry to help in the war.
+
+The western Tartars, hearing of the good fortune of the eastern
+Tartars, came upon invitation to the aid of the latter, but were
+defeated by the Chinese. Another neighboring nation also came for the
+same purpose, but they were bought off by the Chinese with a great
+amount of silver, and so they returned to their homes satisfied.
+
+Finally, the best captains joined together to act upon this matter. But
+their efforts were quite unsuccessful, because, when they entered
+further into the interior of Tartaria than was safe, the Tartars,
+awaiting a good opportunity, fired into them on all sides, wounded and
+killed the most celebrated Chinese captains, and destroyed almost all
+of the army that was there last year, 1619. It is a common saying in
+China that all the brave people died at this time, and that if now
+the Tartar should come he would meet with no resistance, and that
+he could easily make himself master of everything. It is estimated
+that the total number killed, part of whom died by the sword,
+part from unbearable cold, part from hunger, and part from lack of
+other necessaries, reaches three hundred thousand. But this loss is
+insignificant to a people who are so numerous as the Chinese are today.
+
+At the beginning of that year, 1619, the king of these Tartars--who is
+even now styled king of Paquin, just as if he had already conquered it
+[6]--sent to the king of China a memorial of complaints against the
+Chinese, reciting in it reasons for his revolt (for it must be supposed
+that he was formerly in a certain way subject). These reasons I will
+briefly state. 1st, because some years ago the Chinese had killed his
+grandfather; 2d, because, when he was at war with the northern Tartars,
+the Chinese aided them against him; 3d, because the Chinese had often
+gone into his country to plunder, and had captured some people,
+and, when he had made complaints of this injury to the mandarins
+of Leatum, they had contented themselves with degrading [_acortar_]
+the delinquents, whereas they well deserved death; 4th, because the
+Chinese had broken up a marriage for which he was making arrangements
+with the northern Tartars, a rupture which he deeply felt; 5th, because
+the Chinese had destroyed the grain-fields that his people had near the
+great walls, the strong ramparts that divide the two kingdoms, and had
+driven off a great quantity of stock that his people also had there;
+6th, because the Chinese had induced other Tartars, his enemies, to
+write him some very offensive letters; and, 7th, because in different
+wars the Chinese of Leatum had aided his enemies, although this was
+without the knowledge of the king of China. Wherefore he asked that
+the Chinese king should order the people of Leatum to be punished
+as their crimes merited, and threatened that if this were not done
+he would take the punishment into his own hands, as he had, indeed,
+already begun to do.
+
+The king of China made no answer to this memorial, for both he and
+the mandarins think that they have not broken any of the agreements
+entered into with the Tartars, and that all that the Tartars say
+is false--except that they admit that they killed the Tartar king's
+grandfather, but only because he had been caught robbing in the Chinese
+territory. It is known that since this occurred bloody war has gone on
+between these two populous and powerful nations; that the Tartars have
+always gained the advantage therein; and that if they had so desired
+they could have come to the very gates of the court of Paquin, since
+fear has taken such hold upon the Chinese that they have closed all
+the gates of the city, except one which they use, and have made another
+wall completely encircling the one that was already around the city.
+
+The persecution against the Christians and against our Society which
+has been going on in China during the past years is now mild. Hence
+people are being converted to Christianity as formerly; and our fathers
+are safe, for a great mandarin presented to the king a memorial in
+our favor, in which he refuted the calumnies that a powerful enemy
+of ours had launched against us, and that had been the cause of this
+persecution. And, although the king made no answer, by his silence he
+consents to our fathers' remaining in China, for it was asked in the
+memorial that our fathers should not leave that kingdom; and since
+the mandarins know that the king has seen the memorial, and that he
+tacitly consents to it, they also, are satisfied with it. As this same
+memorial has been circulated throughout the whole of China, everybody
+has learned of our innocence and of the excellence of the law of God,
+which was dwelt upon at length in the memorial. Accordingly, as they
+inform us from here, a great number of literati and mandarins have
+become friendly toward Ours, and wish them to spread the holy gospel
+to the most interior parts of China. Hence it is believed that from
+this time on our holy law will take deeper root in this kingdom.
+
+The bishop of Japon, Don Diego Valente, of our Society, came this
+year to Macan, where he is detained because of the bloody persecution
+in Japon. Because of the persecution, also, Father Matos, [7] who
+went to Rome as procurator and took a number of our men for Japon,
+left part of them in India; while ten who went with him to Macan have
+been detained there.
+
+Father Nicolas Trigaucio [8] went to China as procurator, and returned
+this year with some of Ours. Some of them, for reasons unknown to me,
+he left in India, and seven he took with him to Macan.
+
+Of the members who came with these two father procurators, five died
+during the trip over, after leaving Lisboa. But if the persecution
+continues in Japon as it is at present, they will not be missed. Indeed
+there will be too many of Ours, for even now there is so great a
+number in Macan that it is often said that there is not standing-room
+in our college.
+
+
+
+Of the Kingdoms of Japon
+
+I will begin my account of the affairs of this kingdom with the cruel
+and bloody persecution against Christianity which is now at such a
+height, and in which they put so many to death for the faith that,
+to me, it seems a picture of what happened in the primitive church
+during the early persecutions by the emperors. What I have said may
+be realized from part of a letter dated in Nangasaqui October 14,
+1619, from Father Matheo de Couros, [9] provincial of Japon, to
+Father Valerio de Ledesma, provincial of these islands. Translated
+from Portuguese into Spanish it is as follows: "In regard to news
+from Japon I will not write you at length, since I understand that
+the father visitor has done so. In temporal affairs everything is
+quiet. Persecution of Christians has been and is very severe in Meaco,
+where almost sixty are prisoners for the faith. Five or six of these
+Christians died in prison there, thoroughly resigned to the divine
+will. In this city of Nangasaqui there are twenty-eight imprisoned
+for Christ, in three prisons. In Omura seven religious are imprisoned,
+four of the Order of St. Dominic, one of the Order of St. Francis, and
+two of our Society. With them are imprisoned ten other Christians. Of
+the inhabitants of the same city of Omura three were martyred--Lino,
+Pedro, and Thome--the first, because when he was guarding the prison
+in which the religious I have mentioned were confined, he allowed too
+much food to be given to the holy prisoners, as he was a Christian
+at heart himself; the second, because from time to time he sent food
+to them; and the third, because he carried the food. All three were
+promised their lives if they would renounce our holy law; but they
+chose rather to die, in order that they might live forever in heaven."
+
+In another letter dated November 10, 1619, the same father writes:
+"On the sixth of October, Meaco offered to heaven the richest gift
+that has ever been seen in that great and populous city. The gift
+consisted of fifty-four Christians, who were burned alive for the
+faith of our Lord Jesus Christ. We have already written how there
+was in the public prison at Meaco a large number of the faithful,
+incarcerated because they would not bend the knee to Baal. Nine
+of these died in the prison on account of the excessive labors and
+hardships which they suffered there. They died thoroughly resigned to
+the divine will, and rejoicing in their happy fate. When the emperor
+came to the court of the Dayri, [10] the metropolis of the whole of
+Japon, they told him of the imprisoned Christians; and since he is an
+implacable enemy of our holy faith, he ordered that they should all be
+burned alive. Thereupon twenty-six stakes were set up in a public place
+in front of the temple of Daybut, a large and magnificent building,
+at a distance from the river that flows by the place. On Sunday,
+the sixth of October, they took the holy prisoners from the jail, not
+sparing even the tender young girls nor the babes at their mothers'
+breasts. They marched them through the principal streets of Meaco,
+accompanied by a crier who announced that they had been condemned to
+be burned alive because they were Christians. Most of the soldiers of
+Jesus Christ were dressed in white, and their faces were so happy and
+so resolute that the power of the divine grace which upheld them was
+plainly shown. They encouraged one another for the trial, and with
+great calmness bade good-by to the friends and acquaintances whom
+they met along the way. From time to time they proclaimed aloud that
+they were dying for the faith of our Lord Jesus Christ. When they had
+come to the place where they were to offer their lives to the Lord
+as an acceptable sacrifice, they appeared more joyful, as does one
+who is about to gain the eternal reward. Two by two they were now
+tied to the stakes, the women with their babes in their arms. Some
+of our _daiicos_--people of our Society like lay brothers, who aid
+us in preaching [11]--as well as other Christians who went to the
+place to encourage the martyrs, were present. But the servants of
+the Lord showed such remarkable strength that they really encouraged
+the spectators. When the wood was finally set on fire, the majority
+of these fortunate martyrs turned their eyes toward heaven, and,
+without moving them in the least, remained in this posture after
+death. During the first few days a strict watch was kept over the
+blessed bodies to prevent the Christians from taking them away, but
+through the efforts of our fathers who live in that city some have
+already been recovered." So far I quote from the father provincial. To
+this I will add some points taken from other letters and relations.
+
+The above-mentioned father provincial is a strong pillar in Japon, and
+an excellent interpreter. He is director of the Christian community
+there, by virtue of a brief from his Holiness, which arrived last
+year, and in which, it is ordered that in default of a bishop in
+japon the provincial of the Society who may be in office at the
+time shall rule that bishopric and Christian community. Therefore,
+although the bishop has come; the provincial has governed up to
+the present time, and continues to govern, because, as I have said,
+conditions in Japon do not admit of the bishop's going there, since
+it is feared that the situation may be aggravated and persecution
+increased thereby. Consequently his Lordship is now in Macan.
+
+About two years ago our father general appointed Father Francisco
+Vieira as visitor of Japon. He is a man already past sixty, and,
+indeed, is nearing seventy; but in spite of this he is so vigorous
+that when the persecution was at its height he, with great courage,
+went from Macan to Japon. He was often in imminent danger of being
+imprisoned. He took refuge in Canzuca, a place in the lands of Arima,
+where he abode in a hut of straw. Here, on account of the hardships
+he endured, he was frequently attacked by a kidney disease which
+caused him great pain. Once he had so violent an attack that he sent
+in great haste to get holy oil in order that he might take the holy
+sacrament. Again the same disease, accompanied by a severe pain above
+the heart, attacked him with such violence that he could scarcely
+breathe. So he determined that extreme unction should be administered
+to him; but, remembering that he had a written signature of our holy
+father, he placed it with great devotion over his heart and commended
+himself to the saint [12]--through whose merits the Lord caused the
+pain to be assuaged within an hour, and he became entirely well. From
+Canzuca the father visitor went to Nangasaqui, to take ship to return
+to Macan. He was kindly received, and with due precaution taken into
+the house of a certain Portuguese. But still he ran great risk of
+being imprisoned by the servants of the heathen president, who were
+searching for another religious, named Fray Bartholome Gutierrez,
+of the Order of San Agustin, who was wearing the Spanish dress. They
+suddenly entered three Portuguese houses, and the father visitor
+scarcely had time to retire from one house to another. In short, the
+labors and dangers that he suffered in Japon were great. But they
+had no power to turn him from so glorious an undertaking until he
+had been there fourteen months. During that time he had visited all
+the Christians and all the posts that are ordinarily visited during
+times of peace. He had to visit Macan, where most of our fathers were
+taking refuge from the persecution; the missions of Cochin China, and
+of China, where there was also persecution, were likewise under his
+charge. Moreover, the bishop of Japon and the two procurators of China
+and Japon, who were returning from Rome, had arrived at Macan. For
+all these and other reasons he was obliged to leave Japon with great
+grief in his heart, and even with copious tears. Accordingly, on the
+twenty-sixth of October, 619, he embarked in a patache which went as
+flagship of five galeotas. He finally reached Macan, where, a few
+days after, on Christmas eve, he died. Father Geronimo Rodriguez,
+who was there, and who had been appointed by our father general in
+the private assignment, succeeded him in office.
+
+Father Carlos Espinola, of our Society, is still in prison, waiting
+each day for the crown. It has incurred to me to insert here a
+letter which he wrote to the father provincial of this province of
+Filipinas. It reads as follows:
+
+"The Lord so ordained it that at midnight after St. Lucia's day I
+was made a prisoner, together with Brother Ambrosio Fernandez, my
+companion, and Domingo Jorge, a Portuguese at whose house we were
+seized. The soldiers told us that they wished us to go on board a
+ship that was about to sail for the city of Manila. On the one hand I
+regretted this, because I was being driven from Japon, and was losing
+a good opportunity to give my life for the service of God, which for
+many years I had desired to do. On the other hand, I was delighted
+because His most holy will was being fulfilled in me. We made a very
+different voyage [from the one promised], for we were carried from
+Nangasaqui to this prison of Omura, in company with two religious of
+St. Dominic and three of our Japanese servants. They took us through
+some of the streets of Nangasaqui and finally embarked us for this
+place, handcuffed and with chains about our necks. It was daytime,
+and all the city turned out to see the spectacle and to take leave
+of us with cries and tears. Father Fray Thomas, of St. Dominic,
+and father Fray Apolinar, of St. Francis, with six Japanese, had
+already been here for some time. Here we are in great concord, just
+as if we were of the same religious order. And although there is no
+lack of suffering, because the house affords us but poor shelter,
+and although at times the guards will not allow anything to come in
+from outside except the little given us as rations (which is just
+enough to starve on), yet at times it is ordered by the Lord, in His
+fatherly care, that in the gifts sent us by the devout we have more
+than we could desire. Above all, suffering for the love of God, and the
+expectation of the happy fortune that may befall us, makes it all easy
+to us and hardships a source of joy. I am most content with the favors
+received, and, although I fear that because of my sins--because I have
+not worked in this vineyard as I should have done, and because of my
+great ingratitude for the many mercies that the Lord has bestowed upon
+me--I have been driven from Japon as useless, still I console myself
+that I have come to be manacled and imprisoned in the service of God,
+which is no small mercy. I also trust that His Divine Majesty, who in
+awarding these crowns sometimes does not consider the merits of men,
+but in His infinite mercy bestows them generously, will consider it
+right to reward this poor beggar as well as these holy religious that
+deserve more than I. I beg that your Reverence, _in visceribus Iesu
+Christi_, will help me to give due thanks to the Lord, _quod dignus
+factus sim pro nomine Iesu contumeliam pati_, [13] and to obtain for
+me my profession for this novitiate with holy sacrifices, etc. From
+this prison of Omura, March 5, 1619. From your servant in the Lord,
+
+_Carlos_, a prisoner for Christ."
+
+This ends the letter of Father Carlos. I have nothing to add to it
+except that this Domingo Jorge, whom he mentions therein, was burned
+alive, in November, in Nangasaqui, because he sheltered preachers
+of the holy gospel in his house. Brother Leonardo, a Japanese who
+had been imprisoned for three years, and four others, were burned
+with him. After this, eleven other Japanese were beheaded. Later on,
+in January, 620, Brother Ambrosio Fernandez, a Portuguese who was
+the companion of Father Carlos Espinola, died in jail from hunger,
+and excessive cold, and the hardships and discomforts of the prison,
+and thus gained the martyr's crown. He was seventy years old.
+
+Although so many in Japon have thus become blessed martyrs, two persons
+bent the knee to Baal and miserably recanted for fear of torture. A
+Japanese religious who was in Rome and Spain, and who is now an
+apostate, did the same thing. He often says that when he was in Madrid
+he knew that certain religious were persuading the king to conquer
+Japon, but that our fathers dissuaded him from this. He adds that,
+although it is a fact that religion is our primary motive for entering
+Japon, yet it is our intention through religion to prepare matters
+for conquering the country. With this and other lies this apostate
+has done great harm to Christianity. The governors and principal men
+of Japon are so thoroughly convinced of our evil intentions that they
+say that one of the principal reasons for keeping the Hollanders in
+Japon is for their own greater security and to annoy us. They even
+have begun to discuss the possibility of conquering the Filipinas,
+in order not to have the Spaniards so near. On the other hand, it is
+said that in Japon they are thinking of driving out all Europeans
+from that kingdom--Spanish, Hollanders, Portuguese and English. If
+this is done it will not be possible for any of our fathers to remain
+there. At present they escape notice among other Europeans by wearing
+European dress--I mean that of Castilians and Portuguese; but if the
+Europeans are driven from Japon this will no longer be possible.
+
+Passing from spiritual affairs to those temporal affairs of Japon that
+concern these islands, let me say that on the twelfth of July, 619,
+there arrived at Firando, a port of Japon designated for the trade of
+the Hollanders, four of their ships, which, as I informed you last
+year, have been off the coast of Manila. When our fleet prepared to
+sally out, the Dutch ships withdrew in good order, carrying with
+them a great many sick, beside the large number who had died from
+disease and from an infection which they say was given them in Bigan,
+a village on the coast of Manila. Since this is not known here, it must
+be their own imagination. Many of their people were drowned, also. In
+one ship which sank suddenly many people were drowned, among them a
+large number of Japanese, who were brought from Japon in the service
+of the Hollanders. These ships plundered nothing but three Chinese
+vessels of little value, which were coming to this city. A ship and
+a patache were sent from this coast of Manila to Maluco. It is well
+known that the ship was lost on the same coast by running aground,
+although the Hollanders hide the fact. The patache, driven by contrary
+winds, soon put into harbor. It reached Firando on the fourteenth of
+July; and as soon as it secured munitions, provisions, and people was
+sent to wait for the Portuguese galeotas which were going from Macan
+to Japon. But it was the Lord's will that it should not find them,
+and so it returned to Firando. On October 3, however, it was sent to
+Pulocondor [_i.e._, Condor Island], opposite Camboxa, with thirty men,
+fourteen pieces of artillery, munitions and provisions, to search
+for the crew and artillery of a ship that the Hollanders lost there.
+
+On the twelfth of October of the same year, 619, another ship, greatly
+injured and with its crew wounded and crippled, came to the same port
+of Firando from Patane, on the further side of Malaca. It, with two
+other Dutch ships, had fought, in the port of Patane, two English ships
+that were there. Although anchored and unprepared, the latter fought to
+the death, over the anchor-ropes. The smaller English vessel, seeing
+that it could not defend itself, and that there was no help for it,
+blew itself up by setting fire to the powder. The larger ship, when
+nearly all the crew were dead, and the general himself had been killed
+by a ball, was overcome and boarded by the Hollanders. They say that
+they secured two hundred thousand pesos in that ship. It may be true,
+but I do not vouch for that. Two Portuguese had gone from the shore,
+on the preceding day, to see the English ships. They were seized by the
+Hollanders, who carried them to Japon in the ship which I mentioned,
+together with some Englishmen. When the prisoners reached Firando
+they formed a plot and escaped to land in that kingdom, where all
+the world is allowed.
+
+The quantity of munitions and provisions which the Hollanders secure
+every year from Japon for supplying all their fortifications is very
+great, and therefore if they were not harbored there, it would be a
+great injury to them and of much benefit to these islands.
+
+
+
+Of the Islands of Maluco
+
+With the lure of the cloves and drugs which are found in these Malucas
+Islands, more and more ships from foreign nations are continually
+coming to them; The French have built a factory in Macasar and have
+at present four ships there. Between the English and the Hollanders
+there is constant strife. In Jaba and Sumatra the English have twenty
+galleons; the Dutch general set out for that place with sixteen
+galleons which he had collected, but it is not known how the affair
+has ended, although it is known that there has been war between the
+two nations.
+
+This year Don Luis de Bracamonte was sent from this city of Manila
+as governor of the military posts in Maluco. He took with him two
+galleys and four or five pataches, loaded with a great quantity of
+supplies and more than two hundred infantry. When the galleys and the
+pataches had entered our fortress of Terrenate, one of them, called the
+"Sant Buena Ventura," remained behind as rearguard. A Dutch ship well
+supplied with artillery attacked it, and in sight of our own fortress
+overpowered it. Our galleys then sailed out and attacked the Dutch
+ship; but the wind arose, and thus the enemy had an opportunity to
+take shelter under their fortress at Malayo. This victory was felt
+by us, because the enemy took from the patache a quantity of money,
+three thousand fanegas of rice, and other provisions and munitions
+belonging to his Majesty. The worst of all is that they took over
+one hundred men--Spaniards and Indians--and the capture cost them
+nothing. May God remedy this by giving us some great victory by means
+of which the loss may be repaired.
+
+On the way from India to Maluco two Portuguese galeotas encountered and
+conquered a good Dutch ship loaded with cloth and other merchandise;
+the Hollanders themselves escaped in the batel [_i.e._, launch]. In
+the same way, one of our pataches took from the people of Terrenate
+a ship loaded with provisions.
+
+
+
+Of Eastern India
+
+When Don Alonso Fajardo, governor of the Filipinas, saw the necessity
+for having a strong fleet here for such troubles as might arise
+with the Holland enemy, and that the impossibility of preparing it
+here was as great as the necessity for it, he sent Captain Vidana
+to Eastern India to arrange with the viceroy that he should send
+us some galleons to help us in the defense of this archipelago. At
+the same time he sent the viceroy a very rich present, consisting of
+various articles of great value. In return, the viceroy sent a very
+costly present to our governor, and also an urca, which may prove
+very useful when occasion arises, for it mounts twenty-four pieces
+of artillery. Thereupon the captain returned to Filipinas, because
+India will have little power to defend herself against her enemies,
+even without dividing her small force with other kingdoms.
+
+
+
+Of these Filipinas Islands
+
+I will begin a discussion of this year's events in these islands
+with an account of the solemn fiestas of the immaculate conception
+of the holy Virgin. Let me say that these fiestas have been such that
+in the grandeur with which they have been celebrated, Manila has not
+been inferior to places in Europe and America. They lasted nineteen
+days. Leaving aside the celebration by the laity--the bull-fights,
+masquerades, etc., and the many illuminations and fireworks which
+took place every night, and for which the Chinese are very famous--I
+will describe only the ecclesiastical part. The festivities were held
+[as a rule] in the cathedral. On the first day, which was Sunday,
+December 8, they were celebrated there with great magnificence. In the
+afternoon there was given a drama on the beauty of Rachel. On Monday
+the religious of St. Francis held their fiesta in the same church. In
+the morning one of the grandest processions ever seen in this vicinity
+set out from their house for the cathedral. First came the whole force
+of Manila in perfect order, the arquebusiers and musketeers firing
+their pieces at intervals. Next came a rich standard bearing the image
+of the conception of the Virgin, and at her feet Escoto [14] on his
+knees, inscribed, _Dignare me laudare te_, etc. After the standard,
+which was borne by the father guardian, came a lay friar called Fray
+Junipero--who, like the other, is regarded as a holy and simple man;
+he was dancing, and calling out a thousand silly phrases about divine
+things. [15] Now followed banners, crosses, and candlesticks. After
+these came on floats eight saints of this order, so richly adorned that
+the people did not know whether to marvel most that there should be
+so large a quantity of gold, jewels, and precious stones in Manila,
+or that the fathers should have collected so many of them. These
+saints were accompanied by eight groups of Indian dancers--one with
+each saint, and each with its own device. One represented canons,
+one cardinals, another pastors, etc. The last sang while dancing. The
+intercalary stanza was:
+
+
+
+    Now we can speak aloud,
+        And without fear;
+    We can cry aloud to all the world,
+        Without misgiving.
+
+
+The dancers repeated this aloud three times, and then danced with
+their timbrels in their hands until they were exhausted. Last of all
+came the most holy Virgin of the conception. The procession reached
+the cathedral and the fiesta was held. In the afternoon they presented
+a very devout drama, on the martyrs of Japon.
+
+On Tuesday the fiesta of St. Augustine began. In the morning this
+order likewise had a very grand procession, in which the soldiery
+led, as on Monday. There were many dancers, etc. In the afternoon
+there were balls, Indian dances [_mitotes_], and a thousand other
+lesser amusements.
+
+On Wednesday we of the Society began our festivities; and, although we
+had no procession, as is our custom, the celebration at night was by
+no means inferior. On the contrary, there was burned a great quantity
+of illuminations--rockets, bombs, and other fireworks. Our people
+played a thousand musical instruments. During the day we held mass,
+in our impressive manner, and then had a sermon; and in the afternoon
+we presented a remarkable drama on the conception. All the people
+said they had never seen anything like it.
+
+On Thursday the fiesta was again held in the cathedral. In the
+afternoon there was another drama, about the sale of Joseph.
+
+On Friday the Augustinian Recoletos began their fiesta. In the
+morning there was a great procession. First came all the soldiery--not
+only the regular troops, as was the case on former days, but all the
+companies composed of citizens of this city as well. Master-of-camp Don
+Geronimo de Silva, who was on horseback, commanded the troops. After
+the soldiery followed a very fine procession. In the afternoon was
+presented the drama of the Prince of Transilvania, in which they
+brought out our father assistant, Alonso Carrillo, in a long taffeta
+robe and a linen frill with points. In order to announce who he was,
+a person who took part in the drama said, "This is one of those who
+there are called Jesuits, and here we name Theatins." [16]
+
+On Saturday there were two fiestas. One was held in the cathedral, as
+the preceding ones had been, while the other was at our house--where
+it seemed expedient to hold it in order that the cathedral and the
+religious of St. Francis should not monopolize the entire celebration,
+and acquire such a right for the future. That night there were
+many more illuminations and fireworks than there had been on the
+previous Wednesday. At nightfall our collegians of San Joseph formed
+a procession remarkable enough to have appeared in Madrid. At the head
+were three triumphal chariots. In the first were the clarion-players;
+in the second the singers, singing motets and ballads; and in the
+third various musical instruments--harps, guitars, rebecks, etc. Next
+came the standard of the immaculate conception, carried by Don Luis
+Faxardo, a student and a brother of the governor. At his side came Don
+Geronimo de Silva, master-of-camp and general of the artillery, and
+Don Fernando Centene, general of the galleys. Then came the alcaldes,
+the regidors, and other gentlemen, all on horseback and very richly
+dressed. These were followed by all the collegians, also on horseback
+two by two, wearing their usual robes of brown silk with facings made
+of fine scarlet cloth, and with shoulder-stripes of lace. Their caps
+were a blaze of gold and precious stones. About their necks they
+all wore many chains and jewels. Each of the prominent nobility of
+the city had ahead of him, as a body-guard, six or eight servants,
+with large tapers of white wax in their hands. They carried staffs
+having upon them large placards with various pictures, letters, and
+hieroglyphics, all appropriate to the occasion. Next came a very
+prominent collegian carrying a staff. Upon it was a placard with
+the oath (which they took the following day) always to defend the
+immaculate conception of the most holy Virgin. Finally came a very
+beautiful triumphal chariot drawn by two savages, and decorated with
+many arches of flowers and gilded figures of angels. In the midst of
+these and among a great number of lights went, enthroned, a beautiful
+carved figure of our Lady of the Conception. Before the chariot was
+a band of clarion-players. They followed eight children dressed in
+silk garments and carrying silver candles. They represented angels
+with candles in their hands, singing and reciting in praise of the
+Virgin. After the chariot came Original Sin, tied with a chain, and
+so well made up for his part that he became a mark for the blows and
+pinches of the people. Next day there was another very magnificent
+fiesta, in which a dance was given by more than sixty Japanese,
+who danced and sang to the accompaniment of various instruments,
+according to their custom.
+
+After this, on Sunday, the Order of St. Francis began their eight-day
+fiesta. Another was held at the port of Cavite, in which, as in
+Manila, all the orders took part--except one, which during all
+this time did not leave its house, enter the cathedral, nor display
+illuminations. About this there was no lack of gossiping in the city.
+
+The effects of last year's comets have been very frightful this year,
+especially in two provinces of the Filipinas, Ilocos and Cagayan--the
+former of which is entirely under the instruction of the fathers of
+St. Augustine. The earthquakes in Ilocos have been so violent and so
+continuous that the people have gone about with severe headaches, as
+if seasick. At noon on St. Andrew's day, in the village of Batano,
+the church, the house, and the granary (a very substantial one)
+fell because of the vibrations. The friars cast themselves from
+the windows and thus escaped with their lives, although they were
+badly injured. In Dinglas a large portion of the church fell, and the
+prior of the convent leaped through a window. In Sinai the church was
+overturned Great cracks have opened up in the ground in which men fall,
+but only one has lost his life in this way. In the mountains of Bigan
+two distant ranges came together and caught between them two heathen
+villages. All the people were buried, only one man escaping. In the
+province of Cagayan, which is included within the island of Manila
+and which is under the instruction of the fathers of St. Dominic,
+the earthquakes were even more horrible. On the same day, that of
+St. Andrew, it seemed that the prophecy of the Evangel had come
+true. On the following day, which was the day of Judgment, the earth
+tossed the people with such violence that men were not able to keep
+their seats; and they walked about as dizzy and as dazed as if they
+were intoxicated. In Nueva Segovia, the capital of that province,
+the church was demolished, as well as a part of the convent, which
+was a very handsome and substantial structure built entirely of
+stone. The religious there were injured, although all escaped in
+different directions with their lives; only two boys perished. The
+same thing happened in the church of St. Vincent of Tocolano, which
+also had very strong walls. Many other temples and stone buildings
+in this province likewise fell; but in order to make my story short,
+I will not mention them separately. Large forests were overthrown;
+great springs opened up; rivers changed their courses; and many other
+very strange things occurred.
+
+The island of Jolo was at one time subject to the king [of Spain],
+but some years ago it rebelled; and now its natives, in company with
+some other enemies of ours, the people of Mindanao, go about with
+little fleets committing robberies upon these seas and doing all the
+damage in their power. This year they set out with only three caracoas,
+ships something like galleys. But when they discovered that an armed
+fleet of caracoas, which had been equipped in the city of Zebu,
+had set out on the eleventh of November in search of them, and that
+another fleet had set out from Oton on the same quest, they returned
+to their own country, having committed almost no damage except that
+they captured some three Spaniards--of whom, they say, they killed two.
+
+This year there was completed in these islands one of the strongest
+and most remarkable galleons ever built here. It was at once equipped,
+along with another very large galleon, two [smaller] ones, and a
+patache. In March, 620, this fleet set out for the port where they
+are accustomed to go to watch for the Chinese ships that bring
+merchandise to this city. They went to protect the Chinese; for,
+although it was not known that there were Hollanders there, it was
+thought best to take timely precaution, lest they come to commit
+robberies, as they have done in previous years. The galleon which went
+as admiral's ship sprang such a leak that it was forced to return to
+port, but when it had arrived there the rest of the fleet continued
+their journey. They were in this place [where they meet the Chinese]
+until the beginning of May, when they returned to Cavite. Don Luis
+Fajardo, brother of the governor, went as general of the fleet, and,
+as he was very young, other captains, brave and experienced in war,
+were assigned to him as companions and counselors.
+
+The number of ships which have come this year to these islands from
+all parts of the world with rich merchandise has been great. Some four
+or five have come from Japon, although some of them were lost on the
+coast of Manila with all their large cargoes. Some of the Japanese
+in them were drowned, but others escaped to land. From Macan ten
+Portuguese ships have come with much valuable merchandise.
+
+Last year the governor of the Filipinas sent to Macan to buy a
+very handsome galleon which was there. Those who went for the
+purpose bought it, loaded it with merchandise, and left Macan for
+the Filipinas on July 2, 619. They encountered such violent storms
+that at the end of two months, after having been in great danger of
+shipwreck, they returned to Macan without masts, and with a large part
+of their merchandise so wet and rotted that it was worthless--damages
+frequently sustained under such circumstances. They once more equipped
+themselves, and this year left Macan in the month of May. They had
+a very difficult voyage, but at the end of more than twenty days
+they succeeded in making port in Cavite, on the seventh of June,
+the first day of Pentecost. The galleon is a very fine one, and it
+will be very useful when occasion arises. It brought much very rich
+and valuable merchandise.
+
+From Great China also have come many ships with silks and other
+merchandise. All these goods have been necessary, and indeed they
+have not even sufficed to supply the lack of merchandise which,
+because of the wars of the past years, has been very extreme in this
+city of Manila. There have been, moreover, some losses. If the wars
+with the rebellious Hollanders should entirely cease, the wealth and
+grandeur of these islands would be remarkable. Indeed, in spite of
+these wars and the losses that have been sustained, Manila is a very
+grand city; and there are few cities in Europe that surpass it in
+trade and traffic, for almost the whole world comes to these islands.
+
+Since writing this, I have learned that a large junk (a certain kind
+of ship) set out from Japon with a large quantity of provisions and
+munitions of war, and with five hundred infantry, whom the Hollanders
+were bringing to supply and reenforce their strongholds in the
+Malucas. But God was pleased that they should run aground on the coast
+of Japon, where everything was lost, and nearly all the people were
+drowned. A galleon likewise set out from Japon with a Dutch patache
+to come to these coasts, to steal whatever they could, as they have
+done in years past. But God frustrated their attempts by running the
+galleon aground on Hermosa Island, which is between Japon and this
+country. It is said that all those on board were drowned. Although
+this is not known surely, it is a fact that many were lost.
+
+May God confound their arrogance, in order that this land may raise
+its head; and that the faith of Christ may be spread throughout many
+provinces and kingdoms into which the holy Evangel would enter were
+it not hindered by these heretics, who have hitherto been such a
+stumbling-block and so great an obstacle in these parts.
+
+It has occurred to me to write this to your Reverences as a consolation
+to many people who wish to know about affairs here. May God keep all
+your Reverences, to whose holy sacrifices and prayers I earnestly
+commend myself. Manila, June 14, 1620.
+
+
+
+
+
+Compulsory Service by the Indians
+
+
+_Opinion addressed to his Majesty by Fray Pedro de Sant Pablo,
+preacher and provincial minister of the province of Sant Gregorio of
+the discalced religious of the Philipinas Islands, of the Order of
+the seraphic Father St. Francis, for the increase and conservation
+of the said states of his Majesty, by reason of the building of ships
+and repartimiento [17] for the service of his Majesty_.
+
+The native Indians of the Philipinas Islands enjoyed great temporal
+prosperity and peace until the year 1609, when Governor Don Juan de
+Silva established in these islands the shipyards for constructing
+the fleets that he built. For that purpose he imposed the very
+burdensome taxes, and made repartimientos among the natives of the
+said islands--not only personal, but for wine, oil, timber, and other
+supplies and materials, in the greatest quantity. That has remained
+and been established as a custom. Those materials and supplies
+have been taken by some without payment, while others have paid the
+fourth or third part of the just and current value. Hence his Majesty
+owes them a great sum, but he cannot pay it, nor has he the money
+to pay it in these islands. When personal services are commanded,
+the Indian, in order not to go to the forests to cut and haul the
+wood, subject to the cruel treatment of the Spaniard, incurred debt,
+and borrowed some money at usury; and for the month falling to him,
+he gave another Indian six or seven reals of eight at his own cost,
+in order that the other should go in his stead. He who was taxed as
+his share one-half arroba of oil went, if he did not have it from his
+own harvest, to the rich man who gathered it; and, not having the
+money wherewith to buy it, he became the other's slave or borrowed
+the money at usurious rates. Thus, in the space of ten years, did the
+country become in great measure ruined. Some natives took to the woods;
+others were made slaves; many others were killed; and the rest were
+exhausted and ruined: all of which is evident from the summary of the
+account that I send his Majesty with the present. There can this truth
+be seen and recognized. In order that the injury committed may be more
+clearly evident, it is to be noted that these Indians are in the depth
+of poverty, and have no possessions of value. Neither do they inherit
+anything save a little plot of land which they sow with rice--not
+to sell, but only for what is necessary for their families. Their
+houses are built on four posts; their walls are of bamboo and thatch,
+and are very small. Such was the spoliation committed on a people
+so poor and wretched that they would say: "Father, I will give the
+king twenty reals of eight annually, so that they will spare me from
+repartimientos;" but, having investigated, all their property is not
+worth an equal sum. This granted, request is made, by the common
+opinion and consent of the governor, Audiencia, bishops, orders,
+the Spaniards, and the Indians themselves, for permission from your
+Majesty for the following:
+
+The Indians of all these islands are willing to contribute annually
+to his Majesty all the aid that may be necessary, and what they
+are able to contribute, for the defense and conservation of these
+islands, the building of ships, and all other things needful, in the
+following manner. Every household and family will give, each year,
+such a sum as may be ordered and as shall appear necessary, in this
+manner. The Indians living at Manila, inasmuch as they have more
+property and money, will give one or two pesos per house; and those
+more remote the half or third part of that sum, or the fraction that
+shall seem advisable, inasmuch as they are less established and are
+very poor. This sum shall be collected and placed in one depository,
+which shall be in common for all the islands, and shall be in charge
+of a faithful person; and it shall have three keys. This money having
+been collected, whenever his Majesty may need one, two, or three
+vessels, more or less, in these islands, and shall choose either to
+buy them in India or to build and construct them in these islands,
+he needs fifty thousand pesos for that purpose. After first taking
+from his royal chest and treasury the usual sum, the balance and
+remainder--which is generally levied from the Indians at very low
+rates, or without paying them at all--let him get from that chest of
+the common fund of the Indians. Then the sum given by his Majesty and
+the aid furnished by the Indians can be put together, and those boats
+built or bought without making repartimientos among the communities
+of the Indians. If common seamen be needed, then a proclamation can be
+issued to see if there are any volunteers who will sign the register;
+and surely there will be many, as usual. The number lacking [to serve
+as volunteers] shall be paid from that fund [_i.e._, the natives'
+chest] and from what his Majesty usually gives them. The same shall
+be done if soldiers are needed for Terrenate, or rice and any other
+supplies. Thus will everything necessary be provided, and that without
+delay; and the country will not be harassed or the Indians afflicted.
+
+Supposing that from the sum given this year by the Indians, there
+should be a surplus, because of no war or shipbuilding, then that sum
+would be kept, and the following year there would be no repartimiento
+nor would the amount be again collected. And supposing that the sum
+that was collected should be insufficient because of the many expenses
+of that year, then the Indians would be again asked for what should
+seem necessary. If this were done with due system and method in using
+the chest, and in a Christian spirit, each Indian would be saved,
+besides his discomforts, persecutions, and afflictions, more than
+fifteen or twenty pesos; his Majesty would be served better; and
+many mortal sins committed by the officials--who rob the Indians on
+one side, and on the other defraud his Majesty's treasury--would be
+avoided; for (as has been experienced) the alcaldes-mayor or judges
+who go to get rice and the other things belonging to his Majesty send
+it by the quantity of five hundred baskets at cheaper rates. They get
+another equal amount for themselves, for which repartimiento is made
+among the Indians at the same prices [as for the king]. Many deaths
+among the Indians in the shipbuilding would also be avoided; for,
+supposing that ships are to be built in the islands (which must be
+avoided as much as possible), they can he built by the Chinese for
+pay. Consequently the Indian will live comfortably, and will feel
+more love toward the Spaniard and his king, and will attend better to
+his soul and the service of God. He will become a man of worship and
+devotion; while in temporal affairs he will become more prosperous,
+and will have something with which he can be of use to his Majesty
+in case of any necessity.
+
+Prostrate at your Majesty's feet, I desire to beg one thing, in which
+lies the wealth and prosperity of this land, or its destruction. Your
+royal Majesty can remedy it--although it be at the loss of his office
+to the governor of these islands; for in no other way is there any
+relief, either with royal decrees or orders from your Majesty--or in
+any other way--by your Majesty ordering the said governor that the
+ships sail from this port for Nueva Espana by St. John's or St. Peter's
+day; [18] for they can do it, as they used to do. In this way no
+shipwrecks will occur, just as there were none before. The losses
+and shipwrecks caused by not observing this cannot be told, I will
+mention as an example only the case of the present year. Inasmuch as
+they sailed late, two hundred and eighty persons died in the flagship,
+and all the rest arrived in a dying condition. They were over seven
+months just now on the return trip, after their escape from the Dutch
+enemy then assembled where they fought. Because they were not able to
+enter the channel to go to their usual port, as they were late, and
+because the winds contrary to them had begun, they were driven ashore
+and there the two hulls of the ships were wrecked. There was the one
+noteworthy thing, namely, that with only six pieces they fought the
+enemy, who had three ships. The loss was immense; besides the hulls,
+a great amount of property was lost--more than four hundred thousand
+pesos--and it was a miracle that everything was not lost. Written in
+this convent of Nuestra Senora de la Candelaria, at Dilao, outside
+the walls [of Manila], August 7, 1620.
+
+The most unworthy servant of your royal Majesty,
+
+_Fray Pedro de San Pablo_, provincial minister.
+
+
+
+
+
+Letter from the Audiencia of Manila to Felipe III
+
+
+Sire:
+
+At the end of last year, 619, this royal Audiencia reported to your
+Majesty a portion of the numerous excesses and imprudent acts of Don
+Alonso Fajardo, governor and captain-general of these islands. For
+that purpose it despatched, by way of Yndia, Captain Pedro Alvares,
+government and War secretary of this kingdom, with the same document
+that is herewith enclosed. Although this despatch was attempted
+twice it did not succeed, because the governor, suspecting it,
+exercised great vigilance to prevent it--as in fact he did, a certain
+sailor revealing it while confused. But, although he made no little
+investigation and practiced extortions to verify the matter, he
+was unable to ascertain who the person was, or why he was going,
+because the matter had been managed by a priest. And although a
+long relation can be made here of his objectionable acts, we shall,
+in order to excuse prolixity, touch on only a few of them.
+
+He continues his careless way of living with so little modesty
+and caution that scarce can there be found any action in which is
+manifested the circumspection, gravity, and prudence required by
+his office.
+
+In regard to the little esteem (or better, the great contempt) that he
+shows toward this Audiencia and its auditors, both in the court room
+and in other public acts and meetings, what occurs is incredible. For
+without any occasion for it, he shows that he delights in making use
+of all the abusive terms that can be imagined. And, in order that it
+may be seen that this statement is not exaggerated, we shall mention
+here some particular instances. During the feast of the cross which
+Auditor Don Antonio Rodriguez made this month of May at the convent of
+St. Francis, Auditor Don Alvaro de Mesa went to that convent after the
+governor and the Audiencia were in the church, and the royal carpet
+had been spread, immediately upon his arrival; the governor thereupon
+told him that he was a dirty, impudent fellow, and that he vowed to God
+that the first time when Don Alvaro should neglect to accompany him,
+he would take him by the collar and fling him out of court. This he
+said with so much heat, disturbance, and passion, that it was observed
+throughout the church. When the auditors went for him on Easter day to
+accompany him to prison inspection, they advised him with all courtesy
+(warned by what had happened on other inspections) to be kind enough
+to allow the Audiencia to oppose privately the releases, when these
+were undesirable, that he intended to grant by his authority. To that
+request he answered in great heat and fury that he vowed to God that
+if any auditor contradicted him in the releases of prisoners that
+he thought best to make during the inspection, he would break his
+head with a club; and, after dashing out his brains, would scatter
+them about the walls of the prison. Consequently, in order to avoid
+greater evils that might result to the disservice of your Majesty if
+his conduct should not be overlooked until your Majesty hears of it, he
+is allowed to continue his releasing [of prisoners] here during prison
+inspection, and out of it, at his will, without considering that they
+are imprisoned by the Audiencia, or the gravity of the crimes, or any
+other of very weighty circumstances. And so that [it may be seen] that
+we do not deceive ourselves in attributing to him these excesses in
+pardoning as being extreme, the same thing occurs in his sentences and
+punishments. For he thus executes his sentences, however rigorous they
+be (notwithstanding appeal, and without taking the trouble to present
+the criminals before the Audiencia), as if he were absolute lord of
+them, as is said to be the case in Japon. Consequently he follows
+and lets loose all the passions to which his taste inclines him,
+just as if he did not have to give account to God and your Majesty.
+
+One Gregorio de Saldana, a sailor--against whom was executed a
+sentence of stripes and condemnation to the galleys, without allowing
+a report of his appeal to be made to the Audiencia--having presented
+a certain memorial of the frauds and trickery which he declared had
+been practiced against the royal treasury and the natives of these
+islands by the sargento-mayor, Estevan de Alcacar (brother-in-law of
+Don Juan de Alvarado, fiscal of this Audiencia, for he had married
+the latter's sister), in the building of a galleon under his charge,
+about which there have been public clamors, an investigation was
+begun by Auditor Don Antonio Rodriguez, and the said frauds were
+declared by Saldana, for which purpose the latter was taken from
+the galley. The governor took the cause away from the auditor
+and pigeonholed it, [19] without being willing to allow any more
+investigations to be made upon it. On the contrary, to prevent that,
+he remanded the sailor from the prison where he was to the galleys,
+and thus prevented him from obtaining his appeal, as it was a matter
+that touched the said sargento-mayor--to whom, for himself and for
+his brother-in-law the fiscal, he has granted permission, as is said,
+for extortions on the Sangleys in the office of chief warden of the
+Parian. He has exercised that office for more than a year, succeeding
+to Gonzalo de Ocampo, who married a cousin of the said fiscal. Ocampo
+held the said office for two years, and the said sargento-mayor is now
+sending him as admiral of the vessels about to be despatched to Nueva
+Espana, with the title of general for the return trip, without taking
+his residencia--notwithstanding that he was declared by an edict of
+Governor Don Juan de Silva to have fallen into condemnation and to
+have incurred the loss of his encomienda and all of his property,
+because many others who were prepared for the expedition of Sincapura
+ran away, in imitation of his example. That edict or proclamation is
+in force today, for the royal Audiencia alone declared null and void
+all that which was enacted after the edict. Although the governor
+has been advised of this in writing, no reparation has been made;
+for, as it is a matter that touches the fiscal, he defies the laws
+entirely. A few days ago Juan Cevicos, an ecclesiastic and presbyter,
+presented to the royal Audiencia a decree of your Majesty directed
+to the audiencias. In it you prohibit offices of justice to the sons,
+brothers, or brothers-in-law of auditors and fiscals, under penalty of
+a fine of one thousand pesos in gold. He petitioned that, in observance
+of it, the said sargento-mayor Alcazar should not exercise the office
+of warden of the Parian of the Sangleys, or Don Fernando Centeno,
+[20] general of the galleys, also a brother-in-law of the said fiscal,
+that of alcalde-in-ordinary of this city. The Audiencia ordered that
+the decree be obeyed; and that the said governor be informed, so that
+he might appoint someone to fill the office of the Parian. He was so
+angered by that, that he expressed himself in unmeasured language;
+and especially, in the meeting held July 23, did he treat the auditors
+very harshly, chiding them for having meddled in his government. And
+inasmuch as they had ordered him by an act to fulfil the said royal
+decree, [he said] that the Audiencia had exceeded their authority,
+since such action did not belong to their duties. He told them not
+to show thereafter similar discourtesy, for he vowed to God that
+he would proceed against the auditors, and would not allow his
+office to be taken from him before he had exercised it. He paid no
+attention to the said royal decree and act, or to the ordinance of
+the Audiencia that prohibits such appointments, because he [_i.e._,
+Fernando Centeno] was an encomendero; there is, besides, another
+very great objection, namely, that the fiscal his brother-in-law
+has hitherto been protector of the same Sangleys, until now when
+he leaves it for the post of admiral. Luis Rivero having appealed
+from the sentence of death passed by the governor, and orders having
+been issued by the Audiencia that he should appear to state his case
+(inasmuch as he had presented himself to the Audiencia), and that the
+warden of the prison should not deliver the prisoner under penalty
+of two thousand ducados--of which the warden himself took notice, and
+refused to deliver him over--the sargento-mayor went with a detachment
+of arquebusiers and, after taking away the keys from the warden,
+took the prisoner out by force and executed on him the sentence of
+death. Auditor Don Alvaro de Messa having proceeded against the warden
+by commission of the Audiencia, the governor suppressed the case, and
+handled the auditor with rough speech. Without being ordered by the
+Audiencia, on his own authority he takes the prisoners from the jail
+and mans the galleys with them, even though their cases are actually
+pending at the time in the Audiencia; and it has been impossible to
+conclude them, notwithstanding that it is the Audiencia that causes
+all criminals to be taken from jail and placed in the galleys for
+which authority is granted them. He suppresses the secular offices of
+justice at will, before their time-limit expires, without awaiting
+the opinion of the Audiencia, or even communicating the matter to
+them. He sends out investigators whenever he wishes, although that
+is the proper business of the Audiencia. He appoints followers
+and kinsmen to posts of justice, in violation of your Majesty's
+decrees. He removed the former reporter, who was exercising that
+office so that he might be given a post as alcalde-mayor (which was
+the usual practice), and appointed a reporter without an order from
+the Audiencia. He does the same with other offices which fall vacant,
+although the contrary is the custom. In the session of July 23, while
+vote was being taken upon a certain petition presented by Captain Pedro
+Alvarez, government and war secretary of these islands--which related
+the insults put upon him by the governor and the master-of-camp in
+proceeding against him in a certain cause, which is declared by acts
+of trial and revision to be outside of the military jurisdiction--and
+after Auditor Geronimo de Legaspi de Hecheverria had uttered his vote
+and opinion that a writ of your Majesty should be despatched against
+the said master-of-camp, since the acts of trial and revision were
+incorrect, so that in fulfilment of such writ he might be prohibited
+from trying the cause, under penalty of two thousand ducados and
+warnings of greater: the said governor replied on the instant, with
+his usual heat, that he vowed to God that he would choke and skin
+the throttle of that auditor who should sign such a decree. "Why
+must he be subject to three licentiates, each one of his own nation,
+and to have come to such a pass that a bandy-legged graybeard should
+order him?" At this rate, blustering and snorting, he did and said
+things that made him seem out of his senses. The said Pedro Alvarez
+also mentions in the said petition other insults that have been shown
+him on account of taking away the licenses of the Sangleys and other
+perquisites of his office; and concludes with requesting the Audiencia
+to inform your Majesty of what is the truth in this matter. What the
+Audiencia has to report concerning it is that, besides, the governor
+and the master-of-camp refused to obey the acts of trial and revision
+of this Audiencia, in which the said Pedro Alvarez is declared not
+to be included in the military jurisdiction. Supposing that he were,
+no guilt results from the allegation with regard to imputing to him
+the purpose to go from these islands by way of Yndia to Espana,
+so that he could be arrested justifiably; and yet he has endured
+more than one-half year of prison closely guarded, and fearing (not
+without reason) new annoyances, he has retired into the convent of
+St. Francis. In respect to the licenses of the Sangleys--which he
+says should be attended to before him, and states that the governor
+has taken them away from him--although as yet no further statement
+than the said petition has been presented to the Audiencia, it appears
+that Governor Don Juan de Silva declared, by act of November twelve,
+six hundred and twelve, that the issue of the said licenses (which
+are given to the Sangleys who remain annually in this city and these
+islands for their service) was annexed to and pertained to the said
+governmental office, in accordance with its title; and he ordered
+that then and thenceforth the issues of these licenses should be
+made in the said governmental office. In conformity with that order,
+Secretary Gaspar Alvarez (uncle of the said Pedro Alvarez, by whose
+resignation the latter succeeded to those offices) countersigned the
+said licenses from thenceforth until the year six hundred and eighteen,
+the first year of the administration of Don Alonso Fajardo. The latter
+began to take the licenses away from the said office last year, six
+hundred and nineteen, when the said Pedro Alvarez began to exercise
+it. In regard to his right to the conduct of other business, despatched
+by the corresponding secretary, the most authentic thing that we can
+now report is that the grudge held by the governor against the said
+Pedro Alvarez is well known, for he shows it on every occasion.
+
+He allows no testimonies to be given to the parties [in suits] in
+any case that does not suit him, even though the Audiencia order
+it. Neither does he permit the causes to be prosecuted, for he takes
+and keeps them in his possession as long as he chooses. And inasmuch
+as the relation of all that occurs after this manner would mean that it
+would never end, we avoid it--likewise considering that from the above
+statements, and from his often having said publicly that it would be
+best not to have auditors or friars (of whom he talks scandalously)
+in the Philipinas, the rest can be inferred.
+
+In respect to military affairs, in addition to what the Audiencia
+formerly wrote to your Majesty: after our fear here that a number
+of Dutch ships would descend from Japon--as we were advised from
+that kingdom--to await the Chinese ships along our coasts, a fleet
+was prepared to go out to attack them. After very considerable
+sums had been spent on it, it was despatched at the beginning of
+March, consisting of two galleons, one patache, and one galley--so
+ill-prepared that the almiranta galleon began to sink in the port. A
+few days after it had left this bay, it returned to port, because
+the pumps could not lessen the water, at great risk of the vessel's
+foundering. Thereupon the effort was made to prepare another ship
+to supply its lack; but so great unreadiness was found everywhere
+that that was impossible. In its stead sailed the other galley
+that had been left behind. Finally, as they did not meet the enemy,
+the loss was less regretted. The fleet returned to port. Although,
+because of a second warning received from Xapon that two Dutch ships
+and one patache were surely coming to our coasts, it was considered
+by many to be advisable that the fleet should go to El Embocadero to
+secure the safety of the ships from Nueva Espana, that was not done;
+but on the contrary the ships were immediately unrigged. That was a
+signal error, for within the few days necessary for its arrival at El
+Embocadero it would find the enemy's said two ships and one patache
+there awaiting our ships from Nueva Espana, and those ships of the
+Dutch would be taken or sunk. But this kingdom was relieved from the
+loss of this failure; and through God miraculously extending to it His
+mercy, the silver and soldiers aboard our ships (the flagship and the
+almiranta) escaped capture by the enemy. That capture would have meant
+the total ruin and destruction of these islands. There was no little
+danger of losing ships and merchandise by running aground. Inasmuch
+as the governor will inform your Majesty more fully and minutely of
+this event, the Audiencia will avoid doing so. We will only assure
+your Majesty that not only was no preventive measure taken by the
+said governor for which thanks should be given him, but also the
+preconceived idea of those who are soldiers has been confirmed--namely,
+that they considered him but little fit for so great matters, because
+they had seen the way in which he proceeded in the preparation of the
+fleet that he made ready, and with which he did not assail the enemy
+last year, as well as in the despatch of the fleet that he made this
+year to protect the Chinese ships. In the former matter, not only did
+he equip the fleet so poorly, as above stated, but, leaving in Manila
+the master-of-camp, the sargento-mayor, and captains of high standing,
+he sent as commander his brother, Don Luis Fajardo, a lad fifteen
+years old. He gave the latter (as it were, for his tutor) Admiral Juan
+Baptista de Molina, who was then alcalde-in-ordinary of this city;
+while Don Fernando Centeno, the fiscal's brother-in-law, remained
+as commander of the galleys, to whom the rod of alcalde-in-ordinary
+was given in the stead of Molina, who had served in that capacity
+as citizen alcalde. Without receiving pay as such, and although his
+galleys went on the expedition, he remained as alcalde _ad interim_.
+
+In respect to the despatch of ships to Nueva Espana, although--on
+account of those of the preceding two years that have been in his
+charge having sailed late--the governor had published that this year
+they would sail very early, they are now in Cavite. It is believed that
+he will cause them to await his letters in Mindoro, which is thirty
+leguas from Manila, all the month of August or but slightly less. Yet
+it is certain that, without changing things from their usual course,
+the ships could now be out of the channel. However, it appears that
+all that may be a mistake, and that God is permitting it in order to
+compel the inhabitants of these islands, after losing faith in human,
+to turn to divine means.
+
+In regard to greed for gain, no good rumor is current; and it is
+said that of the loss therefrom no little share falls to the royal
+treasury in paying orders that are bought at less than the fourth of
+their face value. Consequently at the same time while not one real
+of advance pay thereon is allowed to the owner of the order--which
+is issued to him for his sweat and toil, or to his wife and children
+on account of his death while serving your Majesty in the war--it is
+sold for one-fourth or a less part of its face value, and that is
+paid in full to its purchaser by the governor's decree. A vast sum
+has been used up in this, for the money brought from Nueva Espana,
+that derived from the Sangley licenses, the loans of citizens, and
+that from other sources, have been spent in less than one year. In
+order that it may be seen that there is no way in which he does not
+endeavor to accommodate the fiscal, while the royal treasury was
+without one single real, and in debt many thousands to citizens who
+lent it money after the beginning of this year, the governor issued
+a decree in the month of June (but without it, notwithstanding an
+order may be issued, he has ordered that nothing be paid) that a
+definite warrant for three thousand and ninety pesos (of which some
+Sangleys had made him a gift for three or four years) be given to the
+fiscal from the duties of the Chinese ships. But it was not advanced
+immediately, because the officials of the royal treasury considered
+that the Sangleys who made the gift were not legally parties [to such
+a transaction]. As these things are so public, and the citizens are so
+vexed with loans and ill-treatment, they resent these things greatly.
+
+The same irregular procedure that was followed last year in regard
+to taking the merchandise from the Chinese at their own weighing was
+experienced this year. Although the governor issued a proclamation
+ordering all persons who should have the merchandise in their
+possession to return it immediately, so that it could be sold freely,
+and imposing severe penalties, they did not comply with it; as has been
+evident from its results, that edict must have been only to caution or
+amuse, for they only sold openly those goods that they were unable to
+sell privately without these being taken from them. And then--when,
+with the delay of the ships from Nueva Espana, and the fear of the
+danger that they ran of being captured by the Dutch; and the city,
+with having invested its share, was drained of money--those who had
+retained the said goods in their possession made lower prices with the
+many Chinese than those prices at which the goods that were allowed
+to be sold had been given. In consequence there were public murmurs
+from all classes. One Gonzalez, the governor's barber, and a prime
+favorite, whom he has made inspector of the Chinese ships--which
+because of their late arrival remained this year for the most part
+on the coasts of these islands near China, from fifty to one hundred
+leguas from Manila, sending their goods thither in small boats--went
+there and bought and brought back a large consignment. Consequently
+that transaction, other things similar to it, and the appointments--or,
+as some say, sales--of offices and posts in the ships from Nueva Espana
+in violation of your Majesty's decrees, are not well endured or well
+spoken of, in regard to either his acts or his methods. May our Lord
+preserve and prosper the royal and Catholic person of your Majesty,
+as all Christendom desires, and has need, etc. Manila, August 8, 1620.
+
+
+_Licentiate Hieronimo Legaspi de Cheverria_
+_Licentiate Don Alonso Messa y Lugo_
+_Doctor Don Antonio Piso_ de Villegas
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Letter from Fajardo to Felipe III
+
+
+Sire:
+
+1st. While anxious, as may be understood, over the delay of the ships
+from Nueva Espana, and the anticipated rise of the vendavals with the
+so great fury with which they began this year; and fearing on that
+account some disaster, or their making port in distress at Japon,
+where also there is cause for fear; and while considering the hardship
+that might result to this country from any one of those things: we
+had news that three ships of the Dutch rebels were awaiting our ships
+between the channel of San Bernardino and the Cape of Spiritu Sancto,
+where the latter had to come. Consequently our anxiety deepened,
+knowing that this country would necessarily be endangered if those
+ships were driven from its coasts, with the men that we have for its
+defense, at such a season that, if they left the strait, they could not
+possibly return here this year; or, if there were a failure to act,
+the people [of this city] must remain not properly cared for, much
+less contented. Although it was evident that we might go out at a time
+when we could be of [no] use, and when the aforesaid danger would not
+happen to the ships, with all the resources at my command, I had the
+galleys and light craft manned, so that they might go out immediately
+with what advices and orders seemed advisable. While preparing the
+ships, which were almost ready to go out, for whatever might arise,
+and in the midst of that anxiety, God was pleased to do us the favor
+of freeing us from it by the news that I received of our ships. That
+news, thanks to His Divine Majesty, was most favorable, when one
+considers what might have come. The news was that the flagship--a large
+galleon, and, as its actions showed, not a very good sailer--happened
+to encounter, without its consort (which was a bark), the three Dutch
+ships. These approached the galleon, and ordered it to strike its sails
+for Mauricio. Captain and Sargento-mayor Don Fernando de Ayala, warder
+of the port at the point of Cavite (whom I had sent out in order that
+he might return as commander of the said ships because the person who
+went as commander from here was to remain in Nueva Espana--namely, Don
+Luys Fernandez de Cordova, a relative of the viceroy of that province)
+answered them, as a valiant cavalier and soldier, with his artillery
+and firearms. He continued fighting and defending himself all that
+day and part of the night, until under cover of its darkness and a
+heavy fog that settled down, pursuing their voyage, the Spaniards
+left the enemy with the intention of running upon the coast of an
+island of the strait, called Ybabao. Our Lord guided them to a port,
+where a ship was never known to have entered. There they anchored,
+and fearing that the wind with which they entered might shift to that
+which generally prevails in that season and with greater fury, they
+determined to run the said ship into the mud, and to cut away the
+mainmast, in order to render them less liable to drag, and to leave
+the port again and encounter the enemy. Accordingly, all possible
+haste was displayed in disembarking the men, and the silver and
+reals of your Majesty and of private persons, and the most valuable
+goods; but scarcely was that done when the storm, coming down upon
+the ship, drove it upon some rocks. There it foundered and sank,
+although in a place so shallow that but little of the ship's cargo
+was lost. For they continued to take out and use many things, except
+the articles of luxury. Although no use could be made of the ship's
+hull, as it was entirely ruined, the resultant loss is almost nothing,
+and inconsiderable when one thinks what it might have been, and what
+this event has gained in advantage and reputation for these islands,
+and for your Majesty's arms herein. For, although your Majesty,
+thanks to God, has had excellent successes in the islands, still it
+has all been by superiority of ships and men; and there is nothing,
+according to common opinion, so fortunate as this event, considering
+what the enemy will have lost in all the aforesaid respects among
+all the nations with whom they have relations--especially with that
+of the Japanese, who place their honor and ground for self-praise
+in war. It would appear that they will not be well esteemed there,
+nor even pleasantly received by their creditors--with whom, as we
+understand here, they were indebted for about three hundred thousand
+ducados for their preparations and the relief of their forts, having
+assigned to the creditors their pay from a good prize that they were
+to make, which must have been this galleon.
+
+Then, in order that everything might turn out well, our Lord guided
+the patache--which was coming as almiranta--without its meeting an
+enemy. However, from the severity of the weather, the same thing
+happened to them as to the flagship; but they lost no cargo, for
+that vessel was so small that I bought it for not more than one
+thousand pesos.
+
+Although some think that those ships did not have a more satisfactory
+voyage because they left Acapulco April 4, in my opinion that could
+not have been avoided; for they reached that port late because
+their voyage thither was long and troublesome. Notwithstanding that
+they had been despatched, they would have found, when they arrived,
+vendavals already in these islands, as these commenced so early, as
+I have said. Although the viceroy wrote requesting greater haste in
+those despatches, yet because they are sent late from there, they also
+arrive late here, even if no such events happen as the above. It is
+almost impossible for the ships to leave here early, if the arrival
+of those from Nueva Espana is delayed, unless no opportunity be
+given the inhabitants to receive their share of money and letters,
+which is a thing that they would feel keenly.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "War. What you say in these sections is reduced
+to three points. Firstly, the thanks that you give and should have
+given to our Lord for the good success of the flagship, and the same
+has been done here. May He be praised for all, and thus it is to be
+hoped, in His divine mercy, that He will be in all other events; for
+the just end and cause to which all is directed is His holy service
+and the extension of the holy Catholic faith. The second main point
+is of the utmost importance, and is regarding what has been written
+you, with the remonstrances required by the case--namely, that if the
+flagship and almiranta sail late, it is impossible that they can be
+despatched early from Nueva Espana; and although we have written to
+the latter country, giving the method that is advisable to be used
+in that voyage and despatch, they always excuse themselves for the
+late sailing of the ships by the risk of vendavals, as the violence of
+the weather is an unavoidable difficulty. We have also written to you
+that the only cause of the delay is the waiting to lade those ships
+with the commerce of Manila--which are detained for personal ends,
+by awaiting the merchandise from Japon, China, and the Orient. That
+is poor management; and the welfare of private persons must not have
+more force than that of the public. For the customs duties received on
+departing and returning are not at all to be considered with the great
+danger of bad weather, in which everything is risked--especially since
+the only cause for the commerce between Nueva Espana and those islands
+is not the benefit of the merchants, nor the lading of Chinese cloth,
+but the maintenance, succor, and payment of the military and of the
+ministers who assist in the service and defense of that country. If
+you should one year cause the ships to sail on time, those at Acapulco
+[_los terceros_] would be warned by it for the future, and would
+understand the diligence that they must use in their despatch. It
+is said--and let this serve as caution and warning to you--that the
+chief officials who have in charge the despatch of the flagship and
+almiranta are those most interested, as figure-heads for third persons,
+in what is laded. The third point is, that when those vessels (not
+only of trade, but of war) sail, and since their risk of enemies is
+at the departure and return (but most on the return), you are advised
+to take warning not to let the ships be so overladen that because of
+that they go ill equipped with seamen, and even worse defended. In
+conformity with this we have written to the viceroy of Nueva Espana;
+and have stated that it would be a less disadvantage to increase
+the number of ships than to overload those that are sent--to say
+nothing of the damage done to the hull of the ship by carrying so
+heavy a cargo. Also you are advised, on account of what you say in
+this section--since you say that the Dutch get help in boats, money,
+ammunition, food, and men in Xapon--that it would be well, since there
+is so continual communication between Japon and our government [in
+those islands], that you endeavor--through an embassy, or in any other
+way--to negotiate with any king of those of Xapon, or with the person
+who is the cause of that [aid to the Dutch], and tell them that those
+enemies are pirates, and that they violate the laws of nations and
+the public peace. Finally, since you have the matter in hand and know
+the importance of separating the Japanese and Dutch, you shall do this
+with such energy and skill as your prudence admits, doing all that you
+shall deem necessary and useful to attain that end." _In another hand_:
+"A letter is being written to the viceroy of Nueva Espana, sending him
+a copy of his [i.e., Fajardo's] clause, and what answer is made to it;
+and advising him, as here above stated, that an order has been given
+so that they shall endeavor to have the despatch of the flagship and
+almiranta of Filipinas attended to promptly and seasonably, as is
+necessary for their voyage. Accordingly he shall again issue orders
+to that effect, and advise us of what is done in this matter."] [21]
+
+2d. I am also writing to the viceroy not to waste time and money in
+making unnecessary repairs on the ships, and those for which their
+captains and commanders do not ask; for that is of use only for those
+who have slaves who act as calkers and as other kinds of mechanics,
+in which they sometimes gain more in such works than they are worth.
+
+In the same way [I have requested] that he shall not furnish rigging
+and other supplies unless they are requested; for I am sending the
+vessels from here already provided, for both going and coming, with
+everything necessary (even the candles), in the endeavor to avoid the
+expense caused to your Majesty in the past with such outlays as have
+been made, and with the things brought here. This can be very well
+avoided, because there have been certain articles that can be obtained
+here for one-tenth as much as they cost in Nueva Espana, both rigging
+and other things that are not needed; while ammunition and arms are so
+extremely necessary. Of these, on the occasion that I have mentioned,
+there was known to be a very great lack. The mistake must have been
+occasioned by my saying, in regard to the arms that I requested, that
+powder-horns were unnecessary here (as is the fact). But it was not to
+be understood by that that the arquebuses and muskets for arming the
+infantry should come without powder-horns. That appears to have been
+the understanding, for on the said occasion not thirty pairs of them
+were found, and very little powder. All that resulted from those who
+despatched those ships not paying attention to what their commanders
+asked, while they supply them at times with what they do not need or
+request; and other things those persons furnish at their own pleasure,
+with no care whatever except for the bulk and lump--obliging the
+masters to receive them on faith, and even on appearances, according to
+what is observed here. Those who have made those voyages think strongly
+that the standards of measure there should be somewhat less. I hope
+for a reform in all this, through the good management and zeal of
+the viceroy, and that he will set a limit to what those who attend
+to these despatches at the port of Acapulco have done--as also to the
+vexation and trouble caused to the sailors and workmen of those ships
+by examining so minutely the wretched belongings that they carry in
+their little chests, and by treating them with more severity in this
+than appears advisable for men so necessary and who work so hard.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "In the letters that were written you, in the next
+to the last and the last despatch before this one, that discussed
+this reform and the avoidance of expenses which were made and caused
+in Nueva Espana for those reenforcements, you were directed to try
+to give special and minute information as to what you have there,
+and of its cost; and advised that, if prices are so much more
+advantageous than those of Nueva Espana, those expenses might be
+avoided. The same thing has been written to the viceroy, while the
+royal officials there [_i.e._, in Filipinas] have been notified to
+send a detailed report of the matters of that sort [in which expense]
+could be avoided. If that has not been done, you shall do it; and
+with it those in whose charge are the despatch and provision of
+the ships and the supplies, shall be convinced, and the losses and
+expenses repaired. Since you have abundance of all kinds of rigging
+and sea-stores, and they are obtained so advantageously in the ports
+and regions of your archipelago, provision shall be made only in the
+smaller firearms--that is, outside the _situado_. And inasmuch as
+the Council should have the information that is desirable in regard
+to these matters, you shall always send us a copy of what you write
+upon them to the viceroy and royal officials, so that observance of
+what is enacted in this regard may be demanded from here, and that
+the account may be somewhat better regulated. The other things that
+pertain to the excesses that you mention in the preparations in Nueva
+Espana have been written to the viceroy, as per the enclosed copy,
+so that redress may be provided in what is so just."] [Here follows
+a note, on a separate piece of paper. [22]]
+
+3d. And inasmuch as I am not confident that the viceroy will be
+willing to admit that the appointments of offices and officials of
+these ships from these islands do not concern him, when those who are
+appointed complete the exercise of their duties on their arrival at
+Nueva Espana--as, for instance, Don Francisco de la Serna, who is
+going this year as commander; and Don Luis Fernandez de Cordova,
+who was commander last year, as they commenced to exercise those
+offices from the time of their departure from those provinces and
+are returning in those functions through courtesy, and for just
+considerations--the viceroy undertakes to appoint men to those places,
+refusing to understand as he ought what your Majesty has ruled and
+ordered in this matter. On the contrary, in order to establish himself
+in this pretension, he has suppressed the appointments that I sent
+last year. Indeed, although he deprived Don Fernando de Ayala of his
+appointment, he did not make another appointment, but said that he
+was satisfied for that time with that act of jurisdiction. He said
+that he would send me another as commander of the ships--a young man,
+like those whom he sends as captains of infantry. That would have
+resulted in the disinclination of people in this country to send what
+is of so much importance [_i.e._, their cargoes to Nueva Espana],
+with the supplies and artillery which I sent--very differently from
+the usual practice, in charge of a man of action and valor, who
+has fought very often. I cannot see why the viceroy should wonder
+at a thoroughly satisfactory person being appointed and sent from
+here, in order to return in such a post, since for a matter of so
+great consideration, value, and importance, it does not seem much
+or hurtful that each ship should always have a captain, like those
+whom your Majesty appoints in the flagships and almirantas of the
+trading-fleets, with the same preeminences and the right of succession
+to the responsibility and management of them, in case of the death or
+absence of their commanders. For it would be a misfortune, in case of
+their absence, for the relief or the ruin of these islands to depend,
+on the occasion of a fight or other emergency in which there is need
+of a leader, on the direction of a pilot or a master, when suitable
+provision can be made without any considerable increase of expense
+to your royal treasury. If your Majesty be so pleased, and will give
+me authority for it, I prefer to do this, even if, in order to give
+them some pay, that of the commanders and officials be curtailed;
+or by seeking another plan and supplying them something with certain
+accommodations in their vessels, as might be done better here. The men
+levied in Mexico and those provinces might be delivered at Acapulco to
+those captains, thus saving the pay granted to the infantry captains
+and officers. For most of the latter are not usually very eager in
+their service, while their persons and the troubles that they bring
+are of no little embarrassment to the governors; and perhaps it would
+be advisable to do away with their banners and distribute the men
+among the old companies. That has not been done at any time, both
+to place the aforesaid persons under some obligations, and because
+they bring the pay for one year already paid to them. I petition
+your Majesty to order this matter to be examined and considered,
+and to command me what I am to do in regard to it and to order the
+said viceroy, in accordance with the above, to refrain from annoying
+with that pretension the respectable and deserving inhabitants who
+sail [on the ships] with appointments to such offices. For there
+are men here who have merits and are old residents of the country,
+to whom these employments might well be given; and others who,
+although they are not of so much prominence in this country, have
+been and are engaged in the service of your Majesty. Consequently,
+both for that reason and because of their qualifications, no one ought
+to be preferred to them--although there are, besides the aforesaid
+persons (who are numerous), a much greater number of others who demand
+everything, without right, reason, or justification, and assert that
+they deserve it. They must believe this, by the way in which they get
+angry about it; for it comes to such a pass that they do not treat one
+another well, as we have just experienced. For I appointed Captain
+and Sargento-mayor Esteban de Alcazar admiral of these ships that I
+am despatching--a man of many years of service (some in Flandes), and
+more than fifteen years of residence in this country, whither he came
+as captain of an infantry company. He has also served in Terrenate, and
+reenforced those forts with the supplies that he took in his charge,
+in consideration of which your Majesty confirmed him in an encomienda,
+without debarring him therefrom because he was a brother-in-law of
+the fiscal. That relationship, however, no longer exists, because
+there is another fiscal, a man young in years and of little judgment,
+without services, merits, or any other qualifications to support his
+claims, not even for the office of government notary, which an uncle of
+his resigned. This man has tried to oppose my choice; he has had the
+audacity to demand the place, trying to disqualify the appointee with
+a suit brought by my predecessor, from which the royal Audiencia freed
+and acquitted him. Although I am certain that he [Esteban de Alcazar]
+is one of the most deserving of those who might be employed in this,
+I have chosen to send a sworn testimony in the form of a report
+(in duplicate), so that your Majesty, if such be your pleasure,
+may order it to be examined. Although any one might resent having
+to furnish an exoneration when there is no cause for the accusation,
+there is much more to resent here in the accusations which some are
+wont to write without any justification, and without the matter being
+known; for, by reason of the long time that must elapse before one
+comes to have notice of it and the truth of the matter is made known,
+he has already suffered much in darkness from an evil and unauthentic
+relation, and this is the truth.
+
+According to the news received here of what has come in the said
+ships, the aid in silver and reals that has come on your Majesty's
+account amounts to three hundred and fifty-two thousand pesos; while
+the supplies that I asked both this year and last come to less than
+one-third of the amount that was generally brought in several former
+years--for I am very careful not to exceed what is actually necessary
+and unavoidable, in order to save the so excessive expenses which were
+generally incurred in this; since other expenses are not wanting that
+render that saving very necessary.
+
+The infantry does not amount to two hundred men, in three companies. If
+these men were that number, and Spaniards, it would not be so bad; but,
+although I have not seen them, because they have not yet arrived here,
+I am told that they are, as at other times, for the most part boys,
+mestizos, and mulattoes, with some Indians. There is no little cause
+for regret in the great sums that reenforcements of such men waste
+for, and cost, your Majesty. I cannot see what betterment there
+will be until your Majesty shall provide it, since I do not think,
+that more can be done in Nueva Spana, although the viceroy must be
+endeavoring to do so, as he is ordered.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Have the orders held by the viceroys regarding
+this collected. All that he says for the benefit of the treasury
+is good. Thus I am trying to do on all occasions. In regard to the
+quality of the soldiers, have the viceroy of Nueva Espana informed
+that they must always be men who have served, and of the quality
+desirable. Those who were boys might be kept in presidios, and in
+places where there is not so great need of experienced soldiers. By
+placing them in other companies and in diverse services, they might
+supply the lack of other persons. Have a letter written to the viceroy
+of Nueva Espana, and a copy of this section and the answer to it
+sent to him. Have him advised to try, at the levy of these soldiers,
+that no places be given to any but persons who are suitable and useful
+for the Filipinas, for the contrary becomes a useless expense."]
+
+4th. I wrote to the viceroy last year that if, in any year in the
+future--through any misfortune, or for any other cause or obstacle
+that might prevent it--no ships from this country should reach those
+provinces, he should try to send what aid he could, as is usually
+requested, especially that of money; so that in case of such a lack,
+the need should not increase, or the danger caused when ships of
+this commerce do not sail. According to his reply, it seems that the
+viceroy does not dare assure it, because he doubts whether he can
+find ships in the ports of that country for that purpose.
+
+Desiring to find some plan for the greater facility and less cost of
+sending these reenforcements, it has occurred to us here and has been
+considered a reasonable and feasible means and expedient to have them
+come by way of Panama. If your Majesty would be pleased to keep there
+one of the two ships that leave these islands for Nueva Espana, that
+would have very good results, if no obstacles thereto arise which we
+have not considered here.
+
+The advantages are, that what infantry your Majesty pleases can come
+from Espana divided among the vessels of the trading fleet of Tierra
+Firme, that go to Puertovelo or Nombre de Dios. Their passage and the
+transportation of their food would not cost much, and the owners of the
+vessels might even carry them free for the concession of the register
+or permission for the voyage. If they left in due season, nothing
+would be lost, nor any soldier either, in the short passage which must
+be made, in order to embark at Panama from Cruces, a distance of five
+leguas. One can reach that place in boats by means of a river. In the
+same way, all the things shipped here from Espana can be transported,
+thus saving the vast sum generally incurred by the freight charges and
+carriage of the goods in Nueva Espana. This expense is caused by the
+long and dangerous road to Acapulco, and the rather long space of time
+from the arrival of the trading fleet at the beginning of September
+until the departure of our ships at the last of March--both in what
+the infantry consume and waste, and in those men of it who are lost.
+
+There will also be another advantage if your Majesty should be pleased
+to locate there [_i.e._, at Panama] the reenforcements of money
+and provisions for these forts. For if the ships from this country,
+by any misfortune or other occasion for delay, should not arrive,
+as many ships as were needed could be obtained there, ready, in which
+to send the ordinary and even extraordinary succor that your Majesty
+might despatch; while in Acapulco there would be no such facility,
+or even possibility, in addition to the long and most costly voyage
+of the ships despatched thence. And, according as the despatch from
+Panama is considered and regarded, our ships, even if they should
+arrived there one month later, would leave the port earlier, and much
+earlier than from Acapulco, since the journey thence here is so safe
+and short, as experience has already demonstrated.
+
+By dividing this commerce, and by one ship going to Acapulco and
+another to Panama, one would think that, if the vessels' were not
+more nor larger, the export or sale of Spanish merchandise would not
+be checked; for inasmuch as Mexico would be abandoned in order to
+go to Panama, the former country would come to have need of Espana,
+and would consume as much and perhaps even more than the amount that
+was not used in Panama because of the departure of the ships of this
+country. It is almost a certainty that no innovation would have to
+be experienced because of the way in which, it may be understood,
+the Mexican merchants have communication with those of Peru and all
+the Indias--avoiding the royal duties on what is smuggled. If each
+ship went publicly by permission from your Majesty to that region,
+as I have said, the increase of duties would be very great, and there
+would be no difficulty in the way, according to the understanding
+here--which, I have understood, is also the opinion of this city. They
+petition it from your Majesty, and I do the same, with the desire that
+I have and ought to have for you royal service and the welfare of this
+country. I find myself daily under new obligations to this country,
+which the inhabitants lay upon me by the willingness with which
+they respond to the service of your Majesty with their possessions,
+persons, and lives, as I have experienced from many on the occasions
+that have arisen. According to the limit of my understanding, and
+that which I have been able to grasp with it in this particular, I
+regard the aforesaid as so important to your Majesty's service that,
+considering the matter in case that it should be necessary for the
+ships to go together, I would regard it as more advisable for both to
+go to Panama rather than to Acapulco--although I think that the said
+division is better, and the advantage of the reenforcement of men,
+and that which that country [_i.e._, Nueva Espana] can give easily;
+for thus results service to your Majesty and good to this country,
+and apparently not a little benefit to the commerce of Espana. For
+the products and merchandise of Espana that are esteemed here would
+be bought and imported in a much greater quantity with the saving
+of the freight charges overland, which are so excessive from Vera
+Cruz to Acapulco. The cost of those articles is also increased by
+the profit of the merchants who buy and retail them in that country
+[_i.e._, Nueva Espana]. If the merchandise were relieved from so
+high prices as it reaches to in this manner, and if the goods can
+be so easily passed on from owner to purchaser without resale, the
+shipment here of a great amount of the said merchandise and products,
+and of money less that quantity, is certain.
+
+Likewise, in addition to the above, if the enemy should station
+themselves on that coast [_i.e._, of Nueva Espana], to await the ships
+that sail to Acapulco (as they have already done at other times),
+where they have captured some of those that have sailed hence, not
+only are there not ships at hand ready to go out to fight with them
+and to prevent them from making such attempts, but not one patache
+in which to send advice of it out to sea; while in Panama and on its
+coast that danger would be more easily averted because there are plenty
+of ships and seamen there. Will your Majesty be pleased to have this
+matter examined and considered so that, after understanding the pros
+and cons, what is most advisable to your service may be done.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Note of what was decreed, on a separate
+paper." [23]]
+
+5th. We are very happy at the good news that has arrived here of
+the favor that your Majesty concedes, to all of us who live in
+this country, of sending us reenforcements of soldiers and ships by
+the Cape of Buena Esperanza; and I more happy than I could express,
+because of my great desire for it and my great regret over its lack,
+in order to demonstrate effectively the desire that I have always
+had, and have, of employing myself in your Majesty's service. May
+His Divine Majesty so well manage it that, if life does not fail
+me, I shall, with the protection of God, endeavor to employ it to
+my very utmost--without my promising more at greater length, for we
+can promise much from the hands of His Divine Majesty, but from our
+own but little. In order that the successful end of such intents may
+be better attained, at the best time, without there being any lack,
+I petition your Majesty to the utmost of my ability that the sending
+of this help, together with troops, be continued for some years--by
+way of Panama, or by whatever way your Majesty may please--so that the
+forces which might be assembled with such a fleet as is above mentioned
+might not be weakened so soon because of the many men that die here;
+and that the provision of money be in proportion to the men, and for
+the same time. I trust that, with the above, the cost and trouble
+incurred will succeed, without my endeavoring to excuse myself from
+it, or failing to economize and well administer the revenues as well
+as other things. The results certify it; for, with less money than
+has entered the royal treasury for many years, I have accomplished
+so many works, and have built or bought, in two years only, as many
+boats, provisions, and war stores as was done during many years in
+the past, and at a much less cost. For I have paid for all these,
+and of the arrears of debt a very large amount--as, if time allowed,
+could be seen by the official statements that would be sent to that
+effect. However, I shall try to do that on another occasion. I have
+come to say this, because your Majesty charges me to be very careful
+of your revenues, and as I have a bit of vanity in it, which seems to
+me not to be the most harmful vanity. I desire exceedingly that the
+manner in which I manage this matter be known, for there is a great
+difference in faithfulness, in good administration alone.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Council. You have already been informed in another
+letter that God was pleased to let the reenforcement be lost because
+of a bad storm. Nevertheless, all possible care is being taken to
+prepare another. May our Lord be pleased to direct it, since it is
+so important for the things of His service. By the despatches that
+you will receive from the hand of the castellan Pedro de Heredia,
+you will understand about the two hundred infantrymen, with which
+your present need will be supplied, until the more important aid is
+made ready. Inasmuch as you are advised of other things touching this
+matter in the despatch of the said castellan, nothing more will be
+told you of it, as I refer you to what it contains."]
+
+6th. For this purpose, very acceptable aid has come to me with the
+arrival of the factor, Diego de Castro Lison. For the favor that your
+Majesty granted him in this--both to him and to me--I kiss your royal
+feet with the humility and acknowledgment that is fitting.
+
+It seems to me that with the commission borne by the above-mentioned,
+it will be very well if, during his execution of it, he be relieved
+somewhat of the many onerous duties of the office of factor; and for
+that purpose I shall endeavor to give him the aid and leisure that
+should appear necessary. If the treasurer--who has not yet arrived
+and whom I do not know--is such as I believe and have proved the
+factor to be, I shall have no need of carrying memoranda in my pocket
+of what is paid into the royal treasury, as I have done sometimes,
+even constraining this present treasurer so that he might ordain
+that those warrants for whose despatch and payment he did not have
+my decrees should not be honored. Consequently, I would not be sorry
+to see here two or three men for the accountancy of this treasury and
+for that of Terrenate; but, although the governors are accustomed to
+make that appointment, I cannot find many to choose here.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "It is well. With the arrival of the treasurer and
+that of the treasury accountant, he is relieved of his anxiety about
+the matter of accounts."]
+
+7th. I have equalized the pay of the captains, officers, and soldiers
+here and at Terrenate, by increasing that of some and diminishing
+that of others, as your Majesty has ordered. In order that they may
+have an equal amount of work, and comfort also, I am having part of
+them changed every year, so that their exile may not be perpetual,
+nor desperation compel them to go over to the enemy, as many have
+done. Accordingly, for this reason, and so that the smaller and larger
+boats, in which the reenforcements are conveyed, may go and come in
+safety, I cause some infantry to go in all of them.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Council. It is well. You have already been informed
+in regard to this, and it was referred to your prudence and better
+judgment, as you are the one in direct charge of affairs. You shall
+give licenses and shall arrange for the passage of the soldiers from
+one part to the other in the manner most advisable."]
+
+8th. The last reenforcement that I despatched this year has been
+the most abundant that has entered those forts since their recovery,
+especially in money and men; for there were almost two hundred and
+fifty Spanish soldiers, besides the Pampangos and pioneers, and the
+men of the two galleys and four ships in which that reenforcement
+was taken. Of the latter only one small patache was lost, which is
+considered miraculous here because of what has happened on other
+occasions. But I, although not neglecting to give thanks to God for
+it, cannot be well satisfied with the result, until I can ascertain
+whether the galleys could have gone more quickly and efficiently
+to the aid of the patache--although I am told that when they sailed
+there was sufficient wind so that they could not fight with a galleon
+carrying heavy artillery. I shall endeavor to inform myself of it,
+and of what the person in charge of the patache did, and what he
+neglected to do; and, punishing the guilt that I shall find, I shall
+inform your Majesty of everything. I do not see how the master-of-camp,
+Don Luis Bracamonte, who had charge of that reenforcement, can entirely
+clear himself; for after I had appointed captains and private persons
+to whom the ships could be entrusted, he committed the one that was
+lost to an accountant, one Don Alonso Fajardo de Villalobos, when
+neither he nor I knew that man sufficiently to entrust such a ship to
+him. But until I have heard the reasons on which he based that action,
+I do not dare to blame him.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "What investigation you make in this will be very
+suitable. You have also well understood the matter, and reason on it
+in such a manner that there is nothing to add to what you propose,
+except to await your reply with the suitable execution of it, for
+the good example that must emanate from it in similar matters."]
+
+9th. I believe that your Majesty will already have learned of the
+occasion for sending the said master-of-camp to those places, by
+letters that I sent via India. By them will be seen the causes that
+preceded, and the pressing efforts made by the castellan Lucas de
+Vergara Gaviria, in order that he might be permitted to come here. A
+son of Doctor Quesada, ex-auditor of Mexico, a man respected for
+his learning and integrity, went to take his residencia. I gave him
+charge of one of the companies that I sent to those places and which
+had to be reorganized in them, for that purpose, and because of his
+rank, the services of his father, and his wish to follow a military
+life. When the residencia and acquittal are made, I shall inform
+your Majesty of that also. It will have so much that is good or
+evil, as the religious shall have aided or opposed him; since their
+friendship is the greatest advantage here, and their hostility the
+greatest evil. For if they desire to grant honors, even to one who
+does not merit them, the documents, vouchers, and negotiations are
+drawn up as may be desired; and the governor has to give in payment
+what they demand, even if he be unable. If he do not act thus, woe
+to him; for they reach him in conversations and pulpit in his most
+vulnerable spot, his honor. Consequently, as I know that to be usual
+here, I am resolved not to credit what they have written of Lucas de
+Vergara Gaviria; on the other hand, I am meanwhile not sure of the
+contrary. I consider him a good soldier, although he has something of
+the harshness of temper that is reported. I also wrote to your Majesty
+when I informed you of his coming and of the departure of Don Luis
+de Bracamonte, asking you to be pleased to send a governor for those
+places, for Don Luis said that he would remain there only until the
+arrival of your Majesty's appointee--a thing that was self-evident,
+even had he not said it. Had it not been for placing a captain before
+one whom your Majesty had honored with the title of master-of-camp,
+I would have given those forts in charge to Captain Don Andres Perez
+Franco, to whom your Majesty, while he was alferez, granted thirty
+escudos' pay to induce him to come with me; and I would trust him not
+only with those forts, but also with other things of importance that
+your Majesty has in these parts. But I considered the above facts,
+and his few years as captain, although he has spent many in service;
+and, on account of his popularity and the excellent proofs of his
+integrity and valor (as your Majesty can learn from the soldiers of
+Flandes who know him), I am not sorry--although I would be glad to
+have him in Terrenate--to detain him here, as he is one whom I value
+most highly. He has aided me in all that I am doing in your Majesty's
+service, and in the fulfilment of the duties of my office--which he
+aids in the building of ships and in the repair and equipment of
+them, in all the works and the despatch of ships that are carried
+on at the point of Cavite, and in whatever else arises, very much to
+my satisfaction and to that of all. That is not inconsiderable, and
+I assure your Majesty of this on account of my obligations to your
+royal service, and to inform you of those who aid in it, rather than
+through my goodwill and affection for this gentleman, although these
+are great. His mode of procedure constrains me to it. Although I have
+relatives here, I shall not inform your Majesty of them, as long as
+they do not merit my doing so by their time and experience here.
+
+If a governor is to be sent for Terrenate, your Majesty will not
+forget those persons whom I have proposed for that post. They are
+Captains Don Diego de Salcedo, Joan Goncales Corrilla y Santander,
+who were among the men of best judgment in Flandes when I was there,
+and of whom I would rejoice to hear news. But if, in another man,
+to such qualities were united some experience as a sailor, or a taste
+for naval affairs, he would not be worse for that; for very gallant
+deeds might he done among those islands.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "The points mentioned in this section are reduced
+to two. First, you will already have learned about the appointment of
+Pedro de Heredia as governor of Terrenate. It is thought that you will
+be well satisfied with his person, and that he will suitably conduct
+the public service. Concerning the other persons of whom you advise
+me, and especially of Captain Perez Franco, I am informed of his good
+qualities. So long as nothing offers here in which to occupy him,
+you shall take charge of his person, and shall employ him for what
+you think him suitable, for the reputation of generals consists in
+their efficient choice of persons, giving to each office what concerns
+it and what it needs. The second and chief point is concerning the
+religious who through their favors and friendships affect the standing
+of officials, and by altering the truth impose blame on the latter
+or injure their reputation--reducing [public] affairs to their own
+methods, which has pernicious and evil results. Since you see that,
+and have experienced it, as you say, it would be your own fault if
+you did not remedy that matter. I leave it to you to do what is most
+fitting. What occurs to us to advise you is, not to allow any religious
+to make charges or prove the innocence of any government official,
+unless it should be in some very special and particular case, in which
+his act may have occurred with the knowledge of such religious, and
+can be investigated in no other way. You shall observe the same rule
+in official investigations, in which if the religious do not form a
+part of the court, certainty may thus be felt that affairs will proceed
+with sincerity and truth, as justice requires. This that is told you,
+you shall impart to the Audiencia in your meeting. You shall endeavor
+to have the same course followed in the case of the government agents
+and other persons who shall conduct similar investigations. Inasmuch as
+the interpositions generally made by religious are usually effective,
+as well as the means by which they intimidate some and encourage
+others, you shall take measures, immediately upon receipt of this,
+to inform the superiors of those religious, so that they may be
+warned and advise their subordinates of it, so that they may not
+perplex themselves or meddle in any case of these secular judicial
+proceedings, or with claims of third parties. For their occupation
+does not consist in this, but in the contemplative life, and in the
+exercise of the spiritual activities; and, moreover, the gravest
+disadvantages to the service of our Lord result from the contrary
+course. You shall advise me of what you shall do and what you shall
+have put into execution, so that I may know what occurs."]
+
+10th. I have had no other advices of anything new, or of matters of
+greater importance, in those forts [of Maluco] than the above-mentioned
+entrance of the reenforcements. From the people sent thither, and from
+those who wrote me from Japon, I have learned that the reenforcement
+was very timely; for the Dutch had crews of Japanese, whom they hired
+with the intention, as was understood, of attempting with them some
+deed of arms in that place, or something else that would have meant
+evil to our forces and fortifications.
+
+I was also advised from Japon that a squadron of Dutch ships was to
+sail thence to run along these coasts, in order to hinder the commerce
+of the Chinese ships, awaiting and robbing them on their way. In order
+to obviate this mischief, I prepared two strong ships, one patache,
+and two galleys, with which to make the said coast safe. I gave warning
+to China; and thus, in consequence, many ships and merchants of China,
+thanks to God, have arrived in safety. That squadron is in charge of
+Admiral Joan Baptista de Molina, a man who has served many years, and
+who has served here with especial courage and good fortune. And since
+every one in this country considers that he is the one who deserves
+most, and in order to avoid the punctilios of those who hesitated in
+embarking and in taking charge of those vessels--desiring, perhaps,
+under pretext of this to remain ashore--I gave out that the squadron
+was to be in charge of Don Luis Fajardo, my brother. Thereupon all
+followed him, and he obeyed the orders of the said admiral, Joan
+Baptista de Molina, like the meanest soldier of those who embarked
+with him. The enemy must have heard of it, or they must have had more
+important business to look after, for they did not approach these
+coasts. On the contrary, it has been learned that they lost one of
+their large vessels (than which never better sailed), at the head of
+the island of Hermosa; and that, for the last two years, they have
+obtained nothing from this coast beyond the destruction of what had
+been made for equipment of our vessels, and the loss of the ships
+that have been wrecked. I am thoroughly convinced that opportunities
+will not be lacking in which, coming to blows, they will lose more,
+if God help us; for their attachment is strong to the profit that
+they claim from these pillagings, as well as from those that they
+made in former years.
+
+Had not the Dutch been so embarrassed by the so ruinous wars that they
+have had with the English, beyond doubt a greater number of vessels
+would have come here. According to what I have just heard from a
+Spanish pilot, whom the Dutch held prisoner, and who escaped from
+the ships that fought with us, those two nations [_i.e._, the Dutch
+and the English] were negotiating a peace, in order to be able to
+come here with a great number of vessels, or for other advantages to
+them. If the ships that I am awaiting with the reenforcements arrive,
+by God's help, I shall not care when the enemy comes.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "It is well. Through your diligence and zeal for
+the affairs of my service, I hope that our Lord will grant very good
+results in everything, since the expense and care incurred by those
+regions are known."]
+
+11th. That ship that I bought at Macan has come, with some freight
+charges and duties on goods that it carried. That goes a good
+way toward aiding the cost of its purchase and the expense [of
+maintaining it]. The price was eleven thousand pesos, with sails,
+rigging, seven anchors, and four good cables. I am satisfied with it;
+and it appears at least to be made of better woods than those here. It
+was made in India, and its burden is more than six hundred toneladas
+of the Northern Sea. [24]
+
+Contract and agreement have been made to build another ship in Sasima
+[_i.e._, Satsuma?] a province of Japon near here. I am assured that
+it can be built there very well, and it will be strong and of good
+timber, and very well-proportioned and suitable as is needed for this
+line and trade with Nueva Espana.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Since the counsel that you have taken in this matter
+is very prudent; and since you have been advised in your despatches
+(which you have already received) as to what you shall do; and since
+the benefit to the royal treasury and the quality of the vessels is so
+well known: you shall continue the same plan for the vessels that must
+be built, since, as you have seen in other despatches, the vexations
+to the natives occupied in this shipbuilding and the heavy expenses
+incurred by that construction, are thus avoided. Since you already
+have plans for the factory at Terrenate and for the cloves and drugs
+that you may get at Terrenate and its adjacent islands, it will be
+a very efficacious means, in order that the vessels may be cheaper,
+to send the cloves and drugs where they may have greatest value, so
+that with that profit the vessels may be built more cheaply. After
+you shall have more fully established that advantage to the royal
+treasury, you shall endeavor to put into practice the building of
+some boats for the service of the South Sea in Callao, Panama, and
+the other ports of Tierra Firme. This alone I refer to you, so that
+you may endeavor from now on to lessen as much as possible the profit
+[made by others] in this, both in material and construction."]
+
+12th. The vessel that went to Goa with a quantity of cloves, which I
+had traded for in Maluco and sent there on your Majesty's account (as
+will be done whenever possible), arrived safely; and in the same way,
+was despatched and returned here (thanks to God), bringing slaves for
+the galleys and other supplies for the magazines, and the provisions
+and articles necessary for your Majesty's service.
+
+[_Marginal note_. "It is well. In this way continue. In every despatch
+that you shall send, you shall not advise in general terms of matters
+like this, nor summarize; but shall send a copy of the list of what
+cloves and drugs you shall have or obtain in trade; their cost, as
+well as the expense of sending them; the price and method of sale; the
+transfer that was made, and in what articles and at what price. And
+in order that we might have as exact information and account of it
+as is advisable, you shall inform us, especially and in detail, of
+all the aforesaid, so that things of this kind may not be furnished
+from Nueva Espana or any other region."]
+
+13th. I thought that I would send them to those kingdoms, so that your
+Majesty might see some cloves from Maluco. Although they are not cheap,
+they would be a product not often seen in the ports of Castilla, and
+not often carried from here. But the majority of the auditors opposed
+me, thinking perhaps that an oral or written relation would be sent
+with them not greatly to their favor. However, the one that I have
+already given your Majesty is not favorable to them. I suspect that
+they have learned of it; but I am not sorry for that, as I consider
+it correct. Or [their opposition may have been] for other reasons,
+and for private ends. They do not desire me to achieve success, and
+I would not wonder at that so much, if I alone were the interested
+party. But where your Majesty and your royal service are concerned,
+such a thing appears incredible of any one who has a good heart and
+soul, and is under the obligations of honor. Therefore I would be
+ashamed even to think this, were there not many other causes like that
+mentioned, that are similar to it. I could send an account of them
+in authentic documents, had I more time and fewer occupations. But
+having to attend to these, not only can I not do more than I am doing
+in this, but I cannot even attend continually to the Audiencia,
+or consider many things that they have tried and attempted in it
+contrary to the authority and preeminences that your Majesty has given
+to this office. Many of them I must swallow, in order not to fail in
+the affairs of your Majesty's service--which could not be conducted
+as their importance demands and compels, if one were to give much
+attention to these matters which concern personal grudges. For if
+one did that, he could necessarily attend to nothing else, because
+as the auditors here have few important matters that oblige them to
+close application, they must apply the greater part of their time to
+devising petty tricks on the president in order to vex and weary him,
+until [as they hope], not only will he allow them to live according to
+their own inclination, but also their relatives and followers shall,
+in whatever posts they desire, be employed and profited. And since
+harmony has never been seen here without this expedient, one would
+think it easy to believe such a supposition. Regarding what your
+Majesty writes in this matter of posts being given to the relatives
+or followers of the auditors, there is not much to amend. Perhaps
+that is the reason that some are ill satisfied and to such an extent
+that they show it not only by inflicting annoyances on the persons
+who aid me in the obligations of my office and in your Majesty's
+service--because they know that I esteem such men for that reason,
+and see our gratefulness for it--but in doing whatever can cause
+injury, and also in any acts of discourtesy, which are much to be
+regretted. Such has been the demonstration that they made by public
+act when, the chairs of this Audiencia having been carried in order to
+go to one of the sermons and festivals to which they go here; and the
+chair of my wife, Dona Catherina Maria Cambrana y Fajardo, having been
+placed behind them--just as is the custom in other places, and as was
+continued here, without exceeding in anything what is permitted to the
+wife of a president--the auditors voted that my wife's chair should
+be placed outside, or that they would not take theirs, as did Doctor
+Don Alonso de Mesa and Doctor Don Antonio Rodriguez. It is a matter
+whose telling even causes me shame. Were it the resentment and sorrow
+of another, I could set it right, by the mildest and most advisable
+method possible. But as it is my own affair, and a matter akin to
+vanity (from which I believe myself quite free)--for when I have
+finished the public acts of pomp and display in my office, I return
+to that of sailor, which is the chief thing of this government--I
+lay it before your Majesty, so that you may be pleased to provide in
+this matter and in other things touching auditors, as may best suit
+you. [I ask that your Majesty act] without greater inclination to one
+side than the other, since this office is yours, not mine; and since
+I shall live in the same manner with or without it, without coveting
+greater honors than your Majesty (may God preserve you for us) has
+granted me and grants me in employing my services.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "After considering what you mention in this matter,
+it is reduced to the following points. The first and more essential
+is that which you mention (although in ambiguous terms) regarding
+the trading of the auditors and government employees there, for which
+reason they prevented the sending of the cloves. The testimony that
+you send of it does not concern this matter, but only that of the
+goods and money that were to be sent to Terrenate for trading. That
+indeed was done in accordance with your opinion. The opinion that you
+shall hold in matters so worthy of reform you must always send to me
+distinctly and clearly expressed; for if there are such officials
+who commit illegal acts--not only in trading, but in hindering
+the profit of the royal treasury--it is advisable not only for the
+greater security of the treasury, but also for the administration of
+justice, that such persons be punished with the rigor that the case
+requires. Consequently, you shall do this, sending me information
+of what is done in this matter. If any proven guilt results you
+shall sequester the property of offenders, in order to assure the
+judgment. In accordance with this, we are writing to the Audiencia,
+advising it of what it must do. In order that no official may have
+any cause to think that you, of your own accord, are trying to prove
+him guilty in a matter so grave, you shall be accompanied, in whatever
+concerns the sequestration of goods, by the archbishop resident there,
+in whose person we have the necessary confidence. The second point is
+that you will have been informed of all the things that concern the
+advantage of the royal treasury. You shall accordingly declare those
+things in the tribunal of the treasury and in the assembly. This
+reply by letter will be your authority, so that you shall need
+nothing more special than this for whatever may be to the benefit
+of my royal treasury, and shall procure that benefit by all and any
+justifiable means. The third point is--as you have been informed and
+instructed in other letters concerning the purpose of the factory at
+Terrenate--that all the benefit received from the islands of Maluco by
+the enemy is by way of barter; and that so vast profits are obtained
+by them in this that these enable them to be on the offensive and
+defensive, and convey to their own country the wealth that we see in
+the Malucas, the value of which is evident in the armies and other
+expenses that are incurred. From this example, since the expenses of
+my royal treasury are so heavy--inasmuch as the trade is carried on
+only by conquest and force of arms--everything is reduced to expense,
+and nothing to gain. In order to make profit you are advised that the
+factory of Terrenate should barter and negotiate, in order that the
+profit obtained by the enemy might follow, and more if possible. And
+if the natives of those islands see that their property is not taken
+from them, and if they are paid in the ordinary form, they will
+grow fond of us and become converted to our friendship. From that
+it will be possible to pass to other objects, the chief one being
+the evangelical preaching. Consequently, setting aside the universal
+gain that might come to the royal treasury for the gain in a specific
+case, the chief thing, and one which you are to push thoroughly (or
+rather two things), is the operation of mines and of factories for
+trade. Fourth, that since you have already experienced the utility
+that follows from sending those cloves to the East, and using this
+merchandise for other purposes and trade, you shall continue to
+do so. You shall always send the detailed account about which you
+have been advised, of everything that will be of importance in this
+matter. Whenever any case of doubt occurs to you in regard to the
+ceremonious observance due your office, send the proposition that
+you shall have made in the assembly, together with what resolution
+shall have been made regarding it, so that after examination here,
+just measures may be ordered; for in no other manner could any
+decision be reached without depending on the Audiencia. In order to
+gain time, letters are being written to the Audiencia ordering them,
+in accordance with what has been done at other times, to maintain with
+you, in the condition of affairs at present, the amicable relations
+and the respect due your office and person; and to observe toward you
+and your wife such ceremonies as have been observed hitherto, and as
+are the custom. When there is any doubt about the matter, I shall be
+consulted, so that, having examined it thoroughly, I may provide what
+is advisable for the public peace and for decorous relations between
+the president and Audiencia. (Note for a separate paper.)" [25]]
+
+14th. Although it is my desire to restrain myself in this particular,
+in order not to drag on this letter to greater length, and for
+other considerations, certain of my obligations move me to say the
+things that I cannot avoid, because I have heard that the auditors
+claim that your Majesty should take from the office of governor and
+captain-general and president, the declaration and trial of suits
+that concern government and war--which your Majesty conceded to him,
+on account of those which were being tried then, and the disadvantages
+that were experienced in leaving them to the Audiencia. This is a
+matter from which--even if it pertained to them, by opposing what
+your Majesty has ordered in this matter--it is impossible to dissuade
+them, seeking in such things any pretext or excuse to meddle in them,
+and to embarrass and hinder me in the exercise of my office. Thus
+have they endeavored to do in many things, especially in one trial,
+begun here by the master-of-camp against various persons employed
+for wages in marine works (who were under the military jurisdiction)
+because of a conspiracy and desertion that they had planned, and which
+they were ready to execute if they had any one to get their pay for
+them for that purpose. This occurred at a time when I, because of a
+pressing need then of men for your Majesty's service, was compelling
+the master-of-camp and Aclaras to restore all those to their places who
+for ten years back had been removed from them. In their guilt Pedro
+Alvarez, war and government notary, appeared to be implicated. One
+of his friends, an ecclesiastic, named Joan Cevicos, tried to prove
+himself leader of this affair, in order perhaps to clear him and
+the auditors, according to what I understand and many believe. In
+complaisance to Doctor Don Alvaro de Meso, or for other objects,
+the auditors took it into their heads that the notary of war did not
+belong to the military jurisdiction; and that the master-of-camp had
+not the right of first instance in his cause, but that it belonged to
+me, in order that appeals might go to them. Without what I declared,
+in accordance with your Majesty's royal decree (which I presented),
+being sufficient, they hindered me so in it that it was impossible
+to administer justice. At last, as I thought that the notary's
+imprisonment had been long enough--although during his trial he had
+no guards who could levy costs on him--at the news that the men and
+possessions of your Majesty and of private individuals that we desired
+from Nueva Espana were in safety, and that the enemy were waiting,
+I released him (in part as a demonstration of the thanks due our
+Lord), among other prisoners who had not been tried, and who had no
+one to plead for them, whom I also released. Such, then, is the end
+of that affair.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Let them observe the laws and what I have commanded
+by the decrees that I have given. Advices are being sent to the
+Audiencia in accordance with this." _In another hand_: "Have letters
+of this tenor sent to the Audiencia, so that they may observe the
+decrees of enforcement [_lo acordado_]. Let it be noted that since
+the distance from those islands to these kingdoms is as is known,
+and the delay and obstacles in the replies and receipt of letters
+is the same and in some cases greater, it is commanded and ordered
+that he who shall be guilty of opposing what is ordered for the good
+government of those islands, both in military and in civil matters,
+will be punished with the severity and example that the case requires;
+for it is not right that he who merits it be unpunished in matters
+of such importance, involving loss and delay."]
+
+15th. Also the auditors claim the right of trial and jurisdiction in
+the lawsuits of the seamen. That has come to such a pass that when
+I ordered that a sailor, one Luys Rivero, should be hanged for an
+atrocious murder that he had committed--of whose trial and of what
+passed then I enclose a sworn statement--they actually ordered that
+he be not executed. That happened on a day when I had left this city,
+on account of having ordered that on that same day a retired sergeant
+be beheaded, who had deserted while under pay and after receiving
+help, and had abandoned his colors at the time of the embarcation;
+and in order to avoid the intercessions and importunities that they
+lavish in order that justice might not be done. But this is only a
+pretext of mercy, since punishment, when deserved, is the greatest
+mercy--especially in this country, where the punishment of offenses
+was so forgotten or almost never administered. For that reason, and
+to lessen my grief over the execution by being farther away from it,
+I left the city and went up the river. The proceedings of Doctor
+Don Alvaro de Mesa, in procuring the obstruction of what he and his
+associates had ordered, were of such nature that some clamor might have
+occurred, had not the people been satisfied at the justification of the
+case, and had they not had some confidence in me, mixed with sufficient
+respect not to lose it on similar occasions, even in my absence.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Let what is provided in the preceding section be
+observed, and whatever pertains to your office. Thus shall you declare
+in the assembly, and in like cases. Let the Audiencia observe the
+decrees and ordinances given that order the captain-general to try
+military persons and their criminal causes, just as and in the form
+ruled by the said decrees. Let the Audiencia report why it prevented
+the execution of the sentence against that man."]
+
+16th. If for such things, and others like them, the Audiencia
+petition (as they are doing) for power to convoke the people, since
+as yet has not happened, and, God helping, will not happen what they
+suppose can occur--namely, that I will hinder them from the exercise
+of their duties and the execution of such of their provisions as
+concern them--let your Majesty determine whether their demand is well
+directed. Let your Majesty also consider the evidence and rectitude
+that I have, other than they have, for having the greater authority
+in matters touching the Sangleys and their Parian; since for this
+they give as an argument that it would be advisable for them to have
+that jurisdiction, in order to expel and drive out of the country
+those whom it will need for its quiet and security, so that no other
+insurrection might happen, as in the term of Don Pedro de Acuna--as if
+that did not even more concern the governor and captain-general. They
+had resolved, a few days before, in the Audiencia, that my reason for
+ordering certain Sangleys to be expelled should be explained before
+them--although I had told the auditors before that resolution that
+those Sangleys and others were known to be wandering and lazy people,
+without any trade or any other manner of living than that of sowing
+discord, causing uneasiness, and stirring up disturbances; and that
+they had other customs that were harmful and injurious to them and
+even to us. I told them that in order to cleanse the country of such
+people, who are wont to disturb it and even to endanger it on such
+occasions as those of insurrection, I had ordered them to go to their
+own countries. Notwithstanding all this, the auditors persevered
+in the said resolution. From that one can see what good results are
+attained with the intention that they show by such a demand; since
+the most certain thing is, that they wish to have the authority over
+this people, who are wont to be useful and even profitable to him
+who devotes himself to them.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Let the ordinance of the preceding section be
+observed."]
+
+17th. The said auditors also claim the right to fill the offices of
+the minor officials in the Audiencia and others, which may be filled
+in the interim until your Majesty grants them. These appointments
+usually belong to the president. In order to make those appointments
+I took the depositions that I enclose herewith; while they base their
+claim for this on a certain act of introduction which they had made in
+regard to this, at a time when there was no president. In the absences
+of the president, and during the government of the Audiencia, they
+have disused or destroyed many preeminences and decrees in favor of
+the governors and captains-general and president. Finally, they seek
+all the methods of opposition that they can find, so that, if one were
+to judge without looking for the best object, it might be thought that
+they are trying by this improper method and means to pass more speedily
+to better employments. I do not know whether there is more than to add
+the assertion that, when I called a council and asked their opinions,
+in order that an entrance might be effected into the province of the
+Igolotes Indians [26] (which is situated almost in the middle of these
+islands), and that it might be pacified and reduced to the obedience
+of your Majesty, for the greater service of God and the welfare of
+its souls--and, what is more useful, the operation of those mines (of
+which I shall inform your Majesty in due time)--Doctors Don Alvaro and
+Don Antonio opposed me; and the latter did so by a method that did not
+satisfy all, proposing greater doubts as to whether it could be done
+or no, as one can see clearly by the testimony. I am persuaded that,
+if his wishes and inclinations were not so biased and so ready not
+to become a good associate, even in what is just, many of the things
+above mentioned and that I could mention would be avoided. For that and
+complete harmony, it would be of great importance if all the auditors
+were not new, as they are. They make more trouble than even arises
+from the ignorance of their duties, since that does not prevent them
+from presuming that they know everything. For lack of another and
+better remedy--and one from which no trouble would arise--it would
+not be bad for those who come here to fill such places to be started
+[in their duties] and to be taught methods and usages by the auditors
+of Mexico, at least during the time while they are detained there;
+for it is a pity to see their deficiencies in this regard, and even
+more the qualifications that I have mentioned in this and other
+letters. The eye that was left to us in this Audiencia, whereby we
+could see and direct ourselves to the light, God chose to take from
+us, by the death of Andres de Alcaraz. We were left with very great
+grief at the loss of so wise and prudent an associate, and at his not
+having had so great prudence at his death (at which time one needs
+more) as he showed during his life and government, and in governing
+himself; for he died without receiving the holy sacraments. However,
+one who was sick so long, it is believed, would have often received
+communion, since at the end he did not do so. Neither did he dispose
+of his possessions, which were not few. Of that Doctor Don Alvaro
+de Mesa, probate judge, will advise and inform your Majesty. May God
+keep him in heaven, as we scarcely doubt He will.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "This section is answered in the preceding ones. With
+your prudence you shall try to direct affairs so that the service of
+God our Lord shall be accomplished, and that the good results that
+are demanded shall be secured by your person."]
+
+18th. With this reason, I again represent to your Majesty and lay
+before you, as I have done at other times, that I may die; for even
+if my subjection to death were not so natural, and more liable to
+accident, as in one who holds offices exposed to the dangers of sea
+and war, I suffer at times from lack of health; and no matter how
+poor may be the head, it leaves a lack in any body. Your Majesty has
+no auditors here who can govern, even in affairs of only justice and
+peace; for at times they prove deficient therein. Had Don Hieronimo
+de Silva been absent at such a time--as he has told me that he desires
+and has requested leave of your Majesty for it--I do not know to whom
+I could leave the charge of military matters, who would bind himself
+to such trouble (and even impossibility) as would be the necessity
+of obeying, pleasing, and satisfying such leaders.
+
+Until your Majesty shall appoint persons to the government of
+Terrenate or to the position of master-of-camp of this place, who,
+in such case [_i.e._, the death of the governor], might act in this
+capacity--providing for it by the usual methods and appointments,
+or as might be more pleasing to your Majesty--I cannot find here any
+person whose ability for this is equal to that of the archbishop. He
+is a man of force, system, and executive ability; and, in my opinion,
+he will lose nothing of the authority and preeminences of the office,
+or of the jurisdiction and power that your Majesty might grant him;
+for I regard it as certain that he would not err in his government
+through having less knowledge than the auditors, and in it would make
+arrangements for greater efforts and aid to military affairs and those
+who engage therein. The latter would be advantaged by him, for even
+in this, although it is not his profession, I consider him as having
+more decision and effective energy than the said [auditors] have.
+
+And that it may not appear that I am in every case speaking of them
+in general terms (my intention being to tell the plain truth, without
+reserve or any other consideration than the telling of it), I declare
+what I believe: namely, that if Doctor Don Antonio Rodriguez--who is
+the latest auditor, and has not much health or maturity of years--had
+resided here longer I would trust his executive ahility in preference
+to that of the two others here, whom I do not consider very capable,
+for the reasons explained in other letters and in this; for as has
+been seen by experience, he shows himself to be a man of greater
+knowledge and prudence, and of great sagacity. However, for a long
+time there have been rumors (and not few) that he has been the one
+who has disturbed the minds of his associates, writing, advising,
+and counseling them secretly. But by his not approving the object
+of such things, and by his keeping aloof from the others, for that
+reason and something of this having been well understood, I do not
+consider it as certain or sure; and in other things outside of this
+(except that it seems to me that he is anxious to grow rich quickly)
+I consider him as a man of good method, very prudent and well informed,
+and one who takes pride in appearing to be a good judge.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Council. May our Lord be pleased to grant you
+health, so that, having finished your term of office and fulfilled
+the hopes that are entertained of your service, you may be promoted to
+better things. Although what is advisable is decreed in this matter,
+you will accordingly take all the care possible in it. It is to be
+hoped, in our Lord, that He will give you the health that you desire
+and the fortunate success that is so important."]
+
+19th. Consequently, I have requested him to take charge of the cause
+of one Joan Mohedano who was arrested ten days ago for the accusation
+made against him of having entered the seminary of Sancta Potenciana;
+and because there are so few here who could act as judges--some not
+having authority to try this cause, and others having been refused
+therein--it has not been possible to finish it hitherto, which Doctor
+Don Antonio will do.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "It is well. Take special note that such crimes and
+acts of sacrilege as this demand their punishment in the presence
+of our Lord. Accordingly it is advisable, and I order and charge
+you, that in this crime and in others similar--may God forbid their
+commission--you shall show yourself, as shall the judges who take
+charge of these causes, as severe and rigorous in judgment, and prompt
+in their despatch, as the cause requires. You shall advise me fully,
+in a short account, of what should be done in this matter, and the
+sentence and execution of justice therein."]
+
+20th. As for the other two causes similar to the above, of which I have
+also informed your Majesty, I remitted that of Captain Don Fernando
+Bezerra to Licentiate Legaspi; for certain persons, on seeing justice
+done in this land, say that it is not justice, but only passion, while
+others say that it is cruelty. Accordingly he concluded and judged it,
+and freed him. For the same reason, I committed to him the appeal
+to the Audiencia in the other cause of Don Joan de la Vega. While
+the latter, on my conscience, was more than guilty enough to suffer
+decapitation (to which I sentenced him), the same auditors so managed
+the cause that at last they did the same thing; they set him free,
+and condemned Captain Lucas de Manozca, formerly alcalde-in-ordinary
+of this city--who aided me in this cause and others to the service of
+your Majesty--to the sum of five hundred pesos and other penalties,
+and caused him to suffer a considerable time in prison, and to spend
+for other particular objects much time and money.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "You and the Audiencia have already been answered in
+regard to this matter, as to what must be done. Now you are ordered to
+send a copy of these processes and acts--so that, having been examined,
+the satisfaction that is proper may be obtained--and of the justice
+that has been administered in like matters." [27]
+
+21st. I am accustomed at times, for the sake of greater assurance,
+to refer to the Audiencia certain causes and matters that are
+of importance to your Majesty's service and the obligation of
+my office--some, to one of the auditors, who consults with me in
+them; and in some, according to their nature--to ask them for their
+opinions. They are generally accustomed to excuse themselves from
+all of these, if they do not care to attend to them, and arguments
+or reason do not suffice for it. I cannot tell how they are to be
+compelled to act if reason does not move them, or unless your Majesty
+be pleased to order a reform in this matter, with the orders that
+concern each one, and what is to be done both in the above and in
+the declaration of jurisdictions--concerning which I wrote to your
+Majesty quite fully in letters of last year.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Observe the ordinances according to the despatches
+that have been sent you regarding this."]
+
+22d. I have committed the inspection of this country--which your
+Majesty ordered to be made by one of the auditors for the consolation
+and relief of its miserable natives, and of which no memorandum
+exists as to when it must be made--to Doctor Don Alvaro de Mesa,
+as he is in better health and more suitable for that purpose than
+are his other associates. Although he resisted (even saying that I
+could not appoint him), and even gave me other excuses, I think that
+he would do it after the conclusion of this despatch of ships, had
+not the commissions come for the residencias that your Majesty has
+entrusted to him. Consequently, when he concludes these, if there is
+nothing else to hinder, or another associate who may then be regarded
+as more suitable for it, he will have to do it. Yet I petition your
+Majesty to have him advised of his obligation in this matter.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "These inspections are very essential, since they
+are based on the relief of miserable persons, and in no way can the
+condition of affairs be fully ascertained unless by means of these
+inspections; and the most advisable measures can hardly be well
+understood, if the condition and facts of what ought to be remedied
+and can be bettered are not known. Hence I again charge you to pay
+especial attention to these inspections. The Audiencia is commanded to
+observe the orders that you shall give in your capacity as president,
+so that each auditor, when it concerns him, may observe his obligations
+and go out on the inspections." [28]]
+
+23d. On receiving your Majesty's despatch, in observance of your royal
+order that was directed to me, I gave his despatch to the fiscal,
+Don Joan de Alvarado Bracamonte, ordering him to refrain from going
+to the Audiencia and from the exercise of such office, and that he
+get ready to embark. He did so, and when he was ready for his voyage
+and had placed on board what he had for it, and while he was making
+his farewells preparatory to embarking: he was arrested by the judge
+of his residencia, in order that he might give bail for the claims
+and appear before the judge; and the property found to be his was
+sequestered. Thereupon, what he had aboard ship was taken ashore. I
+communicated to the Audiencia your Majesty's royal order to embark,
+that he had received. It appeared right for him to give bail. That
+and other things were referred to the said judge, to whom I also
+showed the decree, so that he might facilitate the preparations of
+the said Don Joan and act according to justice. But it must be that
+he could not do so until now; for yesterday, when I had come from
+Cavite, and the ships had sailed--even being outside the bay, since
+they are not seen inside it--the notary of the residencia came to me
+to say that the judge had now remitted the imprisonment and removed
+the guards with whom he had arrested the said fiscal. As if now there
+were any resource for his embarcation; or as if one could send him,
+with his goods, household, and sea-stores, overland on the shoulders
+of Indians, in order to intercept the ship at the landing-place
+where these letter packets go out! I am sending a statement of the
+time when I was informed of it, lest the matter should be forgotten,
+or in case he should not choose to make this report. As I know him,
+and here are now recognized the unjust complaints that he makes,
+that the Audiencia have hindered him in part from the exercise of
+his commission, I deem it advisable that the truth be recounted,
+without leaving it solely to his relation; for I am sure that he
+has not been restrained in anything, and that in this regard the
+Audiencia has proceeded with circumspection and particular care, as
+they also know him. Although to all there his ancient hostility to
+us was apparent, for which reason the fiscal challenged his judge,
+the only provision made in the matter was that he be accompanied as
+should be deemed advisable by the acts. From them likewise will be
+apparent the certainty of the guilt of which he has been accused.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Have this section filed with everything touching
+the causes of this fiscal; and should there be any letter from the
+latter that discusses this point, let a report of it be made when
+this section is examined. Have the governor answered, that we are
+advised of this; and that he will be answered in a separate letter
+regarding this particular."]
+
+24th. Answering the letters and decrees that I received from your
+Majesty just now, in those matters that I shall not have answered
+and satisfied in the course of this letter, I declare that I have
+done or arranged most or a great part of what your Majesty orders
+in them. For I have always been careful to do all that I knew with
+certainty; or should consider to be advantageous to your Majesty's
+service, the efficient management of your royal treasury, and the
+welfare of this land, without halting therein because of the lack
+of such royal commands and orders, but not exceeding those given to
+this government. Consequently, when I received the said letters, I
+had already suppressed the repartimiento of rice, a thing so unjust
+and harmful, as they informed your Majesty and as I wrote last year.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "In regard to what you say in this section, you are
+to note that, for the better understanding of the correspondence that
+is maintained with you, you observe in the future the order that is
+always followed. You shall always advise us of the receipt of the
+despatches, with the day, month, and year of their date, and also
+the dates of your receipt of them. In its order you shall insert the
+section written you; and, after answering it, you shall go on to the
+next, observing the same order. By that means, what you have received
+and what you have answered to that particular case can be separately
+and explicitly ascertained, and although, with your good prudence,
+you shall have enacted certain things beforehand, which are already
+executed, in whole or in part, at the time of their ordering, or you
+shall have been intending such action, yet you shall advise us of
+what is ordered and of its fulfilment. That concluded, in a separate
+letter you shall report, as you are doing, of the other matters that
+it is advisable should be understood, in the department and office
+to which your correspondence goes, of what is ordered you, and what
+you have done, and the notice of what you say, so that you may be
+answered and what is advisable be provided."]
+
+25th. In the same manner, I have reduced the pay that it has been
+customary to give, of all those who came here with me.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "It is well."]
+
+26th. In Terrenate there are four salaries of thirty pesos. Those who
+enjoy them are men of service and merits, both for aiding the governor
+and for their ability to enter and supply the lack of any captain, or
+to be entrusted with any post or affair that demands such a person. I
+am ignorant of the assignment and origin of these salaries, and by
+whom they were made. I shall inform myself of it from the documents
+of those forts, and ascertain what people are sufficient for them. I
+shall give your Majesty a full account of everything, so that you
+may take what measures you deem best.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "It is well. Observe what is ordained."]
+
+27th. The expense incurred in Terrenate, both in the pay and in the
+reenforcements and other extraordinary demands, is of such nature
+that it is very heavy, although according to the account, not very
+adequate; and as yet I have not made it so large as your Majesty
+has been informed. It is a fact that, without that drainage of men
+and money, the expenses here would be much less; and we would get
+along and live with very small expenditures, and much better. But
+it must also be considered that if the enemy enjoy Maluco in quiet,
+their profits and gains would be very great; and I think they could
+consequently succeed in whatever plan they wished, and whatever they
+did would result well. But because they do not possess it, there
+is war--in which he will prevail and succeed better who has more
+tenacity and force, especially on the sea. He who will remain lord
+of them will be lord of many profits and riches, which can be taken
+from these districts. Inasmuch as this is a matter that demands a
+more orderly and full treatment, in regard to experience and certain
+well considered relations, I shall not involve myself further in it,
+until I shall be able to do so with these necessary conditions. But
+I shall endeavor to do it as soon and as much better as possible.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "It is well. Endeavor will always be made to
+reenforce and protect those islands and your government with the
+forces possible. But as these are limited, and consumed in so many
+diverse occasions and armies in Germany, Flandes, and Ytalia, and
+other places, it is highly advisable, as has been written you, to be
+careful in your expenses and in the accuracy of their account. It is
+also desirable that you endeavor to work the mines of the country,
+and to carry on a factory and the trade of cloves and drugs as much
+as is possible, so that you may sustain yourselves and may not prove
+so expensive, as has been represented to you in preceding clauses."]
+
+28th. I shall also endeavor to tell your Majesty what I shall ascertain
+and hear about the duties on the cloves of Terrenate and the factory,
+taking for that the depositions of the Audiencia and of the royal
+officials--which I shall not do now, for want of time. In the opinion
+that I asked from them some days ago in regard to sending [a vessel] to
+trade for cloves on your Majesty's account with goods and money that I
+had for that purpose, Don Alvaro opposed me so strongly in everything,
+that one would think that he considers that the risks are mine and
+that it is done on my account (as if the gains were mine), rather
+than for your Majesty's service. However, I sent the goods necessary
+for this trading, because of the gain that results from it and its
+investment to the royal revenues and the provisions brought from India.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Council. You have already been answered as to
+this."]
+
+29th. If it is true, as has been said in regard to these despatches of
+ships from Terrenate, India, and Nueva Espana, that the relatives and
+followers of him who made and managed them have profited, now, thanks
+to God, things are run more openly and honestly, at least in so far as
+I have authority, and in matters that I can prevent or remedy. That I
+do, in such manner that well do my condition and that of my servants
+attest it; for the latter live on the rations and clothes that I
+give them now, and they will do so until they be entitled to more as
+citizens, and not by serving me, or by other merits. Consequently,
+I can affirm that the offices that my predecessors have given to the
+citizens, in fulfilment of your Majesty's orders, I have granted in
+the same manner; and have even given them others to which they had
+no right, either by custom or royal decree.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "It is well, and I trust that you will govern
+yourself in all matters as I expect from your person."]
+
+30th. In regard to preferring one's relatives, I have thus far not
+done anything that is not strictly in accordance with your Majesty's
+service. Two companies are under one of my cousins and a cousin
+of my wife, because of their many years of service when I gave
+those companies to them. One of them I entrusted with the office
+of alcalde-mayor in a place where he was, for an interim of four
+days. Outside of that I remember nothing more in this particular.
+
+I shall not neglect to tell your Majesty what occurs to me in this
+matter, so that you may take what measures in it are deemed fitting:
+namely, that eight out of ten of the influential men that come here
+come with the governors, and the other two in various ways and through
+various causes, and with honorable intents. Of those other and common
+men who came to retail what they bought there [_i.e._, in Espana],
+those who established a place in order to gamble, and those who came
+under sentence (and these men are numerous), some, because of having
+acquired money, try to imitate the men of rank and merits here. Of
+a truth there are many of the latter to esteem, and I shall do it,
+employing each one as he deserves and for what he is suitable. For
+that reason, however, it is not advisable that the number of the
+influential, good and useful men should not continue to increase. I
+assure your Majesty that not a few of those whom I brought with me
+were such, and some of them of qualities no less excellent than those
+above mentioned possess. I believe that their deeds will remain and
+testify as to that.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Observe in this matter what has been written
+you; and whenever there is any occasion for any of these persons to
+be employed, advise us of their qualities, and answer will be made
+regarding them. In the meantime, furnish a good example, in your good
+life, discipline, and manner of governing, so that the other people,
+imitating you, may live as is proper and may obey and observe the
+commands given them." _In another hand_: "It is well."]
+
+31st. The deeds of Don Luis Fajardo, my brother, will, I trust in God,
+judging from the road that he is taking, merit not only the honor
+and favor that your Majesty has given him, with the pay of thirty
+[pesos?] that he now enjoys (for which we both kiss your royal feet
+in all humility and acknowledgment), if not even greater favors,
+such as we his brothers receive and his father received.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "It is well.  In everything that pertains to you,
+account of your person shall be taken, as well as just remembrance
+of the services of your father."]
+
+32d. In one of the letters and decrees of your Majesty, to which I am
+replying, was a memorial signed by Joan Ruis de Contreras, concerning
+posts, pay, and other things which were represented to your Majesty
+as unnecessary. Because of it you ordered it to be sent to me for
+the restriction of those things. I shall endeavor to observe it
+with the circumspection and consideration that is advisable to the
+service of your Majesty, consulting on the matter with the Audiencia,
+the master-of-camp, and the royal officials. Whatever expense they
+shall find that can be reduced will be reduced. If I believed that
+it could be done throughout without any disadvantage, it would all
+be done. But for greater justification I shall make this effort;
+and if your Majesty shall yet order, notwithstanding what seems
+best here, that it is more advisable to retrench everything, that
+will accordingly be done. Security will at least be given for the
+salaries that are not reduced, by the persons who should enjoy them,
+so that they would be returned if your Majesty did not consider it
+fitting; or if not, I shall pay them, although I should not do so
+willingly. Inasmuch as the salaries of those of all the posts and
+offices were not stated in the memorial I shall do so here.
+
+The sargento-mayor of this camp and city of Manila receives forty
+ducados of ten reals each per month.
+
+There are three adjutants, two of whom receive pay of twenty-four
+ducados per month; while the other serves in the ordinary post of
+soldier, waiting until one of the two paid offices becomes vacant,
+and on account of meriting more. All are necessary.
+
+The captain of the guard receives twenty-four ducados of ten reals
+per month.
+
+The companies have their two drummers and the ordinary additional
+pay but not all of them.
+
+The reduction will include the companies that lately came new,
+as that is more proper, in order not to cause the old colors to be
+disbanded. But they will not be greatly restricted, if the captains
+and officers with their staff have brought a year's advance pay from
+Nueva Spana.
+
+The castellan of Manila enjoys eight hundred pesos per year, or
+fifty-three ducados of ten reals, and three and one-third reals per
+month. If he has an encomienda, in addition to this, as your Majesty
+has been informed, it is a very small one.
+
+His lieutenant receives twenty-eight ducados of ten reals.
+
+The other lesser officers and soldiers receive the pay of those of
+any company of the army.
+
+The commandants of the forts of Nueva Segovia, the town of Arebalo,
+and the city of Cibu, receive each thirteen ducadoes of ten reals,
+plus three and one-third reals per month. Will your Majesty decide,
+according to the clear statement of this relation, what you desire
+to be reduced, and the reduction will be carried out, in accordance
+with your royal order; and the said effort will be made immediately,
+in order to assure this expense, as it certainly shall be reduced
+from now on.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Join to this section what was written to him, and
+bring them here this afternoon. What you write in this section has
+been caused by some misunderstanding. In order that you may understand
+it better, and that what is advisable be done, three points are to be
+noted by you. The first is in regard to the number of men who have the
+title of officer. If such offices are those of the old men--that is,
+those offices that were introduced, and which have always existed,
+since the creation of the infantry [there], and which have always been
+filled by such men--there shall be no innovation. In case that other
+and supernumerary offices shall have been added, this is what you are
+to reduce, because this number of officers is costly and only serves
+for expense and the ambition that there be many to command, and that
+the infantry be in charge of many superiors. All that is contrary to
+good military discipline. Such is usually tolerated in temporary armies
+when they go out on a campaign, because of the special achievements
+and undertakings in which they are occupied, all of which is usual
+in the training of the militia. In the reductions ordered or made in
+the armies of Flandes and other places, this order has always been
+observed. The contrary is bad government, and means debt where there
+is no revenue, and causes the accounts to be always in arrears and
+to be never entirely paid--especially to the common soldiers, to whom
+the officers are always preferred. The second point concerns the pay,
+and what was ordered you by a section of the letter of December 19,
+618, and what is contained in the relation of the secretary Juan Ruis
+de Contreras. The pay of the ordinary officers shall not be entirely
+suppressed but only lessened and reduced in accordance with the old
+list; and the increase of pay that has been granted them shall be
+reduced for the just causes contained in the despatches where this
+is ordered to you. In this consideration, also, you are ordered, by
+virtue of what has been given you in the said despatches, that if,
+besides what there might be of this reduction of pay, you should find
+any pay, even though of those long in service, that is not strictly
+necessary, and that will not detract from the necessary defense,
+it shall also be lessened and reduced, cautiously, as is advisable,
+in order that the service be made effective, that as much expense as
+possible be avoided, and that there be sufficient revenue with which
+to pay the active and serviceable soldiers. The third point is what
+you mention concerning consultation with the Audiencia and with other
+persons, in order to avoid difficulties. If this cannot be secured
+in executing what has been ordered you, and in the rest, it will be
+advisable that you speak clearly and not in ambiguous and general
+terms--especially stating what those difficulties are, what injury
+they cause, and whether they concern the public, or only the private
+affairs of certain interested parties. For to the latter no attention
+is to be given, since it is certain that every one is working for his
+own interest and profit. Whenever these reductions have been made in
+armies and militia, they are resented at the beginning. Everything
+is assured, as is advisable, with good management and the execution
+of what is ordered. Hence I again charge you most earnestly that,
+inasmuch as this matter of the expenses and revenues of those islands
+is paramount and cannot be overlooked, you shall endeavor to preserve
+whatever is possible, paying heed that the expense of what you shall
+take upon yourself does not prove of greater harm than what you are
+trying to remedy thereby."]
+
+33d. I shall endeavor to have the same done in all the expenses that
+should be increased, when their utility and necessity should not be
+clear and evident, if they are not approved and confirmed by your
+Majesty. I shall exercise constant care that the expenses do not
+increase in the treasury sessions. I have also tried and shall try to
+lessen the expenses of the articles that are generally requested from
+Nueva Spana, and that can be avoided; for never have fewer things been
+requested than now, as will be seen by the enclosed certifications.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "It is well."]
+
+34th. The most considerable and valuable part of the abundant aid that
+your Majesty was informed was given me in Nueva Spana, when I came
+here, was the soldiers; and of them the most and best, and those who
+made the best appearance, were the men that I brought from Spana. The
+greater part of these, or nearly all, came aided and helped with my
+money, and even with the plate and silver pieces of my household. I
+do not know that notice of it should have been given to your Majesty,
+for one should not charge to you so slight a service to whom all his
+possessions, his blood, and his life are due. Consequently, I am not
+surprised that this should have been passed by for another.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "It is well."]
+
+35th. The number of tributes will be placed in the titles of the
+encomiendas, what they pay, the value of their products, and in what
+district they are located, as your Majesty orders.
+
+Your Majesty has some encomiendas apportioned to your royal crown,
+some distance from here and in a district where their products cannot
+be used. That is the most serious thing; for the collectors generally
+defraud [the royal officials] by saying that it was a bad year,
+and that they collected in money. If they confess to have collected
+something in kind, they say that it was too great trouble to bring it;
+and they sell it there, as they wish--perhaps selling it at retail to
+one who immediately returns it to them, and, besides this, harassing
+the Indians. On account of the distance, that is not often discovered,
+and less often can it be proved. And so that your Majesty might have
+much greater benefit from another equal number of tributes, I think
+that, as the encomiendas of private persons of La Pampanga and those
+in other districts near here, which yield a good harvest in products,
+continue to fall vacant, they should be exchanged for the said distant
+ones; for the latter will not be unsuitable with which to reward
+services. If they have a private person as encomendero, the Indians
+will be much better treated, and the tributes will be well collected
+and administered, with more justification and mildness. The tributes
+near here will result well for your Majesty through the profit on those
+paid in kind, which can come from this bay overland and by rivers,
+straight to the door of the magazines. It would be better for your
+Majesty to have charge of them than the encomenderos, for they are
+so near the Indians that they never fail to gather in a harvest of
+some kind--either in services, or some other thing. Being so near the
+governor, no collector would dare to treat the Indians badly. For
+the above reasons I think that I shall place this in execution as
+opportunity offers, unless I am so strongly opposed in this as in
+other things, that I would be embarrassed in it--although I cannot
+see what arguments they would have for doing so.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Council. This scheme and method of management that
+you present is excellent, and thus you shall do. In the council of the
+treasury, you shall always continue to deliberate on what could be of
+greater advantage to my royal revenues. Thus shall you do and advise,
+since it will all be so proper and justifiable, as I expect from
+you. You have noted one matter of unjust government, namely, excess
+[in the collections.] Accordingly, you ought to censure and punish
+it, and not permit any officer of justice or collector, whether for
+himself or for third persons, to be able to collect in public auction,
+or secretly outside of public auction, any products or articles that
+are owed by tributarios, landlords, Indians, or debtors. For great
+frauds are wont to ensue in that, and the laws punish and prohibit
+such acts as you are advised. For greater justification in the matter,
+the above shall be set forth as a clause in the patents made out for
+each one of these collectors, with a penalty of four times the amount
+of any excess that they might obtain."]
+
+36th. All the letters and decrees directed to this royal Audiencia,
+and your Majesty's orders therein, will be punctually fulfilled,
+although in the sale of offices, the city declares that it has sent
+a petition to your Majesty with representations of the justice in
+not diminishing here the little that there is with which to reward
+services. However, those that might bring a considerable price will
+be sold, and likewise those that might cause no great difficulty.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "It is well. In these matters of difficulties,
+you shall observe the order written to you in the preceding section."]
+
+37th. I have heard that some of the reports of services and merits
+that are generally made by order and officially, which your Majesty
+commands and orders to be made, as is fitting and as is ordered,
+have been too much exaggerated and favored by the opinions of the
+Audiencia. By this new system, and by what I am attempting and shall
+attempt to fulfil, I hope this will be corrected--although since
+the making of these reports is usually divided among the auditors,
+each one appears to be favorable to his own client. If they agree in
+their opinions, this difficulty would scarcely intervene.
+
+Among the reports made and despatched this year are three, seemingly
+most justifiable. One is that of Captain Francisco Moreno Donoso,
+a man of honorable character, and who, as I have understood, has
+fulfilled his obligations as he should--both in peace, where he has
+been esteemed and honored; and in affairs of war that have occurred
+and have been entrusted to him. If your Majesty be pleased to occupy
+him in one of the posts that he desires, and of which the Audiencia
+expresses its opinion, my opinion is that he deserves it, and will
+give excellent service.
+
+I cannot refrain from saying the same in the second report, that of
+Admiral Rodrigo de Guillestegui, for many reasons, especially those
+that have moved me to what I have written your Majesty in other
+letters, because of his honored abilities, services, and merits.
+
+Admiral Joan Baptista Molina has no less, but as much as he who
+deserves them most. He is an old soldier, having served from his
+youth, and is as obedient and attentive as when a youth. He deserves
+thoroughly what is said in the opinion, but I would be sorry to have
+him go from here before me, for I am glad to have the aid of soldiers
+who have always professed the trade of arms. On that account your
+Majesty should not neglect to concede him the favor that he requests,
+for he has also deserved it, as appears from his papers.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "It is well. In these relations and reports made by
+the Audiencia, charge them in the assembly that they try to make them
+with the exactness and integrity that the case requires. Inasmuch as
+the importunity and presumption of the parties necessitates at times
+that unsuitable things be said or done, the remedy for that will be for
+you to send--in a separate letter, that treats only of this matter--an
+annual relation of the persons who have had their reports taken under
+color of remuneration for services. You shall say of each one whatever
+offers; and here the necessary secrecy will be maintained. Although
+you have been informed at length regarding this matter, inasmuch as
+it is an essential point you are again charged with it."]
+
+38th. On finishing the present despatch, I shall do what your Majesty
+orders me to do, together with the archbishop, both of us summoning
+the provincials of the orders who reside here, and charging them with
+the reformation of the matters contained in the section that treats
+of this.
+
+He who made such a relation to your Majesty might have made it more
+complete by saying what is so true, that there are in these orders
+(in which also there are those of every sort, as in all countries),
+religious so virtuous and exemplary that if laymen did not divert and
+engage them in their affairs, they would, I believe, work miracles. But
+they are so importuned that many cannot stay in their cells; nor do
+those who go to their cells to disturb them leave them until they
+negotiate with them what they desire. It might easily happen that any
+one who had received an unmerited favor from their hand, gave pay for
+it by such a relation, which is the one practiced here. The relation
+that I can make for your Majesty is, that there are among them men very
+pentitent and of most exemplary life, and of great utility for souls;
+and also others who render vain any merits in one who does not fulfil
+their command and will. If it has been said that they distress the
+Indians, this is not to be believed of all of them, for most of them
+at most times respond with great charity and love to the defense of
+the natives of their districts, even when the latter are of such a
+nature that almost all do not care to have this protection.
+
+In what pertains to your Majesty's service, according to what I
+have experienced, I can say that thus far all the orders--each one
+in what concerns it generally--have often responded well, for which
+I render them many thanks. The fact is, that since that does not
+keep them satisfied in all matters (for that is impossible), I have
+found the secret for this particular, namely, to refer everything to
+the religious of the district where such [_i.e._, personal, by the
+Indians] service is rendered to your Majesty, making them masters and
+intermediaries in the pay, which takes precedence of all else, as I
+have done. Everything is executed in a wonderful and perfect manner;
+but without this expedient, there is nothing to hope, but rather the
+reverse. For anything that the religious do not wish cannot be done,
+by any means or method; for no one has any influence without them,
+except themselves. In my opinion, and that of many, they are lords
+in the temporal and spiritual affairs of the Indians, both men and
+women, and even of the Spaniards. There is no one who can oppose
+or who does oppose them, for there is no one from whom to obtain
+redress, not only in such things, but in regard to the complaints of
+Indians. For the provincials and superiors have before their eyes
+the end of their offices, and the necessity of their returning to
+be inferiors. Consequently, so long as your Majesty furnishes no
+remedy--either by your order that some superior should be sent who
+would not have to remain here afterward without acting as superior;
+or by giving authority to the bishops of those districts over the
+ministers of the missions--it must continue forever as hitherto. Well
+might Maestro Don Fray Diego de Guevara tell the little rigor that
+the provincial of St. Francis displayed toward certain friars who
+lost respect for him--among whom was one who went for the bishop with
+a sword and dagger, as if the right of each one was to lie in such
+armor. I have heard that he drew up a testimony in order to give your
+Majesty an account of it, and also of what little need there is for
+a bishop in his bishopric.
+
+I can also tell what happened to me with this same provincial, when,
+on the arrival of the morning of holy Thursday, I freed Pedro Alvarez,
+government notary--who is said to be some relative of his, and who
+was arrested on the charge of that desertion of which I have already
+written your Majesty in the present letters, telling you that I would
+have recourse to the judge who tried his cause. He succeeded in making
+the provincial resolve, and decide obstinately as to what he had to do
+for him, or had to preach of me, just as he pleased. He fulfilled it,
+as a man of his word. Although it was not much, it was so uncertain,
+that his conscience obliged him, according to what the other religious
+say, to retract it publicly in another sermon. This is Fray Pedro de
+Sant Pablo, one of those considered here as a most holy man. I think
+that he must be one.
+
+As appears, by his protection and by that of Fray Joan Baptista of
+the same Order of St. Francis, Pedro Alvarez resolved to have me told
+that, unless I determined to give to his office the distribution of
+the Sangley licenses, he would write [information] against me. That
+threat did not give me any anxiety, but such audacity made me angry,
+as did the fact that those fathers had given hospitality in their
+house for it, if not for my being a magistrate, at least for what I
+represent, and since this is the royal patronage. But the latter is
+here regarded by them as nothing. Then they draw copies of what my
+predecessors in this government thought.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Ecclesiastical council. In regard to this matter
+of the religious, in another section what has been written you is
+the order that you must observe; and to the Audiencia, so that they
+may order that in no case shall religious be admitted as witnesses,
+except in the manner ordered. The same has been said in regard to
+the insertions, so that like things or matters may be embarrassed in
+no manner. Thus shall you fulfil the order. In accordance with this,
+general letters are being written to the provincials of the orders,
+which will be given them by your hand. In regard to what you say here
+of the sermons, and that the religious reserve approbation or reproof,
+with censure or gratefulness, for the persons whom they wish, this is
+prohibited by different general laws, councils, orders, etc. In some
+of their own special rules, a penalty is assigned them, among others,
+of reserved excommunication [29] to the [_MS. holed_]lation. Thus shall
+you be advised of this, so that you may govern yourself according
+to the matters that arise; and you shall inform those fathers. You
+shall endeavor to avoid the trouble caused you by what you say in
+this section, and shall reduce matters to plain and open terms, so
+that what you say at the last shall not contradict what you say in
+the beginning. Have general letters written to all the provincials
+of the orders, who already know that it is forbidden under the most
+severe penalties by divers councils, canonical rules, orders, laws,
+etc., and by our decrees, for preachers to censure the government
+in the sermons that they give to the people or in conversation with
+private persons, or to speak evil of their ecclesiastical or secular
+superiors, by censuring their management or action, in order that the
+people or private persons may not cast discredit on their superiors
+and be scandalized. Neither shall they meddle or interfere in secular
+affairs; but shall continue in their seclusion, and in the observance
+of their vows, as they are obliged. Inasmuch as it has been learned
+that, contrary to the tenor of all this, and to the serious harm of the
+administration of justice, many religious and preachers, and others
+who hold special offices transgress against the above rules, from
+which results odium cast on the religious, factions, the intimidation
+of justice, the reduction of affairs to their way of thinking and to
+their will, and other great annoyances, which they cause continually
+under pretext of insertions, importunities, and impositions hidden
+under the name of charity: I charge and warn you to take particular
+care that the religious of your order and you, in what concerns you,
+observe the aforesaid, and they likewise. They shall not transgress
+in proceedings of that sort, for such things being so, it will be
+necessary to use other and more special remedies, as has already
+been called to your attention by the said decrees despatched to the
+viceroys, audiencias, and governors of their districts. I expect from
+your devotion, and from your obligation for the continued kindness that
+is shown you, that you will endeavor to inculcate the reform and proper
+method of procedure in this that is required for the good government
+of those islands, and the preservation of the public peace."]
+
+39th. In order that your Majesty may know what this Pedro Alvarez
+demands, I shall relate it here as briefly as possible, referring you
+to the report made concerning it (which is enclosed with the licenses
+of the Sangleys), since these licenses have been given in writing here,
+many years since [30] the imposition or tax of the eight pesos, for
+distribution by different persons to whom the governor committed it,
+or whom he appointed. Of these the Sangleys paid two reals for the
+cost of the document, whether printed or written. The notary, judge,
+interpreter, and other agents who made this distribution, according
+to the order of the judge himself or of the governor, were ordered to
+distribute them. In this the government notary never had any hand,
+share, or participation. Many years after the payment of the eight
+pesos which were collected for it, and slightly before the death of
+Don Juan de Silva, Gaspar Alvarez, then government notary, petitioned
+the governor to allow him to countersign them after the former had
+signed them, in order to get hold of it. This is the same thing that
+his nephew demands now. Don Juan, who was under many obligations to
+him, and was by nature very liberal, did not hesitate to concede it
+to him. Consequently, Gaspar Alvarez countersigned the licenses by
+declaring that he did so. I do not know why so special a commission
+as this should belong to the government notary--especially when,
+because he may be busy or for just reasons, the governor does not
+sign them, and entrusts them to a trustworthy and qualified person
+who signs them. For if this had to be given to the charge of the
+government notary, although from the division of the two reals he
+would get only the third, which would amount to five hundred pesos,
+besides another four hundred that he demands annually from the royal
+treasury, by arguments that moved them at a meeting of the treasury
+to concede them to him--but which I abrogated because it did not seem
+proper, as I have advised your Majesty before now, from which has
+resulted that anger of his--the whole would amount to nine hundred
+pesos of sure income, which means a principal of eighteen thousand
+pesos, although it only cost seventeen thousand, for which your
+Majesty sold the office to him. The office yielded [_MS. holed_:
+last?] year, without counting these nine hundred pesos, more than
+two thousand five hundred. In other matters pertaining to this,
+I refer to the report that, as above stated, in enclosed herewith.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "It is well. Have the fiscal examine this
+section." _In another hand_: "It was taken to the fiscal."]
+
+40th. I had already made a beginning in what your Majesty orders to
+be done in the opening and working of gold mines, as I was desirous
+of obtaining such an order by authority, with excellent news. What I
+can impart of it is the news written me by Captain Garcia de Aldana,
+to whom I entrusted it. [31] Consequently, I am sending his letter
+and a copy with this, and his duplicate, in which he adds that they
+have greater hopes than those that we promised ourselves from the
+mines, since we had to continue the entrance into those provinces,
+and endeavor to enjoy the fruits of our labor, with the pacification
+and reduction of so many people to the service of your Majesty,
+and their souls to the service of God (which is the thing of
+chief importance). If all cannot be obtained at once, it is well
+to have already made a beginning, and that it shall continue to
+advance. Touching the gold, it cannot be little, since those Indians
+who are called Ygolotes do not extract more than what they need
+for trade and barter--for cattle, salt, and iron--with our peaceful
+Indians with whom they trade. One year ago, from that province alone,
+according to the report here, the latter brought for sale to this
+city about twenty thousand taes, each of which is equivalent to
+a peso of ten reals. When we secure efficient management of these
+mines and the duties from them, it may be that they will help in
+many expenses. That I shall do this with as great energy and force as
+possible, there is no doubt. The fathers of the Order of St. Dominic
+have assisted me greatly in this; and those of St. Augustine, in this
+and in whatever has offered in the service of your Majesty. For what
+I owe in all this, and in order to declare the truth in all things,
+I certify this to your Majesty.
+
+Although the fathers of the Society have no missions in those provinces
+near there, they supported very well by writing and speech the reasons
+and just rights that we had for making this entrance, so that no one
+doubted them--not even the members of the Audiencia, as I have written
+to your Majesty in this letter. What I can say of the Jesuits and their
+devotion, system, procedure, and prudence, and their gain of souls, is
+that they differ in no wise from what they are and do in those kingdoms
+[_i.e._, Espana and Portugal], and in those where they exert themselves
+in the conversion of new Christianities. For that reason, and because
+they do not return [to Europe] daily, as do others, it will be a good
+thing for your Majesty to grant them the religious that they request.
+
+The discalced Recollects of St. Augustine also help toward the same
+end of the pacification of the said provinces. I have known naught but
+humility among them in all things hitherto, and they do not meddle
+with the government of what does not concern them; nor do they do
+anything else outside their profession--offering to take charge of
+certain missions on the entrance into Ytuy, which lies on the other
+side next the missions of the Ygolotes. I bear them in mind and will
+try to act in concert with them by this same path, God helping. May
+His Divine Majesty, as He is able, bring it to pass so that they may
+know Him as their God, and your Majesty for their as well as our king.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Ecclesiastical."]
+
+41st. Thanks to our Lord, this country is peaceful and prosperous
+in other things. The native vassals are orderly and full of courage,
+and those who were living in the forests have been reduced to their
+settlements and missions, being very confident that their possessions
+will not be taken from them, and that no repartimiento or [_MS. holed_:
+edict?] will be made among them, or that any other service will
+force them to flee or to be made slaves, in order to make them render
+service, as has happened to innumerable of these poor wretches; for
+they hope that what I have done hitherto to relieve them from so many
+burdens will be continued. If I avail myself of their services in any
+unavoidable and necessary labor, I do so, by paying them beforehand,
+saving the money from other things for it. Consequently, they now
+rather desire the opportunity to earn money by their services or the
+products of their fields, which now they reckon and hold as their
+own. I trust that, with divine favor, this will go daily from good
+to better, and that everything will succeed in the same way, until
+acts of injustice to these poor wretches will be avoided. Although
+I was taking delight in doing thus, now I am very happy, for I have
+learned what your Majesty desires, and that you commit this to me.
+
+They and we are so well supplied with churches that inside this
+city and about one legua around it, there are thirty of them, unless
+I have counted wrong; and of those not three are of other material
+than stone, nor are there as many others that fail to cause expense
+to your Majesty and labor to the natives--and this in one legua about
+the city as I have said, in a semicircle, which is even not entire,
+for the other half falls within this bay. I have not resolved before
+now to inform your Majesty of it, because I hesitated, on the grounds
+that our Lord would be just so much better served by the increase of
+churches, and these Christians would be better governed. But since your
+Majesty is discussing the limitation of this, I cannot refrain from
+answering you with the plain and naked truth. Well do I know that this
+and the other things that I have related have not [_MS. holed_] me,
+because I am already advised of it; and [_MS. holed_] resolution and
+execution of many, among whom are some who have issued a proclamation
+[for the services of the Indians?], while it was prohibited, for anyone
+in the world, not only of their profession but also for seculars,
+to issue one. But considering as surely slight any peril that will
+result, if revenge is to be taken on truth as truth, while, on the
+contrary, the neglect to tell the truth will result in great risk,
+I am convinced that I am doing my duty in this. [32] If they should
+say that I am a very good governor, your Majesty does not excuse me
+from my residencia for that reason. If they should say that I am very
+evil, I petition you to hear us all, and that you will pardon me for
+saying this which was unnecessary.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "Ecclesiastical government. You mention some
+things in this section which it is advisable for you to understand
+thoroughly because of their gravity and for their better management,
+as follows. What you say of the good treatment of the natives, and
+of the burdens and evils that come upon them, is excellent. Endeavor
+that what you think best be carried out in regard to their services,
+relieving, consoling, and comforting them by good works, equity, and
+administration of justice, taking their cause _ex officio_ against the
+more influential and powerful who [_MS. holed_: oppress?] them. This,
+being to the service of our Lord and good government, will give a most
+effective example and method for the reduction of the rest of the
+natives of those islands, and their incorporation into the Catholic
+church and our government. Accordingly endeavor to do what you have
+so thoroughly understood, and live with the prudence that the matter
+necessitates. Inform yourself by all means of what is being done,
+and of the fruit that results from it. No church or convent, not
+even a chapel, ought to be, or can be, founded unless concurrent
+with your permission, and that of the Audiencia, together with
+that of the ordinary. You shall demolish and reduce to its former
+state what should be done in violation of this, for the contrary is
+disobedience, spoliation, and offense; and it is not proper that
+reward, or permission to contradict what is proper, should follow
+from such assumptions, and that the insolent shame by their license
+those who are obedient and modest. The number of churches that you
+mention seems great, and there is excess in that, about which it is
+proper to be cautious. For few churches, well served and endowed,
+are advisable and are sufficient, while from a great number of them
+signal disadvantages arise. You shall take note of all this, for
+religious zeal, when unaccompanied with the knowledge and prudence
+necessary, becomes excess and disorder, and a matter for troubles,
+which will be avoided by seeing that the churches are established in
+the manner above mentioned."]
+
+42d. One of those of this profession, named Pedro Leussara, has been
+arrested on the petition of parties whom he has greatly offended,
+by word and writing, in the most vital part of their honor--and
+without proof, as will be seen by the writ. In this matter, if natural
+inclination frees from guilt, he will have to remain free.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "It is well."]
+
+43d. A ship just now in from Malaca brings as news that it was known
+there that the Dutch and English were already allied; but when the
+relief that we are awaiting arrives, I hope, with Divine favor,
+for better results. May our Lord give them to us, as He is able;
+and may He preserve the royal Catholic person of your Majesty, as
+Christendom needs. Manila, August 15, 1620.
+
+[_Marginal note_: "War. It is well. You have already been advised
+concerning this."]
+
+44th. While about to direct these despatches, so that they might cross
+over to Mindoro--where the ships generally stop in order to lighten
+and get sailors for their voyage--I am told that the ships had not
+even been able to double the island of Fortuna, because of the violent
+head-winds, which have continued there with so great force; and also
+that [_MS. holed_] from China, which, although it is more than one
+month since they left, have not had the weather to enable them to
+get entirely free of the shoals and promontories of this bay, which
+is in [_MS. holed_] the greatest difficulty. I trust, God helping,
+that the weather will moderate, for the sake of all.
+
+_Don Alonso Fajardo de Tenca_
+
+[_This belongs to the second section_: "Have a letter written to
+the viceroy of Nueva Espana, enclosing a copy of this section,
+and advising him at the same time of what is being written to the
+governor. Having informed himself of these disorders and lack of
+good management that have been observed in the government agents
+and persons who take part in that despatch of ships, he shall be
+advised that he must investigate and punish it. What results from
+that is being awaited for public example, which is so necessary,
+and for the better despatch of those ships. Inasmuch as both the
+remedy and the punishment are to be included in this investigation,
+you [_i.e._, the viceroy of Nueva Espana] shall endeavor to procure
+the execution of this with the earnestness demanded by the matter. In
+the future very trusty men shall be appointed, namely, men who do
+not commit the offenses and disorders so strongly prohibited. The
+vessels particularly shall sail very lightly laden, and in the order
+mentioned in the preceding section. Inasmuch as I understand that what
+the governor notes in his letter about sending unnecessary and costly
+things has been remedied, you are again charged to send a detailed
+relation every year to the Council of everything sent [to Filipinas],
+so that we may know what articles and products are sent, their prices,
+and whether they contain any things mentioned by the governor. It
+is a serious matter, and one that heavily charges your conscience
+and the reputation of the officials--who in that matter are aware
+that it is declared that in order to burden the royal treasury and
+to give advantages to third persons, opportunity is given for such
+actions. The service that you would perform would be very grateful
+to us, if you would advise us immediately of the condign punishment
+of any official guilty of such an offense; for it is a great offense
+for those who are placed in offices to protect the royal treasury,
+and to benefit the public cause, to convert the exercise of their
+offices into all manner of wrongs like this."]
+
+[_Note to section 4_: "Have a copy of this section sent to the
+[India] House of Trade. State that although the matter there mentioned
+has always been considered harmful to the general commerce of these
+kingdoms; and although the silver which must come here from Peru would
+in great part, if not all, be taken to Eastern Yndia, and delivered
+to our enemies, whereby two wrongs would ensue, since the Filipinas
+serve only as a station and bridge: still we have considered whether
+adjusting the matter in the following manner would be a suitable
+expedient, and one that would avoid all the troubles mentioned. That
+the reenforcements be sent straight to Filipinas from Panama, since
+it is a road so sure and favorable; and also, as pointed out in this
+section, one could take the merchandise from Espana that would be
+useful and valuable in Filipinas, with which the blessing of this
+trade could be enjoyed; and that the soldiers could sail from Espana
+until they should disembark for the short journey from Chagre River to
+Panama. In order to avoid any silver from Peru being taken in these
+vessels on their departure to Filipinas and so that the merchandise
+of those islands might not be brought to Peru on the return trip
+(which is forbidden), it shall be ordered that the return trip
+of those ships be to Acapulco, as now--prohibiting them under any
+circumstance from returning to Panama, Callao, or any port of Tierra
+Firme; and so that these boats should not remain [idle] in Acapulco
+without making a voyage, they might be used for the voyage to Peru,
+because of the permission that has been decreed for the preservation
+of mutual correspondence and trade between Peru and Acapulco. They
+shall advise us of their opinion, so that all expedient measures
+may be taken. Likewise have all the matter bearing on this in the
+Peruvian secretarial office collected, so that, upon the arrival of
+the relation from Lalasa, the most expedient measures in all things
+may be taken, and the [present] section of this letter answered."]
+
+[_Note to section 13, which these decrees concern_: "Have a letter
+written to the Audiencia telling them that inasmuch as it has
+been learned that some government officials, both lawyers and
+clerks, notwithstanding the prohibition decreed by royal acts,
+laws, and decrees--forbidding them to trade or engage in business,
+buy, sell, or lade vessels, themselves or through intermediaries,
+under the penalties contained in the said laws, acts, and decrees
+against all the aforesaid--secretly and clandestinely, under cover of
+intermediaries, make confidants of certain persons, so that, by means
+of the said trade, they not only become rich but prove an obstacle to
+the benefit of the royal revenues, besides causing other evils which
+are not mentioned because they are well known: for the correction of
+all this it has been commanded and ordered that if any of the said
+officials should be guilty of like transgressions, the president and
+governor and captain-general of those islands shall investigate and
+verify the aforesaid and send us a report, so that, after examining
+it, justice may be meted out and the fitting remedy applied. When
+the said investigation shall prove guilt, we have ordered the said
+president by an act, to sequester property, and to be rigorous in
+the sentence of this execution, according as we decreed it, and in
+the form ordered. In order that you understand this, this decree is
+despatched." _In another hand_: "Despatch a decree to the Audiencia,
+so that if there should be any mutual doubt--whether any on the part
+of the president toward the Audiencia, or on the part of the latter
+toward the president, concerning the matters of ceremony that must be
+observed toward the said president and governor and captain-general
+of those islands and his wife--in such case, the claims of each
+side shall be considered with the modesty, gravity, and promptness
+that are desirable; and I shall be advised of the result, so that
+after examining it I may decree what is expedient. And inasmuch as
+time spent in such matters is not only the loss of time necessary for
+other things, but also the causing of certain rivalries harmful to the
+common welfare; and inasmuch as under this pretext they are accustomed
+to revenge themselves for certain causes of anger: in order to avoid
+disturbances from persons who are obliged to give so good an example,
+I thus also order and command, and desire that you understand that,
+together with decreeing what shall be expedient in such matters, I
+shall order that he who shall be at all guilty of this, or who should
+violate customs or make any demonstration at public celebrations that
+is observed, or who leaves the body of the church or the public place
+where he ought to be, be punished severely and exemplarily; for that
+very thing serves as a scandal to the public, and a bad example to
+all, and these acts would arouse mutual enmities, to the harm of the
+royal service."]
+
+[_Note to section 20_: "Have a letter written to the Audiencia saying
+that inasmuch as letters were sent to them in regard to these matters
+in the despatch of a former year, on such and such a day of such a
+month and of such a year, a section to the following effect (here
+insert the section). And now it has been learned by a letter from
+Don Alonso Faxardo, present governor of those islands, that those
+criminals have been set at liberty; and, in order that what happened
+in this matter may be understood, it is ordered that you send a
+copy of the records, together with the part of the fiscal, with a
+memorial collated by him of all that results from the deed; so that,
+having examined it, the expedient measures may be taken, and that
+the condition of everything may be understood. The memorial and the
+records which shall be remitted shall be communicated to the governor,
+so that if there should be anything of which to advise, he may do it."]
+
+[_Note to section 22_: "Have a letter written to the Audiencia and
+a copy of it sent to the governor, in which mention shall be made
+that although it has been ruled by royal ordinances and decrees, and
+by other divers letters and orders, as to those things which must be
+observed, and the official visits to the natives in all and whatsoever
+parts where there are missions and where justice is administered,
+this is not obeyed with the exactness required by the case; and
+on that depends the relief and compensation of the poor, and the
+punishment of those who live licentiously, or make bad use of their
+offices. The visits were introduced for the consolation and relief of
+the natives--not only on that account, but in order to ascertain the
+characteristics of each region, and the products and articles that can
+be produced in them and carried in case of need to any other region;
+and in order to take what measures may be advisable for justice and
+good government. It has been learned that this has not been done with
+the exactness required, and that on account of the personal occupation
+and toils that generally accompany it, you excuse yourselves and state
+other objections, in order not to make those visits; but I order you
+to busy yourselves in them, in accordance with the order that shall
+be given you by your president, Don Alonso Fajardo, who shall advise
+me of what shall be done in this. You shall take very special care
+to send a minute copy of the findings for the districts visited; for
+thus it is advisable for the good government and for the information
+that must be had of affairs there; and so that what has been ordered
+for the benefit of the natives may not be converted into mischief
+and burdens for them, especially since that land is pacified. It is
+ordered to you that, in going to make the said visits, you observe
+the order decreed, avoiding followers and retainers. And in order
+that we may have the satisfaction necessary from this, when you send
+a relation of the said visits, you shall send one of the men whom
+the visitor took with him, and an account of what occurred in this."]
+
+
+
+
+
+Letter from Felipe III to Fajardo
+
+
+The King: To Don Alonso Faxardo de Tenza, my governor and
+captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, and president of my royal
+Audiencia residing there. The letter which you wrote me on the tenth
+of August of the past year has been received and examined in my royal
+Council of the Yndias; and the resolutions adopted in regard to the
+matters discussed therein will be explained to you in this.
+
+You say that Francisco Lopez Tamayo, on account of his many years and
+ill health, has left the office of accountant which he occupied, and
+that you have appointed in his place Pedro de Lenzara, as he appeared
+to you a suitable and intelligent person. In filling this office you
+have used the care and attention which the matter demands; accordingly
+the appointment will remain with [him as] a person competent for
+this employment.
+
+You inform us that in a council held in the time of your predecessor,
+which consisted of himself, the auditors of the Audiencia there,
+and the officials of my royal exchequer, it was decided to give,
+distributed among them and the archbishop of the metropolitan church of
+that city, and other officials of the said Audiencia, three thousand
+four hundred fanegas of rice at the price at which my tributes are
+given to me; and when you saw that they had not my order for this,
+you ordered that the said grant of rice should not be continued, and
+that what had been received should be restored if I did not decree
+otherwise. In this order, and in discontinuing the four hundred pesos
+which were given to the governor's secretary, you have done well,
+and this action was advisable, and conformable to justice; and you
+are to understand that, if there are other affairs of this kind
+beside those which you have pointed out, they are to be corrected,
+and an account of everything given to my fiscal, so that in respect
+to them he may fulfil the obligation of his office.
+
+You have done well in having ordered that the money from the treasury
+of property of deceased persons in that city--which used to be taken
+to the treasury at Mexico without benefit in the property for their
+souls or their heirs, being divided or invested by order of the court
+having the jurisdiction in such matters--should be placed in my royal
+treasury and be paid in the said treasury of Mexico from the money
+which on my account is to be sent to those islands. What you have
+decreed in regard to this is just and expedient; and as for what
+you mention in regard to the proceeds of the bulls, you will do the
+same if the circumstances and conditions of their collection allow
+of it. You will act according to previous directions.
+
+You say that the licentiate Andres de Alcaraz, my auditor in that
+Audiencia, wished to go to Mexico last year in the ships which left
+those islands for Nueva Espana; and that, he did not do so because
+he was sick, and because of your urgent request that he should not
+desert the Audiencia until the other auditors thereof should become
+proficient in the despatch of business and the duties of their offices,
+on account of the lack of harmony among them. As it is fitting that
+those things which you mention in general terms should be explained
+in detail, you will advise me what they are, and in regard to what
+persons, since as president of that Audiencia you are in duty bound to
+give the information, so that, having been considered, provision may be
+made according to justice; and in the meantime you ought to correct and
+warn them in such manner that all shall be peaceful and that scandal
+shall cease--for this is the sole cause of bad government, of justice
+losing its prestige, and of those who are appointed to remedy evils
+being the authors thereof. In order to do away with this, I have had
+letters written to the other auditors (a copy of which is sent you),
+warning them that they must be subject to your person, and maintain
+the respect and ceremony due to you by virtue of your office. Of the
+rest which you mention in that clause I have been informed.
+
+As for what you say in regard to not considering it expedient for my
+royal service that the order which I have given should be executed
+which directs that, on the death of the governors of those islands,
+the duties of the office of captain-general should be exercised by
+the oldest auditor of that Audiencia; and what seems best to you
+to provide in this matter in order to do away with the difficulties
+which might be feared if, the licentiate Andres de Alcaraz being gone,
+the licentiate Jeronimo de Legaspi should enter upon the said office,
+as he is the next oldest auditor, considering the scandal and evil
+example with which he and his son, Don Antonio de Legaspi, are living:
+may God be pleased to grant you health, so that this thing will not
+happen which you wish to anticipate; and for this office there are
+always persons appointed, and therefore you need not be anxious about
+this. Since you show so much dissatisfaction with the said licentiate
+Jeronimo de Legaspi, and he and his son have conducted themselves
+ill, you will make such investigation as seems most fitting to you;
+and with the results thereof you will prefer charges against him,
+together with his answers thereto, and send them to my Council, so
+that, having examined the documents, they may provide a remedy. I send
+you a commission for this with this letter, and you are warned that
+your principal duty as president is to watch and be attentive to the
+method of procedure of every one of the officials who are dependents of
+this government. With which I charge your conscience, and warn you of
+the account which you have to give to our Lord therefor, that you may
+proceed in a manner not to intimidate justice, nor to propose anything
+which shall not be purely for the service of His Divine Majesty, and
+the relief of your conscience and mine. Accordingly, let it be noted
+that you favor your friends with commendatory reports, or injure those
+who are not so well disposed to you by accusing or censuring them;
+for, considering that there is no other person there in whom this
+trust can be placed except yourself, this warning is necessary.
+
+You recount the service of the licentiate Don Juan de Albarado
+Bracamonte in the office of fiscal of that Audiencia, and the
+confidence that you have in him. As I have decreed what has appeared to
+be expedient in regard to this man, and you will have heard thereof,
+I have ordered him to be investigated on account of the continual
+complaints I have received in regard to him. I warn you, as in the
+preceding clause, that you shall proceed in these reports as justly
+and cautiously as is necessary, considering the account which you must
+give to God of them; and before you make them you should consider
+them with the great attention which I confidently expect from you,
+on account of the injuries which would follow if this were not done,
+both to the welfare of the people and to yourself.
+
+What you say in regard to the affair at the seminary of Santa
+Potenciana, and the investigations which were made in regard to it by
+the licentiate Jeronimo de Legaspi, concerning the persons who were
+guilty, and the state in which its lawsuits were, may be reduced to
+three points. The first, which concerns the seclusion which ought to
+be maintained in this seminary, is of the gravest importance; and it
+is necessary that there should be special care exercised in regard
+to its prudent management, its reception-rooms, and doorkeepers,
+and especially the porters. To this end it would be desirable to
+inspect the said seminary often, and that its superior should place
+only approved persons on guard in the house and residence of those
+who are inmates, so that it may be as well secured and safe as is
+right; and that with its inmates, if they are guilty, the measures
+provided for by the sacred canons and councils should be taken. For
+it is not right that a house of prayer, seclusion, and retirement
+should be an offense, and scandal, and a cause for sacrilege. As for
+the secular persons concerned, I charge and order you to inform them
+that the crime which they have committed is one of the greatest which
+cry out before God our Lord, defy justice, and offend the nations
+and the public cause. And a severe example must be made of them,
+not only in the maintenance of justice but in the prompt despatch of
+the suits and cases of those who were implicated in so vile a deed;
+accordingly you will advise me fully, at all opportunities, of the
+condition in which they are, and of the execution of penalties,
+and of the corrective measures that have been applied to the said
+seminary. The second point concerns the complaint which you present in
+regard to the appeals from your decisions which are interposed. This
+is so well provided for by the laws that merely by commanding that
+these be observed you will have at your disposal all that can be used
+for good of justice and of your government; for, in spite of the
+appeal of the parties, you can execute the sentence when the guilt
+of the accused and the gravity of the case require it. It cannot be
+presumed that the Audiencia will hinder you in its execution in such
+cases; for what is permitted to an ordinary judge could not justly be
+hindered in you, being the person that you are, and the head of that
+government. Accordingly, for the fuller justification of the case,
+I have ordered that the letter which goes with this be written to
+the said Audiencia, and by the copy [sent to you] you will be aware
+of its tenor. The third point concerns the lack of obedience in
+military matters, and the hindrance to punishment therein. This evil
+will be charged to you if you do not exercise in it the most thorough
+vigilance, in punishing not only insolent and lawless acts, but even
+the appearance of them, and all that would approach either possible
+or actual disobedience. For you know that without such strictness
+there can be no military discipline, nor any successful result; and
+the arms which are borne for the defense of the commonwealth will be
+turned to its damage. Accordingly you must treat such cases summarily,
+in such manner that there shall be no delay permitted in the punishment
+of the act, so that it shall not cause an evil example or scandal. As
+for what you mention concerning appeals in this regard, a decision
+is sent in the said letter to the Audiencia, as you will there see.
+
+You inform us that the king of Japon and several private persons--great
+vassals, and lords of ports of that kingdom--have usually had presents
+and valuable articles sent to them from your city at my expense, every
+year when a ship went to that country; and for several years this
+has not been done, and various religious persons have considered the
+matter, and say that those Japanese have observed this, and attributed
+it as a lack of esteem for their friendship; and this has aroused them
+to resentment, and to prefer the friendship of the Dutch, on account of
+the many presents which they give to the Japanese from the spoils they
+have taken. You say that since there are some advantages in retaining
+friendly intercourse with that country, and for other reasons, you
+give me an account of this that I may order what is most fitting for my
+service. This consists in the measures suggested by your own prudence,
+with the information that you have of the present state of affairs,
+and the ordinary relations with Japon; and to whom, how, when, and
+in what quantity it is best to make these gifts, in such manner that
+they shall only serve to win back their friendship, and not appear a
+regular and settled thing, in the manner of an acknowledgment [_i.e._,
+of subjection to them]--for that, in the course of time, might be
+troublesome in other matters. Accordingly, examining into this in
+conformity with your obligation for the benefit of my royal estate,
+you will do in this matter what, considering the time and occasion,
+you shall judge suitable for the interests of our religion, which is
+introduced into Japon, and for peaceful intercourse and friendship,
+and the greatest benefit to the traffic and commerce of those islands.
+
+All you say in regard to the affection with which the citizens
+of that city came forward to serve me on the occasion of the last
+year--offering not only their persons and servants, but lending the
+slaves that they have and a hundred and ninety-five thousand pesos--is
+very gratifying. To these persons in especial, and to all generally,
+you will show this reply, that they may understand how grateful I
+am for their loyal service and fidelity; and that on occasions which
+may arise for their advancement and benefit in property, they will be
+remunerated, as will be seen in future. As to what you say in regard
+to Don Juan Ronquillo no resolution will be adopted in regard to him
+until the termination of the suit in which he is engaged. The affair
+will be settled as soon as possible after the arrival of the papers,
+and on that will depend what shall be done with this person--of whose
+service and their good results I am well informed, and for which I
+wish to show him favor. In regard to Rodrigo de Guilestegui you will
+advise me more fully in what way provision can be made for him. I
+have been advised of the good qualities and merits which you say are
+displayed in Don Fernando Centeno Maldonado. You mention likewise
+how little justification there is for some of the informations
+which have been made by that Audiencia concerning the merits and
+services of those who claim that I should favor them. This has been
+so understood in my Council of the Yndias; and, for its remedy, you
+will so conduct this matter in the session of the Audiencia that no
+information shall be despatched, notwithstanding that it shall have
+been reviewed by an auditor, without its being again looked over by
+the whole Audiencia in its entirety--you being present as president,
+governor, and captain-general--and in no other manner; and each one
+giving his opinion, even if he alone should think that the merits of
+the person are insufficient because, on account of favor or by other
+means, they are presented when not based upon adequate services. In the
+case of Gonzalo Bazquez de Lara, notary, what you have done is proper;
+and you will advise me in detail of the execution of sentence in this
+case, as you know the great evils which this would cause in the future,
+and which have come from it in the past, and how important it is to
+purge the commonwealth of such persons.
+
+The orders of the Society and St. Dominic have been provided with
+the persons whom their superiors asked for, as you will be aware;
+thus your suggestion in regard to this has been carried out.
+
+Since you say that the Order of St. Augustine has taken in its charge
+with great zeal to facilitate and execute all which has been and is
+necessary to accomplish in my royal service--and especially Fray
+Alonzo de Baraona, the provincial, and the definitors have done
+so--it will be very desirable that you should therefore confer
+with them, and likewise with the provincial and definitors of the
+discalced [Augustinians], and give them to understand my gratitude
+to them. You will especially express to them the pleasure which I
+have experienced in learning their good reputation for procedure,
+religion, and prudence, and suggest that they should continue this,
+as I trust they will; and say that I shall always remember, both in
+general their order in those islands, and themselves individually,
+as they shall see by the results. And you shall take care to encourage
+them to the preaching of the gospel, and the benefit and enrichment of
+souls, so that the public welfare shall not suffer for lack thereof;
+for it is my intention to aid them so far as possible; and the affairs
+of those islands, although they lie so far distant from my court, are
+very near to my thoughts. I trust through our Lord that, He lending
+you His divine favor, and you meriting it by your good government,
+you may put all in such good order that it will be preserved and
+advanced, and the enemy shall lose more.
+
+There are none of your letters which have not been answered, and the
+same may be said of those from the Audiencia, the officials of my
+royal estate, and other officers. Madrid, December 13, 1620.
+
+
+_I The King_
+
+By command of the king, our lord:
+
+_Pedro de Ledesma_
+
+
+
+
+
+Memorial, y Relacion para sv Magestad
+
+
+By, Hernando de los Rios Coronel. Madrid: Fernando Correa, 1621.
+
+_Source_: This is translated and synopsized from the copy of the
+original printed work owned by the Library of Congress.
+
+_Translation_: The translation and synopsis are made by Robert
+W. Haight and James A. Robertson.
+
+
+
+
+
+_Memorial_,
+
+_And Relation_
+
+_For His Majesty, of the Procurator-General of the_
+
+Filipinas, of what it is advisable to reform, and of the wealth
+contained in them, and in the Islands of Maluco.
+
+In the year 1621.
+
+_Madrid_
+
+By _the widow of Fernando Correa_.
+
+
+
+
+Memorial and Relation of the Filipinas
+
+
+Sire:
+
+I, Hernando de los Rios Coronel; an ordained priest, and
+procurator-general of the Filipinas Islands, Maluco, and all that
+archipelago, declared that, about thirty-two years ago or more,
+I went to the Filipinas Islands, where I lived a considerable time
+in the military habit and exercise, and as a citizen of the city of
+Manila, but with greater desires than strength to serve your Majesty,
+and endeavoring to give indications of this to all the inhabitants
+of that kingdom. On that account, they charged me with, and loaded
+upon my shoulders, in the year 1605, the weight of their cares and
+troubles. I came to this court, where I prostrated myself many times
+before the royal feet of his Majesty who is in heaven, and gave him
+an account of those things. I returned to that kingdom in the year
+1610, to give account there of myself, and of my mission, undergoing
+many hardships and perils. Although such might have been avoided,
+and I could have made stipulations for my comfort and rest, as I had
+opportunity to do in your royal Council of the Indias, I confess that
+I know not what interior force and natural inclination has always
+induced me to prefer the service of your Majesty, and the welfare and
+increase of that kingdom, to my own rest or comfort--which, in order
+to follow your service, I have never regarded as important, or given
+it any care. Inasmuch as times change affairs, and considering the many
+casualties caused by the enemy from Olanda, things have come to a very
+different pass from that in which I then left them. For that reason,
+that entire kingdom and its estates resolved that I should return again
+to confer with your Majesty and your royal councils concerning what was
+most advisable for your royal service and the welfare and relief of
+that land. And although I found that I needed some rest in a corner,
+and it was a severe trial for me to consent again to undergo more
+arduous labors, and difficulties so much greater as are the gravity of
+affairs in those islands and the multitude of the enemies with whom the
+seas are infested, yet that desire and inclination [for your Majesty's
+service] had so much power over me that I postponed all my rest.
+
+I offer your Majesty this relation, which, when I came to this court
+about three years ago, [33] I gave to his Majesty who is in heaven,
+so that he might be informed, as was desirable, of that kingdom so
+remote from his royal eyes. I felt now that I was obliged to present
+it to your Majesty, and on this occasion I have taken the opportunity
+to extend it to greater length, and to give your Majesty a fuller
+account--being encouraged to do so by seeing the glorious beginnings
+that your Majesty has given to your monarchy, on which, in the name
+of that kingdom, I give your Majesty a thousand congratulations,
+and may you enjoy it very many years, with the greatest happiness
+and increasing prosperity. I have written this relation with entire
+exactness and truth regarding all the facts that I have collected
+during so many years--and thus as well as was possible to me--without
+considering any human respects, which are what usually obscure such
+mirrors, in order that they might not give the light that is desirable
+in such an account. I relate, then, what has occurred in Filipinas,
+from the time of their first discoverers; their tendency toward,
+advancement; and the mildest and most advisable measures for the
+attainment of admirable ends. I trust, through God our Lord, that,
+if this child and offspring of my intellect has the good fortune
+to pass before the royal eyes of your Majesty, it will be of great
+importance to your royal service.
+
+[The present book is divided into three parts. Part first, consisting
+of ten chapters, is a short resume of Philippine history from the
+earliest discoveries until the naval battle at Playa Honda with
+the Dutch. The second part, consisting of seven chapters, deals
+more intimately with the needs and resources of the islands, and
+the importance of their conservation--that is, of matters that fell
+particularly to Los Rios in his capacity of procurator-general. The
+third part, in five chapters, relates to ecclesiastical matters in the
+Philippines, and contains brief remarks on the Moluccas. The first six
+chapters of part first are here only synopsized, with some extracts,
+as they deal with matters rather fully presented heretofore in this
+series. All the remainder of the book is translated in full.]
+
+
+
+Part First
+
+[Chapter I treats "of the first discoverers of the Filipinas, and of
+their location." In rapid survey Los Rios sketches the expeditions of
+Magalhaes, Loaisa, Villalobos, and Legazpi, although wrongly placing
+the latter's death in 1574 instead of 1572. The location of the islands
+is briefly described and the names of some of the principal ones given,
+among them "Mindanao, which is the largest, and with which we are at
+war, although it had formerly rendered your Majesty homage." Continuing
+his narrative, the governorships of Guido de Labacares (whose
+death is wrongly stated as occurring in 1575), Francisco de Sande,
+the two Ronquillos (who are mentioned as brothers), and Santiago
+de Vera, are lightly mentioned. Limahon's expedition against Manila
+(wrongly ascribed to the period of Legazpi's governorship), and Sande's
+expedition to Borneo are particularly mentioned. The latter sacked the
+Bornean king's city "with but little justification." In his time also
+the Chinese trade begins to be steady. Gonzalo Ronquillo de Penalosa
+on coming to assume the governorship, according to the terms of his
+contract, brings a number of colonists, "who were called _rodeados_
+[34] because they had come by way of Panama ... He was a peaceful
+man, although--because he had brought two sons with him, besides
+other relatives, whom he allowed to live with considerable laxity;
+and because numerous complaints had been written from the city to
+his Majesty--his Majesty, seeing the great trouble experienced in
+preaching the gospel, the evil example that those sons and relatives
+furnished, and the harm that this would cause unless it were stopped,
+removed Ronquillo from his governorship, and sent the royal Audiencia
+to govern, and as governor and captain-general its president, one
+Santiago de Vera." On the latter's arrival he finds Diego Ronquillo
+governing because of Gonzalo's death. An Indian, in snuffing the
+candles on the latter's catafalque, accidentally sets fire to some
+rich draperies. The fire remains unnoticed and smoulders until, the
+friars in attendance having left the church, it bursts into flame,
+and the city is entirely burned, and the site of the fort, Santiago,
+becomes a lake. Tomas Vimble (Candish), who captures the Santa Ana near
+California in 1587, sets all its crew ashore, with the exception of
+a priest whom he hangs. Alonso Sanchez's voyage to Spain and Rome as
+procurator-general is influential in the suppression of the Audiencia
+and the election of Gomez Perez Dasmarinas as governor. Sanchez
+"wrote some treatises about the justification of the kings of Espana,
+and their right of title to the Filipinas, which merit that time do
+not bury them, although they exist in the archives of the Council
+of the Indias. He seems a prophet in many of his statements in those
+treatises." [35]
+
+In Chapter II some of the leading events of the term of Gomez Perez
+Dasmarinas are noted, and his unfortunate death. Such is his activity
+and care "that he alone aggrandized that city more than had all
+his predecessors, or his successors to this time." Negotiations
+are opened with Japan, and the embassy from Camboja begging for
+aid against Siam is received at Manila. "I believe," says Los Rios,
+"that if he had done it, it would have been a great stroke of fortune,
+and your Majesty would justly be lord of that kingdom and of Sian,
+which is very wealthy. That is the only thing in which I believe that
+Gomez Perez erred."
+
+The succession of Luis Perez Dasmarinas to the government of the
+Philippines, and the designs of the Chinese to capture the islands,
+form the subject matter of Chapter III. By virtue of his father's
+will and a royal decree empowering the latter to name his successor in
+case of absence or death, Luis Perez takes over the command from Pedro
+de Rojas, who has been elected by the city, with which "all the city
+received great happiness, both because of what they owed the father,
+and the love that they bore the son, of whose heroic virtues much
+might be said." The Chinese send a vast fleet to Manila in charge of a
+number of mandarins, in order to conquer Luzon, because they fear the
+Spaniards, and "would much rather see us very far from their kingdom
+than to have the gain derived from us ... The governor received the
+mandarins and their embassy, who pretended that they came to trade,
+and asked us not to receive the Japanese in our ports, who are their
+mortal enemies; and taking farewell of them with a good countenance,
+he sent them to their own country. The next year one of those mandarins
+returned disguised, in order to act the spy, but as I was inspecting
+the ships, I noticed and arrested him; but such is the cunning of
+those people, that he was able to clear himself, so that it seemed
+better to the governor and to Doctor Antonio de Morga, his lieutenant
+of justice, to allow the mandarin to return to his own country."
+
+The expedition to Camboja by Gallinato, and events there, and the
+arrival of Mendana's ship at Manila are told in Chapter IV. Blaz
+Ruyz, Diego Veloso, and Pantaleon Carnero, having seized the vessel
+on which they were being carried as prisoners to Siam from Camboja,
+arrive at Manila, and induce the sending of the three vessels under
+Gallinato. [36] The latter, however, is blown out of his course as
+far as the strait of Sincapura. The other two vessels under Blas Ruyz
+and Diego Veloso reach Camboja, but the ship of the latter is wrecked
+on the coast. "A relative of the legitimate king was then ruling,
+one Nancaparan Prabantul," whom their arrival does not please. The
+trouble with the Chinese follows, of the three thousand of whom, the
+Spaniards kill five hundred, and the consequent embassy of Blas Ruyz
+with forty men to Sistor. The king's refusal to treat with them unless
+they make reparation to the Chinese, and his evident preparations
+to seize their small body of men, lead to the attack on the palace,
+the killing of the king and one of his sons, and the flight to the
+Spanish ship, leaving three killed--one Indian, one Japanese, and one
+Spaniard--but with many wounded. Gallinato's arrival at this juncture
+puts an end to affairs there, and all depart for Cochinchina, where
+Blas Ruyz and Diego Veloso go to find the legitimate king of Camboja
+at Laos, "crossing those kingdoms for more than two hundred leguas,
+through territory where a Spaniard had never been seen ... I have
+related this event because of the many fictions that were told
+here about Captain Gallinato, who, although a good soldier, did
+nothing else in the kingdom of Camboxa. Of it Fray Diego Duarte,
+a Dominican, now residing at Alcala de Henares, procurator of his
+order in the Filipinas Islands, who was one of those who were present
+at the death of the king of Camboxa--and not the least important
+one there--and Captain Don Miguel de Xaque de los Rios, now at this
+court, are witnesses." The arrival at Manila of "Dona Isabel Varreto,"
+wife of "Alvaro de Amendana," is chronicled. The discovery that they
+attempted to make from Peru can be made better from the Philippines,
+and at less cost, because of its proximity to those regions.
+
+Chapter V treats of events during the term of Francisco Tello, the main
+part of the chapter being devoted to Louis Perez Dasmarinas's ill-fated
+expedition to Camboja. Tello "began to govern with forbearance,
+although one thing that he did before reaching the city seems to have
+presaged the evils of the future." This was in his detention of the
+ship bound for Nueva Espana, until he could reach Manila and make
+a report to the king. As a consequence the vessel, sailing late,
+experienced so great storms that it was compelled to put in at a
+Japanese port, "and King Taycosama took their goods away from them, and
+it was the cause of the martyrdom of twenty-six Franciscan religious,
+and of the ruin of Manila ... Don Francisco began his government, in
+amusing himself with his authority and abundance, and in neglecting to
+despatch the ships on time; of which he should have taken warning by
+the loss of which he had been the cause, in the wreck of the galleon
+'San Felipe' as above stated. But he did not amend his ways, and
+for that same reason other vessels were wrecked later--one called
+'Santa Margarita,' which was wrecked among the Ladrones Islands;
+and another called 'San Geronimo' which was wrecked at the island of
+Catanduanes,... and another which sailed from Cibu, called 'Jesus
+Maria,' which was seen no more. And the worst of all was that such
+neglect became so firmly established, that it would not have been
+remedied later, and the same troubles would have occurred, unless we
+had made use of two royal decrees that his Majesty, King Don Felipe
+Third, conceded to me in the year of 68; [37] and on account of that
+neglect great need has come upon that kingdom." The expedition of
+Oliver van Noordt is very lightly touched. Luis Perez Dasmarinas fits
+out an expedition of three ships for the relief of Camboja at his own
+cost, and Los Rios sails in the flagship. Misfortune follows them,
+and the flagship is lost on the Chinese coast. Such is the hatred
+of the Portuguese at Macao to the Spaniards "that as soon as they
+heard of our disaster, they issued an edict that no one should aid
+us under penalty of confiscation of his property, and three years in
+the galleys." Los Rios with eight men lands in order to seek a pilot,
+and after various adventures is granted audience by the Chinese, who
+offer asylum to the Spaniards and rebuke the Portuguese. Continuing,
+a short description is given of Macao, which has about five hundred
+Portuguese inhabitants; its duties and other gains, however, belong to
+the Chinese monarch. The principal occupation of the inhabitants is the
+raw-silk trade with Japan. For the benefit of trade and religion, Los
+Rios thinks it advisable to depopulate Macao and suppress it. Indeed
+the hate of the Portuguese goes so far that they attack the remnants
+of Luis Perez's expedition as it is about to return home. All their
+hostility they clinch with "a royal decree given more than thirty
+years ago, in which your Majesty [38] orders Castilians not to go to
+that port to trade. It is very important for your Majesty to order the
+Portuguese not to use that decree for the evil that they do us--not
+only those of us who go there to trade (which was the reason of its
+being granted), but also to those of us who make port and arrive
+there wrecked."
+
+Events of Pedro Acuna's government occupy the sixth chapter. "Don
+Pedro was a restrained and absolutely uncovetous gentleman, and lived
+temperately. He was affable and open to all; but signal disasters
+occurred during his term. The Indians of Mindanao ruined those islands,
+carrying away many captives and quantities of wealth, burning churches,
+and injuring images, to the great loss of our prestige. Also more than
+twenty thousand Chinese revolted in the city; and because the warnings
+of the archbishop and many other persons were not believed, the remedy
+was not applied in time, which would have been easy. However, although
+we prevailed against them (with evident miracles), the kingdom was
+ruined." This neglect of Acuna results in the massacre of Luis Perez
+Dasmarinas and more than one hundred and fifty men, only one of the
+company escaping. To neglect Los Rios charges "the greatest ills" that
+have happened in the Indias. The expedition made to Maluco by royal
+command succeeds well. The victory reacts on the Spaniards, however,
+because of the ill-treatment inflicted by the latter on the king of
+Ternate, whom they take captive to Manila; and the Moluccans ally
+themselves with the Dutch. Los Rios begs that good treatment be given
+to the captive king, who is still in Manila, who, although well treated
+during Acuna's life, is afterward neglected and uncared for. [39] Los
+Rios asks that good treatment be accorded to the king "for the sake
+of your Majesty's reputation with those nations; for they will think
+that you order your ministers to inflict that ill-treatment.... Don
+Pedro de Acuna died when he was beginning to open his eyes, and to
+govern very acceptably to all. It is rumored that he was poisoned,
+although I cannot persuade myself of that fact." As governor _ad
+interim_ the viceroy of Nueva Espana sends Rodrigo de Vivero, who
+governs until the arrival of Juan de Silva, when he sets sail in the
+ship "San Francisco," but is wrecked at Japan, because it sailed late.]
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VII. Of the government of Don Juan de Silva, and events with
+the Dutch.
+
+
+On the death of Don Pedro de Acuna in the year 606, your Majesty sent
+Don Juan de Silva to govern.
+
+Upon his arrival at that kingdom, he was given an opportunity to put
+his wishes into effect. A Dutchman arrived there with four ships and
+one patache, and, having stationed himself at the entrance of the
+bay of Manila, remained there six months, capturing and pillaging
+all who came to the city. Don Juan de Silva had no ships ready to
+go out to drive the Dutch from that port; but, with the stay of the
+enemy, he set to work to repair four ships that were there, and to
+finish another that was being built in a shipyard. He made haste,
+and used the iron gratings from the houses of the citizens for the
+nails that he needed, which the people gave willingly, as well as
+whatever else was necessary. Further, he also cast five large pieces
+of artillery, with which, and with the artillery in the forts, he made
+ready and equipped five ships with high free-board, and three galleys,
+and manned them with the most valiant of the soldiers and citizens,
+among all of them more than one thousand men being Spaniards alone. He
+found the enemy very careless, his ships filled with wealth from
+many rich vessels that they had pillaged, belonging to the Chinese
+which were coming to Manila, laden with the merchandise that came
+yearly. He found only three ships, and attacking and grappling with
+one of them, it was blown up because of a fire that unfortunately
+caught. The other two surrendered, although the victory was not
+bought cheaply, for many people were killed. It had been stated two
+months before that that victory would be gained on St. Mark's day,
+[40] as happened, and, as he recounted one night, had been told to
+him. But who would say that that victory was to begin his perdition,
+and so many troubles as I shall relate?
+
+Don Juan de Silva was made very rich by that victory, for the fifth
+of the booty which your Majesty conceded to him was worth more than
+two hundred thousand pesos, as I learned from his own mouth. Besides
+that, the victory induced in him thoughts for great undertakings,
+and he did not stop to compare the wealth of that kingdom with his
+designs. He discussed building a fleet to go to Terrenate, and put the
+matter into execution. Although he was greatly opposed by the entire
+city--and especially by the royal Audiencia and royal officials, who
+judged from their experience that the plan was not advisable--yet he
+acted in defiance of them, and left Manila with his fleet, leaving
+the natives grievously burdened with taxes, your Majesty's treasury
+indebted to a vast amount, and the city without artillery. He went
+to Maluco, and not only did he not accomplish any good result, but
+he even returned with little reputation derived from that expedition,
+as all had foretold.
+
+He desired to correct that mischief, and determined, without any
+one's counsel, to build seven galleons, which, with the three that
+he had, would make ten in all, and also six galleys. That was an
+undertaking disproportionate to the possibility of his forces, and
+innumerable evils resulted from it, just as they generally result to
+him who does not proportion means to ends, and who does not measure
+desires with strength. When he fought at Playa Honda with the Dutch,
+as he grappled he recognized the advantage that the larger ships had
+over the others. Consequently, he determined to build his ships so
+large that they should be superior to any ship that the enemy would
+bring. For that purpose he made them of one thousand, one thousand
+five hundred, and nearly two thousand toneladas. He began to make
+arrangements for putting his desire into execution, and at the same
+time to write to the viceroy of India to send him ten more galleons
+and six galleys, so that the forces of both governments being united,
+they might at the same time complete the expulsion of the Dutch from
+the archipelago and seize their forts and factories. That idea would
+have been very commendable, and the most efficacious means of all,
+if he could have carried it out as he conceived it. I believe that,
+in order to facilitate that, he wrote to your Majesty, whereupon this
+court was filled with hopes. But to place it in execution, he had
+as much foundation as will be seen here. The forces of India are so
+few, that, although Silva was told that the viceroy could not send
+him six ships--and those that could go would be poorly equipped;
+and that if he did send them, the coasts of India would be left
+unprotected, which were daily being infested; and, besides, that they
+knew by experience--the little love that the Portuguese bear to the
+Castilians and that he should not trust in them--still by sending money
+to build galleons and for the men, of which at least one-half million
+[pesos] would be necessary, the viceroy would send that fleet. Don
+Juan de Silva was without funds; on the contrary, the royal treasury
+was deeply in debt from the expedition to Maluco. Still, in order
+to forward his designs, he sent his master-of-camp, Christoval de
+Azqueta, with pledges and securities made out by the royal officials,
+binding your Majesty's royal treasury in order to get the money
+there from merchandise, and paying interest on them--a transaction
+which was considered ridiculous to those who knew India. He gave the
+master-of-camp sixteen thousand pesos which he borrowed in gold from
+the inhabitants of Manila, in order that he might bring back some
+necessary things. The master-of-camp sailed in a ship accompanied by
+forty Spaniards to indicate his authority. As yet, not one of them
+has been seen; and it is considered certain that all were drowned,
+since no further news has been heard of them. On the other hand, Silva
+wrote to the viceroy of Nueva Espana that he was building that fleet,
+and requested money, men, and ammunition from him. He despatched so
+late the ships, which had arrived on time, that although the viceroy
+made his utmost exertions he could not perform the friendly offices
+that Silva desired.
+
+He began to place the said galleons on the stocks, and, as they
+were so large, scarcely could he find the necessary timbers in
+the forest. Consequently, he had to have them sought under great
+difficulties, and by penetrating the thicker recesses of the
+woods. There having found them, it was necessary, in order to drag
+and carry them to the shipyard, to depopulate the surrounding villages
+of the Indians, and to drag the timbers with immense labor, hardship,
+and cost to the Indians. The masts of one galleon cost the Indians, as
+is affirmed by the religious of St. Francis, and as I heard declared
+by the alcalde-mayor of the province where they were cut--namely, La
+Laguna de Bay--the labor of six thousand Indians for three months to
+drag them over very rough mountains. They were paid by the villages
+at the rate of forty reals per month apiece, but were given nothing
+to eat, and therefore, the wretched Indian had to look for food. I
+shall not relate the cruel and inhuman treatment of the agents, and
+the many Indians who died in the forest. Had those galleons been of
+moderate size, and twice as many, they would not have cost one-half as
+much. Neither shall I tell your Majesty of the Indians who were hanged,
+those who deserted their wives and children and fled exhausted to the
+mountains, and those sold as slaves to pay the taxes imposed on them;
+the scandal to the gospel, and the so irreparable wrongs caused by that
+shipbuilding; and with how great inhumanity they passed sentence on and
+executed on the poor Indian not only what was necessary, but also what
+the lawless greed of agents took from him. In short, the hardships,
+injuries, and harm inflicted upon the Indians were vast, and there
+was no remedy for it. And hence those ships had so disastrous an end;
+for all were wrecked in a storm, and all those in them were drowned
+forty leguas from the city--divine permission, which is so offended
+at injuries done to the poor, exacting those lives in order to make
+reparation for such wrongs. Now more than one million [pesos] is due
+to the Indians and there is no hope of recompense. From that may be
+inferred how great should be the trustworthiness and Christian spirit
+of those persons who are to govern the Filipinas, since they have no
+one to restrain them for the injuries that they commit. Besides the
+said wrongs, those that I shall now relate were no less.
+
+When he discussed building those ships, three years before that fleet
+should be taken out, he ordered all the soldiers of the islands to
+be collected, and the forts and important posts to be abandoned,
+especially a fort in the city of Cibu. He took all the artillery
+and carried it to Manila, which was the cause of the Mindanaos
+destroying those islands when they learned that, without any one
+opposing them. He also ordered that no one leave the city without his
+permission, under serve penalties. On the one hand, he kept the men
+there desperate, who could not go out to find food; and on the other,
+gave them nothing. Therefore, many men fled through those surrounding
+kingdoms. And, when he most needed sailors, more than two hundred of
+them fled because of ill treatment and because they were deprived
+of one-half their rations. He imposed many taxes upon the Indians,
+with great oppression to them on account of the food that was ruined
+because it was not needed so early. As a result, he brought the country
+to the extreme of poverty, even worse than if the enemy had sacked it.
+
+On the other hand he sent to Japon for metals with which to cast
+artillery, and for saltpeter for powder; and they brought him what
+he had sent to ask. In two years he cast one hundred and fifty
+large pieces of artillery; but he had no master who understood it,
+and consequently the pieces were so poorly made that none of them
+stood the test. I saw twenty pieces out of thirty-six burst at the
+first shot, as the gunner, one Pedro Castano, who is in this court,
+will tell; consequently they did not dare to test the cannon with the
+royal test. There was an excellent founder there, named Don Diego de
+Prado, who had made considerable artillery in Lisboa. Silva refused to
+accept him, but on the contrary let him go to Espana by way of India,
+although he should have diligently looked for him. He is a friar here
+now, named Basilio. They were unable to get a piece that could be
+used, although they tried in various ways. They continued these efforts
+until certain Japanese built some ovens, in their own fashion, and made
+some bellows which forced in a great quantity of air. Those produced
+better artillery, although some of these pieces also burst, for they
+did not hit upon the alloy of copper in accordance with its quality.
+
+Don Juan de Silva persisted in his intentions; and, seeing after two
+years had passed that the master-of-camp Azqueta had not arrived,
+and that it must be believed that he had been drowned, he sent a
+father rector of the Society of Jesus, named Juan de Ribera, [41]
+and Captain Don Diego de Miranda, a Portuguese, to Goa, so that,
+in his name, they might ask the viceroy for the said galleons; and
+they did so. Although with great objection and opposition from the
+city of Goa, the viceroy gave them four galleons and four galliots,
+with very few and badly disciplined crews. What took place in India
+in regard to that matter is a pity. Your Majesty needs to make many
+reforms there, because of the danger of losing that country through
+the poor discipline of the soldiers, as they themselves confess,
+and warning of this has been given in many memorials.
+
+They started for Manila, and arrived at Malaca and at the Strait late
+and in bad weather. The commander did not dare pass on, although he
+was urged and pressed to do so by the rector of the Society. Matters
+came to such a pass that the commander told the father that he would
+put him below decks, and the soldiers tried to kill him, for they
+said that he was going to drown them. Thereupon they remained, and
+returned to Malaca, advising Don Juan de Silva that they were there
+awaiting his order.
+
+Don Juan de Silva learned the news of the galleons and determined to
+send a patache to Macan, and as its commander, Pilot Juan Gallegos,
+in order to purchase some ammunition and to go thence to Malaca. He
+ordered the four galleons to await him in the Strait, saying that he
+had resolved to pass there, and that all would go together to attack
+the factory of Xava, the chief factory of the enemy, which had no
+fortress; thence they would go to Banda and to Maluco. That would
+have been a very suitable idea if it could have been executed during
+the season for navigation. Juan Gallegos went to Macan, and thence
+to the Strait of Cincapura, where he found six Dutch galleons and
+one patache. They seized him, and learned from him of the coming of
+Don Juan de Silva with so large a force. They did not dare await the
+latter and so left the Strait. Shortly after Don Juan de Silva arrived,
+two ships of Goa came from China with the goods and merchandise from
+India, which it was our Lord's will to save in that way.
+
+Before the enemy happened to seize the patache of Juan Gallegos,
+they had negotiated with the king of Hachen, a country located in the
+island of Samatra, near the Strait, in regard to uniting with them
+to attack Malaca with more than four hundred craft, that would hold
+more than forty thousand men. That king fought with the galleons, and
+his presence there was of great importance. He burned one galleon,
+but returned without accomplishing any other exploit, although he
+carried a quantity of large artillery. After the king had gone,
+the Dutch arrived. What they did was to burn the three remaining
+galleons in the river of Malaca. Then they went to the Strait, where
+they captured Juan Gallegos, as above stated. The Portuguese gained
+little reputation--or to say better, lost much--in not defending
+themselves. But since it is not my intention to meddle with another
+jurisdiction, I shall not discuss that.
+
+Don Juan de Silva left Manila with ten galleons--larger than have
+been seen in Europa--and four galleys, on February 28, 1616. He laid
+his course toward the Strait, as he thought that he would find there
+the four galleys from Goa, in accordance with the order that he had
+sent. He learned what had happened in the Strait; and although he
+might have gone to Bantan, in Xava Major, to avenge the injury, since
+he might expect to find the enemy there--and he might at least have
+destroyed that factory and exacted satisfaction for what had been
+done--he did not choose to do so, but left the galleons anchored
+in the Strait, while he went to Malaca with the galleys. There he
+was received under the pall with great solemnity, honored with great
+festivities, and called that city's savior, since the ships had taken
+flight because of his coming. Don Juan became sorely perplexed, and
+could not come to a decision as to whether to careen his vessels and
+wait until the following year for the viceroy of Goa, or whether to
+return to Manila. Death overtook him in that perplexity, on April 19
+of the same year.
+
+He left orders for the fleet to return to Manila, and to convey thither
+his embalmed body. Thereupon our fleet returned. It was in as bad shape
+as if it had been a year at sea; for at that part of the Strait where
+it was anchored the air was so unhealthful and the water so poisonous
+that the soldiers began to sicken immediately, and to die swollen up
+and yellow; and some days forty or fifty of them were thrown into the
+sea. All asserted that had they remained there one fortnight longer,
+not enough men would have been left to manage the sails, nor could
+they have brought back the galleons--which returned without anchors,
+for the few that they carried were lost in the currents, which are very
+strong. And had they not found nineteen anchors, which they bought,
+they would have perished.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VIII. Of the opposition to Don Juan de Silva from all the city,
+and the opportunity that he lost by not taking the advice that they
+gave him.
+
+
+Strange are the judgments of the Most High, and nothing happens by
+chance that His infinite providence does not register. The Portuguese
+regarded as certain the coming of Don Juan de Silva to the Strait with
+his fleet, and attributed to him, as was evident, the saving of their
+possessions. But he who regards the opportunity that Silva lost, and
+how much more important it would have been not to have left Manila,
+but to have been there when the enemy (who passed through the Strait
+of Magallanes) arrived, will see how unsatisfactory was the Malaca
+expedition.
+
+Don Juan de Silva had already prepared his fleet, and his yards
+were already squared, when a discussion arose as to whether it was
+advisable for him to go in search of the enemy, for which purpose
+he had prepared it. A general meeting of ecclesiastical and secular
+cabildos, the bishop, and the orders, was called, together with the
+royal Audiencia. Silva made them a harangue, and showed a royal decree
+that he had received shortly before, in which it was ordered that
+he should make the expedition. He read what was most suitable to his
+purpose, whereupon Doctor Vega, your auditor, asked him to give it to
+the secretary to read publicly, as they wished to know its contents. It
+was read, and your Majesty ordered in it that the viceroy of India
+be advised, so that both should join forces and go in pursuit of the
+enemy with their fleets, and that the viceroy should act as superior
+officer if he came in person. From this, they took occasion to oppose
+Silva, and said that he was not obeying your Majesty's orders. They
+reminded him that he did not have sailors, because while the fewest
+number of sailors necessary for ten galleys amounted to fifty, he did
+not have twelve effective ones, because they had fled, as above stated.
+
+_Item_: That he was only carrying two iron anchors for each galleon,
+disproportionate to their size, besides two others of wood, which
+are called _cenepites_; and that he was going into seas with strong
+currents and shoals, where he had to anchor every day, with evident
+peril and known danger of losing his fleet.
+
+_Item_: That he was not carrying suitable rigging or sails. At the
+same time they told him that he was leaving the city depopulated of
+the men who might defend it in any sudden need.
+
+_Item_: That he had dismantled the forts and walls of artillery, and
+had left no good piece, contrary to the ordinances of your Majesty,
+and to all good government.
+
+_Item_: That it was easy for the enemy, knowing the route that he
+was taking, to attack the city, which was surrounded by more than
+fifteen thousand Chinese, and a considerable number of Japanese,
+all of whom were angered by the many annoyances and injuries that
+they had received; especially the natives, of whom it could be feared
+that they would revolt at any news of an enemy, and what would most
+encourage them would be to see the city without defenders or artillery.
+
+_Item_: That he was taking a route very foolishly chosen, because the
+season and monsoon (as it is called) for seeking the enemy was already
+past; and he was going with a known risk of suffering shipwreck,
+or of accomplishing nothing.
+
+_Item_: That it was advisable for him to inform the viceroy of his
+expedition, as your Majesty ordered, and in the meanwhile to continue
+to provide himself with everything necessary. The following year he
+could leave, as was advisable and as your Majesty ordered. In short,
+they reminded him of many other difficulties; but none of them were
+able to make him postpone his purpose. Doctor Vega gave him a memorial
+which is printed, in which he declares all the above and many other
+arguments; and the fiscal issued many injunctions and protests against
+him. They became so angered that he tried to arrest the fiscal, who
+absented himself, together with many influential persons. The city
+was very much in danger of being lost, and was divided into factions
+and different opinions; although it is true that all desired Silva's
+absence. After so many difficulties, and after having defied them all,
+Silva left the city with his fleet, leaving the walls dismantled,
+as above stated. When he embarked, many men of those that he had
+provided from the inhabitants of the city, and single men, were not
+to be found, for they had run away.
+
+Scarcely had he left Manila when news came that a Dutchman with five
+ships was coming, and within one week he came to anchor at the mouth
+of the bay of Manila. It was our Lord's pleasure that the Dutch
+did not learn the city's condition, which would have placed us in
+the greatest embarrassment and danger. The Dutch remained there one
+fortnight, and then, learning that Don Juan had gone toward their
+forts and factories, they set out for them. In the opinion of all
+it was the greatest misfortune that the news had not arrived sooner,
+so that our fleet could have gone to meet it; for not a single ship
+would have escaped; and, had he followed them to Maluco, he would have
+destroyed their forces without difficulty--as Don Geronimo de Silva,
+his cousin, wrote to him, whose letter I have. I heard afterward from
+the same man that he had made a treaty with all of them to surrender
+their forts to him if Don Juan arrived. God did not so ordain it,
+for our sins or for His secret judgments. So great an opportunity,
+which might have ended the war, was lost, for all the natives were
+resolved to become our friends; for they always cry "long live the
+conqueror!" Sections 1, 9, and 15 of Don Geronimo's letter are of
+the following tenor.
+
+
+
+Letter of Don Geronimo de Silva, Governor of Maluco
+
+I am replying to the duplicate of your Lordship, which I received by
+the hand of Captain Juan Cutirez Paramo and Sargento-mayor Don Pedro
+Tellez, dated at the Strait of Sincapura, March 15, in which your
+Lordship gives me advice of the resolution that you took in Manila
+to make your voyage to Malaca, expecting to find there the viceroy of
+India, or at least the squadron of galleons from that state--a thing as
+generally desired by all as it is deemed difficult by me. For I could
+never persuade myself that the viceroy of India would decide to send
+a larger fleet this year than the four galleons; and, supposing this,
+I would have been glad had your Lordship not gone in search of the
+viceroy this year. For, as I understand the decree of his Majesty,
+the preparations were for the coming year; and by that time matters
+would have been suitably arranged, and, both powers having united,
+his Majesty's will would have been realized, without the possibility
+of any fears of danger. But if the resolution taken by your Lordship
+to go out with your fleet, because of the great expenses incurred,
+had been taken then to come to employ that fleet here, it would have
+arrived at so good a season and opportunity, that all these islands
+would have surrendered to you. I could answer with my head that his
+Majesty would possess them without your Lordship's needing to fire a
+single shot, for the material for this truth was very well arranged. I
+alone was unfortunate in that your Lordship did not come directly here
+when you left Manila. I would give you as a witness of that the king of
+Tidore, only he cannot declare it in writing; but he will be a witness
+on that day that our Lord brings your Lordship to these islands.
+
+Your Lordship orders me at present to despatch to you what galleys are
+here. In fulfilment of that order Don Pedro Tellez is returning in the
+galley that brought him, for Captain Juan de Guassa's galley was such
+that it could not be repaired at all, although I summoned the royal
+officials, and persons who understood it, to examine it. To my summons
+they replied that it absolutely had nothing of use on it but the nails;
+accordingly, with their advice, it was beached. I have only the galliot
+left here and that is as free from iron and rigging as the galleys
+here have always been. The galliot is the feet and hands of these
+islands, and that which serves as a caracoa; for, glory be to God,
+the Meldicas [_sic; sc._ mestizos] and native Christians are wanting
+to me. The reason that moves me to this will be told your Lordship by
+Don Pedro Tellez, whom I wished to make a witness of this unfortunate
+state of affairs, and of what the service of his Majesty suffers.
+
+Will your Lordship advise me of your resolution to come to these forts,
+and whether the viceroy of India is coming now with the squadron that
+your Lordship has built. What I can say is that your Lordship's speedy
+arrival here matters so much, although it be with only your galleys,
+that on that alone depends the restoration of these two islands,
+which will be maintained with the hope that your Lordship will come
+hither in the time above stated. If you do not come, the islands and
+the Spaniards who inhabit them will certainly perish; for although the
+king of Tidore is our friend, he is the only one, and he does not have
+the same assurance of his island as hitherto. For that reason, it is
+advisable for me always to keep in this island the greater part of the
+infantry of this camp, divided among the fort of Santiago, the fort
+of Principe Tomanira, and Socanora. From the above your Lordship will
+infer that I have need of protecting myself not only from the Dutch
+but also from the natives and our intimates; for things are very much
+changed from what your Lordship is informed. Tidore, July 29, 1616.
+
+
+_Don Geronimo de Silva_
+
+
+
+
+
+Chapter IX. Of the coming of the Dutch to Manila in search of Don
+Juan de Silva.
+
+
+It was learned in Maluco from the Dutch commander who passed through
+the Strait of Magallanes and infested the coasts of Piru and Nueva
+Espana--the same one who arrived at Manila just after the departure
+of Don Juan de Silva--that Don Juan had laid his course toward Malaca
+and thence to Maluco. Immediately all their ships were collected,
+and, repairing many, they equipped the ten best ones, taking the
+best artillery and men from their forts for that purpose, with the
+determination of awaiting Silva. But when they saw that he delayed so
+long, and that he could not come to Maluco now, because of bad weather,
+thinking that he would have returned, they went to try issues with
+him at Manila. On reaching the island of Mindanao, they learned of
+his death from the Indians. They made a compact with the latter that
+each side should go to destroy the islands, even as far as the city of
+Manila. The Mindanaos set out with a fleet that they had prepared, of
+seventy caracoas, which resemble galliots. They anchored with them in
+the province of Camarines, where they had heard that one ship and two
+pataches were being built for your Majesty. They killed and captured
+about thirty Spaniards and many Indians, set fire to the ships, and
+pillaged whatever they could lay hands on. That disaster, which was
+very great, was the result of neglecting to send there fifty picked
+soldiers to guard the shipyard. The chiefs of those caracoas divided
+into two parties because of disputes between them. One party went
+toward Manila in search of the Dutch. The other went to the island of
+Panay. Captain Don Diego de Quinones, who was stationed in that island
+as commandant and captain of the Pintados Islands, hearing of this,
+sent Captain Lazaro de Torres with seven caracoas in pursuit of them;
+he defeated them, and captured four caracoas. The rest took to the
+open sea in flight, and, those vessels being small, all of the men
+were drowned; for no news that they have reached their country has
+been heard here since.
+
+That island of Mindanao is the farthest of the Filipinas Islands,
+and is about twenty leguas from Cibu. That part that faces Cibu
+is pacified, and the Indians pay tribute, and there are a number
+of Christians. The entire island formerly rendered homage to your
+Majesty. It extends east and west, being somewhat inclined to
+the northeast and southwest. It is more than three hundred leguas
+in circumference. The southern part lies in six degrees of north
+latitude. It has many gold mines, as those say who have seen them,
+although they are but little worked, and many cinnamon trees and
+much civet.
+
+Captain Estevan Rodriquez de Figueroa went to pacify it in 1596 at his
+own cost, with the title of governor and captain-general of the island
+conceded by your Majesty. But he was so unfortunate that, the first
+time when he set foot on land, he was killed by an Indian concealed in
+ambush. Captain Juan de la Xara, who was master-of-camp, continued the
+enterprise; but as he, like his master, died, the whole enterprise
+was destroyed by accidents that came upon them. Consequently, not
+only were the natives not pacified, but more angered and desirous of
+vengeance. For that reason, they began to build vessels and to make
+inroads among those islands during the term of Don Francisco Tello,
+to commit depredations. They captured many Indians and their wealth
+(for the latter had considerable gold) through the fault of the
+captains and alcaldes-mayor who were governing those islands, and
+were not punished for it. And although punishment is one of the two
+arms of justice that preserves states, there has been so great lack
+of it in Manila, that signal injuries have thereby resulted.
+
+The Moros became excited by those captures, and through the exercise
+of war they became more skilful and daring. To such a height has
+their boldness reached, through the carelessness and neglect of the
+governors, that all those islands have been destroyed and ruined. They
+could very well have been restrained, but the reasons why they
+neglected to do that cannot be explained here, because the case in
+hand demands that many things be passed by; but if your Majesty cares
+to know, I will explain them.
+
+Those Indians [_i.e._, the Moros] are so vile and cowardly that they
+have never engaged in close combat with the Spaniards, very few
+of whom have dared to resist vast multitudes; yet the Moros have
+inflicted signal injuries. The worst is that these last few years
+they have committed greater ones, so that there is no Christian or
+friendly Indian who is safe in his house or country. These, although
+Indians, set forth arguments that must have shamed your Majesty's
+governors considerably; since, although the latter are so careful
+not only to collect their tributes, but to impose continually so
+many taxes, and to cause the Indians innumerable troubles, yet they
+do not defend them from their enemies. Consequently the Indians say,
+"Let us be free, and let us have arms, and we shall be able to defend
+ourselves, as we did before the advent of the Spaniards." And, surely,
+did not the religious--especially those of the Society, who instruct
+nearly all those islands--entertain them with hopes and fair arguments,
+they would all have revolted, as some have done. I have related this to
+your Majesty so that you may order your governor to remedy that matter,
+which is so incumbent upon your Majesty's royal conscience. But how
+poorly he informs your Majesty; since at the very moment when those
+people were destroying your churches, the governor wrote that they
+were all peaceful and quiet. It is very easy to conquer that island, if
+its inhabitants are made slaves, as I have said in special memorials.
+
+
+
+Chapter X. Of the result obtained by the coming of the Dutch to the
+Filpinas Islands and the city of Manila.
+
+
+The enemy learned from the Mindanao Indians, as above stated, of the
+death of Don Juan de Silva, whom they had intended to go to seek. They
+went to the island of Panay, to a port called Yloylo, with the design
+of building a fort there, in order to gain possession of those islands
+and to get the quantity of food that was stored for the relief of
+Terrenate. (whence the forts of Maluco are chiefly maintained), and
+at the same time to make themselves masters of the island. For, two
+years before, and during Don Juan de Silva's term, another Dutchman
+had arrived at that island at a Spanish town called Arevalo, burned
+it, seized its provisions, made quantities of dried beef at stock
+farms near there, and then returned, without any one having dared
+to fire a shot, although there was a captain there with two hundred
+soldiers. Then he made a pact with the natives of the country, by
+which they were to render him homage.
+
+Three or four days before the arrival of the enemy, the news reached
+the ears of Captain Don Diego de Quinones, who was there with about
+seventy soldiers. He resolved to die there or to prevent the enemy
+from following out his designs. As hastily as possible, he threw up
+a redoubt, or small fort of fascines, stakes, and gabions, which he
+filled in with earth. Then having assigned his men to their positions,
+he awaited the enemy's arrival. The Dutch arrived with their ten
+galleons and went to anchor within musket-shot of the small fort,
+which they began to bombard with their artillery, and with musketry
+to pick off those who showed themselves. But seeing that they were
+defending themselves, and that so great a multitude of balls could
+not dislodge them, they threw seven companies of infantry ashore,
+and assaulted the fort twice with the batteries which were free;
+but the infantry, getting the worst of it, had to retire. Don Diego,
+although shot through the thigh by a musket-ball, was encouraged;
+and had sent Captain Lazaro de Torres outside with forty soldiers to
+make an ambush. He pressed so heavily against the enemy that they had
+to embark hurriedly, leaving on the field and taking away many dead
+and badly wounded, while we suffered in dead and wounded twenty or
+a few more. Thereupon the enemy weighed anchor and left the port in
+great ignominy and sorrow. That feat of arms was of great importance
+as can be understood from the condition of the country and of the
+natives of that island and others near by. I cannot keep silent on
+one thing that happened through the fault of him who was governing,
+since my intention is to make your Majesty understand the state of
+that kingdom. The building of a fort in that port of Yloylo, and the
+sending there of six pieces of artillery and one engineer to Don Diego,
+had been discussed in Manila. But there was the utmost remissness
+and neglect in sending those pieces, for it was considered certain
+that if the enemy came he would manage to make himself master of the
+port. And although they could have been sent him one month before,
+they reached him one week after the opportunity was gone--when, if Don
+Diego had had them, he would have sunk half the enemy's fleet. Such
+injury is done by the remissness and neglect of him who governs.
+
+The enemy thought that they would make little from Don Diego, and
+consequently left that place, and went to anchor in the mouth of the
+bay of Manila. They reached an island which is situated in the middle
+of the entrance, called Marivelez, where a sentinel is always posted
+to give notice of the ships that come to the city. He made signals,
+and hence, as we had advices, their arrival was known. They anchored
+their vessels at both entrances, so that no ship could enter or leave
+without being seen. They captured a few provision-boats, and on some
+days they entered the bay with two or three ships to reconnoiter
+the port of Cabite, with the desire of having an extended view, and
+then returned. They had some communication with the Japanese, who,
+as arrogant and barbarous people, despised our fleet. Those people
+informed the Dutch that they had nothing to fear, for we were unable
+to prepare our fleet because of the lack of many things, so that they
+could be quite easy. Consequently they proceeded as would those who
+feared nothing.
+
+Licentiate Andres de Alcaraz was then senior auditor, and was
+exercising the duties of captain-general. At several councils of war,
+it was discussed whether it would be proper to prepare the fleet
+that was in port, in order to drive the enemy away. Most were of
+the opinion that the fleet should go out, founding their opinion on
+the ignominy and taunts that the enemy flung upon the Spaniards, the
+reputation that we would lose among so many nations who were watching
+us, the need of provisions that the enemy were making them endure,
+and the design of the latter to await the ships from China in order to
+enrich themselves from the merchandise that the Chinese were bringing
+to Manila. Those vessels were to come by April, and, besides the
+general danger of depriving the community of the necessities brought
+to it by the Chinese, many of the inhabitants were interested in the
+said ships. Although this last could be obviated by sending advices
+to China, the captain-general refused to do it, although he should
+have done so, because of the harm that might ensue to your Majesty's
+service, the common welfare, and the great harm that would result to
+the enemies. [42] For opportunity was given to the enemy to enrich
+themselves exceedingly with the spoils [of the Chinese], at the expense
+of the community; then, too, the Chinese were losing so much there by
+favor of their friends, since they would be ruined. The cause of that
+error was that, in that former year when the other Dutchman came with
+five vessels thinking to stay there until he pillaged the Chinese (for
+he bore instructions to that effect), advice was given the Chinese so
+that they should not come. They obeyed the advice and did not come,
+and as the enemy went away, the inhabitants conceived that they had
+signally erred, ruined the city, and deprived the royal treasury of
+the great sum that the duties on the merchandise brought by the Chinese
+would be worth. For that reason Alcaraz neglected to do that, although
+it was so desirable, whence so great injuries have resulted. When he
+who is governing heeds the murmurs that may be raised against him,
+and consequently neglects to take the measures that are advisable
+and to which he is obliged, such troubles generally follow.
+
+Returning to the case [under consideration], almost all the city urged
+the preparation of the fleet, and it even came to such a pass that
+injunctions and protests were served on him by means of the entire
+ecclesiastical estate. Innumerable difficulties were represented
+to Licentiate Alcaraz: one that there were many repairs to make in
+the fleet, which had come in quite bad shape; that it even lacked
+considerable of its sails and rigging, and what was left was rotten;
+that, as no ship had come from Nueva Espana that year, the royal
+treasury was considerably in debt, and had no money with which to
+prepare the fleet; that for the same reason the citizens could not
+possibly loan what was needed; that most of the artillery was under
+suspicion, and it was necessary to recast it; and, above all, that if
+it did not succeed well the entire kingdom was about to be endangered.
+
+While affairs were in that perplexity and confusion, the vessels that
+had gone out laden with the goods of the kingdom returned to port;
+for, as they had sailed late, they could not make the voyage. That
+is a matter that is never remedied, although by its neglect the
+people are so heavily punished. They had some artillery, more than
+one hundred and fifty sailors, and many passengers. That was very
+important, and it was a fine piece of luck that the enemy did not
+know it, for it would have been easy to capture them; for one of
+those vessels had discharged its cargo about twenty leguas from the
+enemy and transfered its goods overland to the city. The other went
+to a port at a distance from there, at an island called Cibuian.
+
+At this same time, the Mindanaos who had remained with the other
+squadron of caracoas came to the coast of Manila, to a village called
+Balayan. The Mindanaos landed, and the inhabitants fled. They set fire
+to the village and to more than one thousand quintals of your Majesty's
+rigging, through the fault and neglect of him who was governing. For
+although the master-of camp, Don Juan Ronquillo, had advised them--on
+account of the news that had come that the Mindanaos had burned the
+shipyard, and were pillaging--that fifty soldiers be sent to Balayan
+for its defense, and because the alcalde-mayor had sent to request it,
+they did not do so, but postponed it from day to day; and consequently
+the enemy was able to destroy that place. But as the inhabitants
+were warned, as soon as they saw the Mindanaos coming, they had a
+chance to get into the place of safety that was being prepared for
+them. Our Lord ordained that, although they set fire to the rigging,
+little of it was burned; for God kept it for the preparation of the
+fleet, without which that would have been impossible.
+
+At the news of the coming of the Mindanaos, two galleys were sent
+under one commander, in order to prevent the junction of the Moros
+with the Dutch, and to try to scatter them. Although the Mindanaos
+had thirty-five caracoas, that would have been done without any
+danger, as caracoas are vessels which can be sunk with only the
+oar of a galley. He went out to look for the Mindanaos; and as he
+left by night, because of the proximity of the Dutch, he was not
+perceived, and found the Mindanaos in the best position that could be
+desired. The Mindanaos were intent on, and desirous of, gaining honor,
+for they were stationed with all their fleet within a river called
+Baco in the island of Mindoro. The galleys having been stationed at
+the mouth of the river, it was impossible for even a single caracoa
+to escape. Consequently when the enemy learned that the galleys were
+there, they were disturbed, and let go their prize, and begged the
+captives to intercede for them. They were determined, on seeing the
+galleys, to desert their caracoas, and to go inland into the forests,
+where not one would have escaped. But the courage to undertake the
+most glorious enterprise (and one of importance for all the kingdom)
+that could be offered was lacking; and, turning about, the galleys
+went to another island, under pretense that there was a heavy wind,
+and that they did not dare enter until it ceased, in order not to run
+the risk of losing a galley. However that withdrawal was not without
+profit, for they met one of the ships that had sailed for Nueva Espana
+from Manila, which was coming back to port; and had the latter not been
+warned it would have fallen into the hands of the Dutch, being ignorant
+that they were at the mouth of the bay. Thereupon, although the wind
+ceased at midnight, the galleys did not return until the afternoon of
+next day, and were told that, just as soon as the enemy heard that they
+were gone, they had very joyfully taken flight toward their country,
+and with so great fear, that they did not even wait for one another.
+
+One would believe that our Lord was doing everything necessary for
+the preparation of the fleet in order to encourage them; for at the
+same time came news that the two ships despatched that year from Nueva
+Espana with the goods of the city and the reenforcements sent by the
+viceroy both in money and in men for Maluco, had been forced to put
+in at Japon in July because of the vendavals; and that the almiranta
+had been wrecked, although the goods and men had been saved. Having
+awaited favorable weather there, the commander (one Don Francisco de
+Serna) had come, and had arrived on the coast of Pangasinan, twenty
+leguas from where the Dutch were stationed. Being warned of the
+Dutch, the commander put into a port there, and with the help of the
+alcalde-mayor of that province they discharged the ship, removed the
+artillery, and fortified themselves with two hundred soldiers of the
+vessel, so that they could defend themselves if the Dutch heard of
+them. As quickly as possible they carried the silver and everything
+else to the city. The enemy were advised of it, but at a time when
+everything was safe except the ship, which our men had to set afire,
+so that the enemy could not take it.
+
+God was encouraging them in this way, and ordaining what was
+to be done; they appointed Master-of-camp Don Juan Ronquillo as
+commander, and he went immediately to the port to make effective
+the equipment of six galleons, for the others could not be made
+ready. Trustworthy persons were despatched in order that they might
+send what was necessary from the islands. In another direction,
+tests of the artillery were begun, and what burst was recast; and
+it all proved satisfactory, so that no piece turned out badly. All
+were encouraged--he who had means, to give what was needed, and all
+to go out to fight the enemy. The enemy, seeing that the season for
+the coming of the Chinese merchants had arrived, left the mouth of
+the bay, and went twenty leguas away to a port called Playa Honda,
+where all the Chinese ships come to make land, and where the other
+Dutchman who surrendered to Juan de Silva was pillaging in the year
+1610. Thereupon, since the entrance of the bay was unoccupied, they
+sent for the almiranta, which had put in and had been unladed. It was
+brought to port, laden with the food that had been collected there for
+the purpose of being brought by the said ship if the enemy gave any
+opportunity for it, as they did. Everything resulted as we desired. The
+ship carried thirty pieces of artillery, with which they managed to
+equip it, for it did not have to be repaired. Seven galleons were made
+ready for sailing, and even the one that carried the least artillery
+numbered thirty large bronze pieces. Then captains and commanders were
+appointed for the galleons, and each of the commanders was given the
+duty of directing and conveying the soldiers and inhabitants who were
+inclined to go with him; whereat each one labored to caress and attract
+not only his friends, but others also. The commanders were as follows:
+of the galleon "San Juan Bautista," Admiral Pedro de Heredia; of the
+galleon "San Miguel," Admiral Rodrigo de Vilastigui; of "San Felipe,"
+Captain Sebastian de Madrid; of "Nuestra Senora de Guadalupe," Captain
+Juan Bautista de Molina; of "San Lorenco," Captain Azevedo; and command
+of the galleon "San Marcos"--which was called the almiranta, as it
+had been with Don Juan de Silva in the expedition which he made to
+Malaca--was given to Don Juan de la Vega, son of Doctor Vega, auditor
+of the royal Audiencia. There were many disputes over his appointment
+as admiral, for many of the commanders to whom it was due claimed it,
+especially Don Diego Quinones, who had been brought from Oton for that
+purpose, although he had not recovered from his musket-wound; also
+Hernando Munoz de Aramburo (who had come as admiral of the caravels),
+and Francisco de la Serna--who had gone as commander of the ships,
+and at the restoration of the country was a very great soldier, who,
+with twenty gentlemen, served in that expedition at his own cost. Also
+for certain reasons, which I can not well recount, those captains
+were at odds, a mistake that caused much regret later, when there
+was no remedy. It is certain that no one would have escaped who would
+carry news of the enemy. Yet, so that it might not appear that they
+were shunning the opportunity, they offered their persons. Aramburu
+went as associate of the commander, being skilful in war. Don Diego
+was given a galley and the title of _quatralvo_. [43] Don Alonso
+Enriquez took another galley, with the title of commander [_general_];
+Don Pedro de Almazan, another. The galleon "Salvador" was flagship,
+the best and largest galleon ever seen in the sea. It carried fifty
+large pieces of artillery, many of them of twenty-five and thirty
+libras' caliber, but most of them of eighteen. The fleet left port
+on the eighth of April, in pursuit of the enemy. That afternoon,
+which was Saturday, it anchored at the mouth of the bay in order
+to ascertain the location of the enemy. They had heard already that
+the enemy had plundered many Chinese and had filled their ships with
+great riches. It was ascertained from a spy, who was the one who sent
+advices of what the enemy was doing, that two ships were six leguas
+from there, and the rest at Playa Honda. That report was false, and
+was the reason why the most fortunate victory that could be desired
+was not obtained without bloodshed, and without any one escaping, as
+will be seen in this relation. On receiving this news the commander
+began to trim his sails, in order to reach the two ships by dawn. But
+finding nothing, he passed on to Playa Honda, where he arrived late,
+more than two hours after the sun had risen. Had the spy not deceived
+them, they would have reached the four of the enemy's ships at dawn,
+and the commander with most of his men could have slept on shore,
+entertaining guests with the booty that had fallen into his hands. But
+when they sighted our fleet, they were able to get aboard their vessels
+and to join the other two, which were coming with two more very rich
+Chinese prize ships. They spread their sails and went away together,
+and the fleets did no more that day than to watch one another,
+but our fleet always kept very close to, and did not lose sight of,
+the enemy. Next morning, Friday, our fleet came up scattered, either
+because of their inability to follow the flagship, or through the
+fault of the pilots. What is the most certain thing is that faults
+are not investigated in the islands, nor are they punished. Because
+there was no almiranta to collect the vessels, the flagship, the
+"San Miguel," and the "San Juan Bautista" were very near the enemy,
+while the others were more than three leguas to leeward. The
+enemy tried to improve the opportunity, and determined to grapple
+our flagship with all their fleet, which they had carefully
+collected--thinking that if it surrendered the war would be ended;
+for they thought that ship alone carried force, and that the others
+could only be carrying the pretense of it. The enemy worked to get
+to windward of our fleet, and our flagship, which was an excellent
+sailer, did the same; but on tacking, the latter threw a rope to the
+galley of Don Alonso Enriquez and towed it a short distance. That
+allowed the enemy time to get to windward, and they came down upon
+our fleet to attack it in the following order: their flagship came
+first and then the other vessels, the bow of one right against the
+stern of the other. Although they could have raked the "San Juan
+Bautista," which was astern of the flagship, or have borne down upon
+the "San Miguel," which lay to leeward, they cared only to defeat the
+flagship. Since our ships could not get to windward, they passed it
+very closely, each ship raking it. But our flagship was not asleep,
+and kept replying in such a way that, although the enemy's vessels
+came so close together, so great haste was made that it gave each
+ship a full broadside volley from that side, namely with twenty-five
+pieces. With that they were so crippled that they did not dare return
+the fire, and so gained nothing. That night the enemy held a council
+of war, as some prisoners reported. All advised flight, as they had
+been surprised by our flagship. But their commander assured them
+that there was nothing to fear, and that the flagship had all the
+force, and he dared to defeat it. Don Juan Ronquillo collected his
+fleet that night and sent an order by the galley of Don Diego de
+Quinones for each vessel to grapple with the one that fell to its
+lot, and for the "San Lorenco" to act as a reserve in order to help
+the most needy. Next morning, Saturday, April 15, our fleet bore
+down upon the enemy and succeeded in getting to windward of it. Don
+Diego de Quinones went with his galley to tell the commander that he
+was waiting to attack the enemy. The commander gave the same order,
+and also to leave the enemy's flagship for him. Invoking our Lady of
+the most pure Conception, whom they had taken as patroness of that
+undertaking on their departure, they attacked the enemy. The Dutch
+were confident, when they were aware of the dash of the Spaniards,
+that our men would board their ships when they grappled. Accordingly
+they prepared for it by so many stratagems that all who boarded would
+be killed; but Don Juan Ronquillo, taking precautions against that,
+issued an order for no one to board until the galleon with which he
+was fighting had surrendered. That order was obeyed; and our flagship
+grappled its adversary, and although almost all the latter's crew
+were killed it refused to surrender. Finally it was reduced to such
+a condition that it began to roll violently, a sign that it was
+sinking, whereupon our flagship drew apart from it, and it went to
+the bottom. The commander and several who were left alive got into
+their small boat and escaped. It was said that the ship contained
+great wealth that had been pillaged along the coast of India, and the
+best that they had pillaged from the Chinese. That galleon was called
+"Sol Nuevo de Olanda" [_i.e._, "New Sun of Holland"], and it set very
+wretchedly for them that day. Captain Juan Bautista de Molina was
+the first to grapple another galleon, and the galley of Don Diego
+went to his aid. It had already surrendered, and the Dutch had been
+made prisoners, when another galleon, all on fire, bore down upon two
+galleons with which Rodrigo de Guillastegui had fought. It set fire to
+one of them, and it bore down ablaze upon the one defeated by Captain
+Molina, so that he was forced to ungrapple. Those two burning vessels
+bore down upon that of the Dutch admiral, with whom Pedro de Heredia
+had grappled, and whom he had already defeated and most of whose crew
+he had killed. When he saw the two burning galleons bearing down
+upon them, they threw off the grapples and separated. Consequently
+the admiral had opportunity to escape, but in so bad a condition that
+his vessel sank next day, according to the report of some Indians and
+Chinese who saw it. Captain Sebastian de Madrid, on going to grapple
+with another galleon, was killed by a musket-ball; and when his
+vessel was about to grapple, Don Juan de la Vega, with the galleon
+"San Marcos," came between. Those aboard the "San Felipe" thought
+that he would grapple, but he made for the open sea, whereupon they on
+seeing it went after him. Captain Azevedo grappled the other galleon,
+and after fighting gallantly, the grapples were thrown off, whereupon
+both Dutch galleons took the opportunity to escape. That battle was
+the most bloody ever seen, for all had come with the determination to
+die rather than surrender, and they did so. "San Felipe," "San Juan
+Bautista," and "San Marcos" went in pursuit of the three galleons of
+the enemy; but since flight has so many advantages to the one escaping,
+the enemy threw overboard all their cargo into that sea, and, their
+sails being wet, the sea became narrow for them, notwithstanding it
+was so wide; and when dark night came, they changed their route and
+our ships lost sight of them. Thereupon the "San Juan Bautista," the
+"San Felipe," and the "San Marcos" changed their course, and returned
+two days later for the evil result that disturbed that victory.
+
+The commander determined to return to Manila, for their drinking-water
+was gone, and the galleon "San Miguel" was leaking badly, and they were
+unable to overcome the leak at the pumps, while the galleon of Pedro de
+Heredia arrived at the mouth of the bay in very bad condition. Next day
+two other galleons belonging to the enemy, which had not been present
+during the battle, reached the place where it had been fought. They had
+a Japanese prize-ship, laden with flour. Ignorant of the past event,
+they spied the "San Marcos" coming. One of them went to reconnoiter
+the latter, and upon seeing that it was our vessel went to advise its
+companion. Both bore down upon our vessel, whereupon it turned its
+course to the shore. For reasons known to its commander--and I think
+because he was mainly influenced by cowardly advisers--the ship was
+run aground and burned, so near the enemy that the latter flung at
+them innumerable insults. The largest galleon of the fleet, next to
+the flagship, was lost. It had thirty-six large pieces of artillery,
+most of which have been taken out of it. The commander was arrested,
+as well as his associates Captains Pedro de Ermura and Salvador de
+Onate. The most notable thing is that that galleon was lost on the
+very day of St. Mark, by whose intercession Don Juan de Silva had
+obtained the last victory.
+
+Don Juan Ronquillo heard of the disaster of Don Juan de la Vega, and
+set out in pursuit of the enemy. He was unable, however, to overtake
+them, for a Dutch lad aboard the "San Marcos" escaped by swimming and
+went to the enemy, to whom he related what was happening. Thereupon
+the Dutch returned to Japon, laden with spoils.
+
+Some have doubted whether the enemy had ten galleons, since only
+six fought, besides the two above mentioned, [and ask] what became
+of them. I answer that doubt by saying that one fled on the day of
+battle, and refused to fight, for which reason its captain was hanged
+at Maluco. The Dutch commander sent the other vessel back with the
+wounded and some sick men, as soon as the engagement with Don Diego de
+Quinones had happened, chiefly because that galleon was leaking badly.
+
+Captain Molina carried a carved image of our Lady in the galleon
+"Nuestra Senora de Guadalupe." It was kept in a little wooden
+tabernacle. An eighteen-libra ball entered one of the ports, struck the
+tabernacle of the image, and knocked it into a thousand splinters. I
+saw the latter and the ball with my own eyes. But the image remained
+on its base, and not a hair of it was touched, which was obviously
+a miracle.
+
+Pedro de Heredia was carrying another picture of our Lady, painted
+on a board beside a crucifix, on the galleon "San Bautista." Another
+ball of twelve libras entered and struck it on the breast, without
+doing it other harm than that the gold with which the drapery had
+been made stuck to the ball, which fell there at her feet, while the
+board was unbroken. I certify to that, for I saw it.
+
+An artilleryman went below decks to apply fire to a piece with which
+he had fired several shots. He applied the fire to it three times,
+although on similar occasions it was wont to catch without that, but
+it would not go off. The artilleryman was surprised and approaching to
+ascertain what was the matter found the piece open. Had it taken fire,
+it would have caused a very great disaster, and perhaps have burned
+the ship. Whence one could clearly see that the Virgin, our Lady,
+was not slothful on that occasion. Neither was the city of Manila
+slothful, for they carried our Lady of Guidance, which is outside
+the walls, in solemn procession to the cathedral, whose advocacy is
+of the immaculate conception; and all the people confessed and took
+communion. Having exposed the most holy sacrament, all accompanied it
+during all those days, making many prayers to God and to His blessed
+mother, which were also answered. May He be blessed forever. Amen.
+
+
+
+
+
+Part Second, Which Treats of the Importance of the Filipinas and of
+the Means for Preserving Them
+
+
+
+Chapter I. Of the importance to your Majesty of preserving that
+country.
+
+
+For many reasons, which those who do not possess thorough information
+in regard to the Filipinas ignore, but which show how important
+to your Majesty is the preservation and increase of those islands,
+I shall insert them here as clearly as possible.
+
+The first is the increase and extension of the holy gospel and the
+glory and honor of God, which is so incumbent upon your Majesty--in
+the first place, because your Majesty has inherited from your blessed
+father and glorious ancestors this pious and holy zeal for spreading
+and extending the holy Catholic faith, by reason of which your Majesty
+enjoys the wealth of the Indias; in the second place, because it
+is so suitable to the greatness of your Majesty's sovereignty and
+your reputation. For to leave this work when begun would be a great
+scandal before the world, and the occasion of much complaint to all
+its nations--and especially to the heretics, who would say that your
+Majesty was influenced not by the glory of God, nor the preservation
+of the Indias, but by private interest, since where you had not that
+you allowed Christianity to perish.
+
+The second concerns the peace of your royal conscience, if you should
+not preserve those islands while possible.
+
+The third is for causes of state; for it would amount to giving your
+enemies arms and forces against your Majesty, and encourage others
+to the same enmity who are envious of your Majesty's greatness. It
+may well be inferred that since the enemy are attempting this with
+so great expense and labors, they have understood its importance to
+themselves. The possibility of this can be easily understood, for they
+could not persevere so long with their own forces only, if they were
+not privily incited by the secret enemies of your Majesty, and those
+who are envious and fearful of your greatness--who clearly recognize
+that, if they could possess that archipelago without opposition,
+it would be worth more to them than eight millions clear (as I will
+demonstrate to whomsoever may be curious or may desire to know it),
+through the profit which they can make in spices, drugs, and the
+trade with Great China, Japon, and the neighboring countries.
+
+The fourth is, because straightway the whole of Portuguese India
+would be infallibly lost; and, if it is not lost, it is because we
+so harass the enemy from Filipinas that they need all their forces
+in order not to lose what they hold.
+
+The fifth is the knowledge (as is evident) of the immense wealth which
+lies in the Filipinas, as I shall explain further in this treatise,
+and which hitherto has been unrecognized.
+
+The sixth would be the loss of the most convenient and important
+post which your Majesty holds in all his kingdoms, not only for the
+extension of the holy gospel in so many kingdoms of idol-worshipers who
+are capable of receiving it, but, as these are in the neighborhood of
+the Filipinas, the hope, consequently, of enjoying the immense wealth
+which they possess through their trade and commerce--not to mention
+the risk which is incurred by the Western Indias through the South Sea.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter II. Wherein those are answered who believe that the Filipinas
+should be abandoned, or traded to the crown of Portugal for Brazil.
+
+
+The lack of knowledge regarding the Filipinas and the gains which may
+be obtained with them has been the cause for many of the servants of
+your Majesty, and other prominent persons, having a poor opinion of
+them. Accordingly it has seemed to such persons more expedient to be
+rid of those islands, and to others that they should be exchanged
+with the crown of Portugal for Brazil. All the reasons which they
+give for this may be reduced to five: The first is that there is
+a drain upon your Majesty's royal patrimony for their maintenance,
+and you derive no profit. The second is to avoid the flow, through
+that method of maintaining them, of silver from Nueva Espana to Great
+China, by cutting off commerce with the latter country. The third
+is on account of the troops that are there consumed. The fourth is
+that since your Majesty is in such straits it is expedient to attend
+first to the relief most necessary, which is that of affairs here;
+and since you cannot attend to all, it is compulsory to abandon that
+country. Finally, your Majesty's dominions are widely separated,
+and cannot be preserved except by withdrawing from those which
+are least necessary, for power united is the stronger. Or it is
+argued that, even though it be expedient to maintain the Filipinas,
+the commerce should be changed from Nueva Espana to these kingdoms,
+and ships should be sent from the city of Sevilla to the Filipinas,
+as is done from Portugal to eastern India; and that for this trade
+the ships should be laden with merchandise from this country [_i.e._,
+Espana], and in exchange for that should bring back the wealth of
+Great China and those regions.
+
+In answer to the first, your Majesty expends much in the preservation
+of that country, it is true; but the objectors do not consider
+that those expenditures which are made are not for the purpose of
+preserving the Filipinas--at least since Don Pedro de Acuna, your
+governor, won the islands of Maluco, where cloves are obtained; for
+since that time the expense has been to maintain the war against the
+Dutch, who have been fortifying and making themselves masters there,
+and because we did not understand here, in the beginning and later,
+how important it would be to spend what was necessary to drive them
+out once for all, and to secure those regions. This has been the
+cause of spending so much in reenforcements, which have not served,
+and do not serve, more than to keep the forts which your Majesty
+holds in the islands of Terrenate and Tidore, and the friendship
+of the king of Tidore; and this is the cause of the expenses which
+your Majesty makes in the Filipinas, while the Dutch are taking away
+almost all the profits--although it is true that, if your Majesty had
+had ministers there zealous in your service, you might have obtained
+profit enough to maintain those forts without drawing upon your royal
+exchequer. The same thing could be done at any time when you wish, but
+the means for this are not at hand, and accordingly I defer them. If
+your Majesty should wish to know them, I will inform you of them. From
+this it may be concluded that the Filipinas are not the cause of
+these expenditures; and those which were made there before that time
+(as will be explained later, by themselves) exceeded the support with
+which your Majesty maintained the islands. This was done by the kings,
+your Majesty's father and grandfather, for two reasons: in the first
+place, by their aiming at the glory of God and the spread of His
+holy gospel, since they enjoyed the title of patrons of the church,
+upon whom it would seem this obligation rests; in the second place,
+on account of the favorable situation of that post for obtaining from
+it more wealth than from all the rest of the Indias--and if this has
+not hitherto been enjoyed the blame is not upon the country, but, for
+reasons which cannot be here set down, upon those who have governed it.
+
+To the second reason--that, as they say, much silver passes to the
+Filipinas and does not come to Espana--it may be answered that the
+fact is that, to obviate this difficulty, your Majesty has ordered that
+the citizens of the Filipinas Islands, in order to support themselves,
+be permitted, in return for the merchandise which they send to Nueva
+Espana, to have sent back to them 500U [_i.e._, 500,000] pesos of eight
+reals; and in the course of this, it is said, a much greater quantity
+passes. As it is an easy thing to increase the zeros in an account,
+in this manner they have increased it more than double and triple,
+basing their figures on what was written to this court by an auditor
+of the Filipinas, who was alleging services so that favors might be
+granted to him. He said that when he was going from Nueva Espana as
+commander, and the capitana in which he sailed was wrecked, he had
+placed the commercial silver in a place of safety, and there were three
+millions of it. The truth is that he exaggerated this to enhance the
+value of his service, increasing the sum by more than half; for from
+us, who were there, this matter could not be concealed, and there
+has never passed so much silver as in that year. If this service was
+placed at such figures, it deserved a heavy punishment, and not the
+reward which he seeks. Since that time it is true that as much more
+passes, to Filipinas, by the permission which your Majesty gives. The
+causes of this excess are two. In the first place, the necessity of
+the citizens, who are unable to support themselves with so small a
+quantity, or to gain profit in trade; since, if there are no more than
+five hundred [thousand pesos] they need all which is sent them for
+their living alone. Accordingly, even at a great cost to themselves,
+they seek means to get profits from their property. The limitation of
+this permission entails a difficulty which I have mentioned; for in
+the first place measures must be taken to enrich them, since it is
+of so great importance to kings that their subjects should be rich,
+while the poverty of the latter causes such diminution of their
+power. If this reason holds in all the kingdoms of your Majesty,
+it does so much more in that one which is so distant, where, when
+necessary, they lend to the royal treasury on occasions of need--as
+they did last year to Don Alonso Faxardo de Tenca, your governor,
+whom they lent 200U ducados to lead an army against the Dutch, and
+likewise their slaves to man four galleys. They have done this same
+thing on other occasions, and expose their persons in war and lose
+their lives, as many of the best men of that city have done--their
+misfortune lying in this, that they were so far distant from the royal
+eyes of your Majesty, wherefore their services are not conspicuous.
+
+In the second place, there is the greediness of the merchants from
+Mexico, to whom the greater part of this silver which passes to the
+Filipinas belongs; if this could be remedied, the difficulty of so
+much outflow of silver as is reported would be obviated. But the
+remedy is not to send thither judges and guards who are not to allow
+it to pass; for on the contrary, as our experience shows, they go
+to enrich themselves by the salaries which your Majesty gives them,
+and the profit which they there make. For in all countries ill-gained
+wealth is thus christened. The silver which goes there is of no less
+value to the royal exchequer than that which comes here, since the
+investment of it pays no fewer duties, but more; and at least it
+comes finally into the hands of our friends, and is not like that
+which comes to Espana--which for the most part is enjoyed by the
+enemies of your Majesty; and the fleets go more heavily laden with
+the enemy's property than with that of your vassals.
+
+The merchants of Sevilla complain that the trade with China has been
+destroyed by the Indias, but they do not understand the cause of its
+ruin. The Marquis de Montesclaros, who governed Nueva Espana and Piru,
+and understood this matter very well (as he did many things), wrote
+your Majesty a letter from the Indias, which is in your royal Council,
+where he says with clear and evident arguments: "But what strikes
+me is, that as the commonest and most universal means of working
+the mines is quicksilver, this loss is caused by giving that metal
+at so high a price to the miners. For in the first place, as most
+of them are poor, they cannot buy it, and therefore a great deal of
+metal is left unworked; and in the second place, because those who
+are able to buy it cannot work poor mines (for they would be ruined
+thereby), and as the greater part of those in the Indias are of this
+kind, double the amount of silver [obtained] is left unmined. If your
+Majesty would order the quicksilver to be given at cost and expenses,
+it would be of incomparably more profit than today; and the Indias
+would be in a better condition, more merchandise would be bought,
+the duties would increase, and the merchants would not feel the want
+of the silver which goes to the Filipinas--as they did not feel it
+in times past, although there came much more merchandise from there
+than at present. I would that there were so great an abundance of
+quicksilver in the Indias, and so cheap, that it could be bought,
+not only by the miners, but by other Spaniards and Indians, who would
+then have so much silver that their complaints would cease."
+
+If the trade were transferred to Espana, those who say that the
+merchandise from this country would be carried to Filipinas, to be
+exchanged for the goods of that country, are not aware that in those
+regions there is no one to use Spanish goods except the Spaniards,
+who with four pipas of wine, and other wares of little importance,
+would be quite sufficiently supplied; and that, if this were so, the
+Portuguese and Dutch would take the merchandise away, for nothing
+escapes their notice. Both of these take silver, and whatever else
+they take is of small importance; so that it would soon be necessary,
+in order to maintain the trade, to carry silver from Espana and risk
+it again. It is less trouble to carry it from the Indias, beside the
+incomparably greater risk from the sea and from enemies [by the other
+route]; and Nueva Espana would be ruined.
+
+To the third reason, in which they say that many troops are used up,
+I would say that it is true that there go each year sometimes two
+hundred men, and other years less, and again none at all; and of
+these more die from their excesses than from the war, and they do not
+count those who return and go through India and other regions. If
+those islands were to be abandoned on account of this difficulty,
+the same reason holds in Flandes and Italia, which use up more men
+in one campaign than do the Filipinas in twenty years.
+
+To the fourth, that because your Majesty is so hard pressed he needs
+must attend to matters here, etc., we could say that it is in no wise
+expedient that your Majesty should abandon that country, on account
+of the dependence of all the Indias upon it; because if the Dutch
+possessed themselves of that archipelago (which they are attempting
+to do), they would draw from it resources sufficient to destroy the
+Indias--not only by the power which they have, but also through the
+opportunity of keeping an open port in those regions where your Majesty
+could not defend himself without spending much more than the profits of
+the Indias. For that reason it is necessary to preserve that country,
+as well as all the rest; for your Majesty is under expense for the
+same reason in preserving Habana, Puerto Rico, Santo Domingo, Jamayca,
+Florida, and the whole continent, without securing profit, merely on
+account of the damage which enemies could inflict upon the Indias. Not
+alone for this reason are the Filipinas important to your Majesty,
+but for another of no less consequence, and which these countries do
+not have, namely, the great profits which can be drawn from them.
+
+To the fifth I say that although this maxim, that united forces are
+stronger, is usually true, yet there are occasions when this union
+consists not alone in compressing them, but in conserving the parts
+of which the whole is composed, although these are distant from one
+another, as are those which your Majesty possesses in his monarchy. At
+first, when the Filipinas were discovered, this might have been done
+without any harm while that country was new and strange, unknown to
+the nations of Europe, uncultivated and in disorder. No one desired
+it until Filipo Second of blessed memory brought it to notice; and
+at that time, even if it had been abandoned, there was no one who
+coveted it; but now that the great wealth contained in it is well
+known, all are desirous of it, and are trying to take it from your
+Majesty, so that they may thereby carry on their war. This was well
+considered by the exceedingly prudent grandfather of your Majesty;
+for he considered not only the service which he was doing to our Lord
+God, by spreading His Catholic faith and bringing so many souls to
+recognize Him, but likewise that, at the rate at which it was growing,
+it would increase for his posterity with greater magnificence. He told
+those who were persuading him to abandon it that, if the silver of the
+Indias was not enough, he would send what was needed from Espana. For
+if your Majesty possesses the Indias with so honorable a warrant as
+that of the Catholic church for the purpose of converting souls, and
+there has been and is being taken so much wealth from the Indias,
+where your reputation and royal conscience are to such an extent
+engaged, what reason can be so pressing that you should not attempt
+with great care and energy the preservation of that country, where
+the obligation of your Majesty is so pressing? And what excuse would
+your Majesty have before the Divine Majesty for not aiding it in time,
+if for this reason so many millions of souls should retrograde from
+the faith? Then, too, consider the great multitude who, it is hoped,
+will come to the knowledge of the true God, in whose hand, as David
+says: _Domini est terra, et plenitudo eius, orbis terrarum, et omnes
+qui habitant in eo_. [44] Who but He gives kingdoms and monarchies? for
+how could He be under greater obligation--if there is any way in which
+to oblige Him from whom nothing is due--than to procure His own greater
+honor and glory in the salvation of souls, which cost him so much? For
+these services are paid for, both here and in heaven, bountifully,
+and the holy Scriptures are full of examples to this effect. How many
+blessings did He shower upon Obededon for preserving the ark of the
+testament, and what favors has the most fortunate house of Austria
+[45] received from His hand, which was presaged in that manna which
+was once sent! God is very generous, and knows well how to further the
+affairs of him who charges himself with His; but as for those who,
+on the contrary, put temporal good before His service, what success
+can they hope in this? I might well cite many examples which I do not,
+that I may not pass the bounds of my memoir.
+
+Although some give as an example the king of Great China, who abandoned
+many kingdoms of which he was the lord in order to preserve his own,
+this is not suited to your Majesty's position; for Great China is
+very extensive and holds as many people as eight Espanas, and its
+king has one hundred and fifty millions of revenue, or even more,
+and is made thoroughly secure by nature and art. What he abandoned,
+moreover, was not taken from him, nor was there any risk of putting
+himself in a position to make enemies--although where these reasons
+are present, those who advised this are right.
+
+
+
+Chapter III. How the city of Manila at present bears the burden of
+all this structure.
+
+
+I have already explained how the city of Manila is like the center of
+a circle, whose circumference includes all the kingdoms mentioned. It
+remains to explain how it maintains this structure and bears the
+whole burden of it.
+
+In the first place, it maintains the war of Maluco and feeds it with
+troops, supplies, and munitions continually, a thing which Portuguese
+India could not do. I argue the matter thus, that I may not seem to
+be actuated only by affection for my own country, instead of making a
+just estimate. It must be considered that people cannot go to Maluco
+from India more than once a year, on account of the weather; this is
+well known to all those who sail on those seas. From Manila the voyage
+can be made almost the whole year; whence it follows that Maluco could
+not be reenforced so conveniently [if the Filipinas were abandoned],
+especially in cases of great need.
+
+_Item_: They cannot so well send news [to India as to Manila], or
+receive advices, of the difficulties in which they find themselves,
+in order to seek aid; for they are very far away and there is no
+favorable weather except during a certain monsoon of the year in
+order to go to India, and still less to come from there.
+
+_Item_: On account of the lack of available funds in India, for it is
+well known that that country is quite exhausted; and news is coming
+continually to Manila from, Maluco, for information comes and aid is
+sent in a fortnight or less. Likewise on account of the abundance
+[in Filipinas] of provisions and other necessary things with which
+your Majesty provides them.
+
+_Item_: Because, beside the garrisons of troops which your Majesty
+has in Maluco, you have ships of war which molest the enemies. It is
+necessary, for the profit that they obtain, that they should not buy
+[46] cheaply, since they have to maintain, for the safety of the trade,
+a number of fortresses and armed ships on account of the Spaniards
+of the Filipinas; but, if the latter were not there, there would be
+no enemy to cause them anxiety, nor occasion for expense.
+
+_Item_: Because the trade from Manila with Great China prevents the
+Chinese from trading freely with the Dutch; but if they could do so,
+it would induce the former to drain from their country great quantities
+of merchandise, in order to satisfy their greed.
+
+_Item_: The check and apprehension which is imposed on the enemy lest
+they extend their navigation farther, for fear of encountering our
+people; accordingly they do not sail on those seas excepting with
+great caution.
+
+_Item_: In the city of Manila is a concourse and traffic between
+many nations, by whom it is supported--which proves how important it
+is to maintain it for the greatness and reputation of your Majesty,
+with all those nations and with all the world. For they see with how
+few vassals you subject and make so many nations tremble, with the
+aid of God, who protects them surrounded by so many enemies as you
+have, even within the gates; and yet they live in as much security,
+but not heedlessness, as if there were no enemy.
+
+
+
+Chapter IV. Explains the error which is generally prevalent that
+the money for the reenforcements which your Majesty sends to the
+Filipinas, and other things, is spent for their maintenance; and of
+the resources which they possess available (if it were not for Maluco)
+for their own maintenance.
+
+
+Since your Majesty sent an order and command to Don Pedro de Acuna to
+go with a force of troops to recover Maluco, which the Portuguese had
+lost, all the reenforcements of money, troops, and munitions which
+have since been raised here are spent in maintaining the forts of
+Maluco; and the great quantity that Don Juan de Silva expended was
+in the expeditions which he made. Not only has this been spent, but
+Manila and all the islands are today almost ruined because of this,
+besides the embarrassment in which that placed your royal treasury,
+so that if it had to pay what is due to the Indians, excluding what it
+owes the citizens, that would be more than two millions.  If it had
+not these calls upon its revenues, there would be enough to maintain
+it without your Majesty expending any more than the profits which he
+obtains from the islands, as may be seen by what follows, which is
+copied from the royal books of the royal accountancy with all fidelity.
+
+
+                                                                  Pesos
+
+There are assigned to the royal crown tributes amounting to
+36U516 and a half, of which 28U483 and a half of 8 reals
+are collected. The rest, amounting to 5U033 of 10 reals,
+which is the province of Ylocos, amounts to                      39U807
+
+There are in all the islands 130U939 tributarios in
+encomiendas, and those under the crown pay your Majesty two
+reals of income                                                  32U734
+
+The tenths of gold are worth                                      2U000
+
+The tenths on herds of cattle                                     2U500
+
+The customs duties from the Chinese at six per cent on
+merchandise                                                      80U000
+
+Licenses imposed by Don Juan de Silva on every Chinaman who
+remains in the country, at 8 pesos                               80U000
+
+Duties on cloth belonging to citizens, which is brought in
+the ships from Mexico.                                            2U500
+
+Customs duties on ships that go to Mexico sent by citizens
+of Manila, at three per cent of the merchandise                  12U000
+
+Other items, 4U pesos                                             4U000
+
+Total amount                                                    255U541
+
+
+In this way your Majesty has, from year to year, a little more or
+less than two hundred and fifty thousand reals of eight, and in this
+there are included neither the freight charges of the ships which go
+to Nueva Espana, amounting to more than 30U pesos, nor the twelve per
+cent paid there on the merchandise which is sent, because this enters
+into the royal treasury of Mexico. The expenses which your Majesty
+has in these islands are not so great that, if it were not necessary
+to furnish support for the war in Maluco with the Dutch, there would
+not be rather some surplus than a deficit; and you could well maintain
+four galleons and six galleys for its protection and defense.
+
+
+
+Chapter V. That your Majesty possesses in the Filipinas enormous
+wealth, even with the little effort made to realize it.
+
+
+What most discourages many servants of your Majesty, and even prevents
+others who are striving to forward your royal service from giving
+credence to great things, has been the incredulity which they display
+regarding the greatness of the Indias. This has been true since the
+first discoverers, as is well known. For not only are we to believe
+that the Holy Ghost gave them that impulse to persevere in their
+intention--even if that were not (which ought not to be believed)
+the glory of God and the saving of souls--but our Lord, who sought by
+this means to accomplish His work, gave them so great perseverance
+and fortitude in breaking through the midst of so many difficulties
+and so much opposition and so many hard rebuffs that, indeed, if
+one look upon and read the history of the Indias, it would seem that
+men would be unable to suffer so much. But God would encourage them,
+for whose cause they persevered in their projects, bringing so great
+increase of grandeur to the kings of Espana. Although since that time
+some, more desirous of wealth and honor than moved by God, have tried
+to imitate those discoverers, and have had ill success, they ought
+not all for this reason to be condemned and reproved without first
+examining their intentions and objects, and the real nature of the
+affairs which they are conducting.
+
+I have said this briefly, for in what I wish to say I think there will
+be many of this sort mentioned; and, just as it is imprudent to believe
+all, it would be going to the other extreme to give credit to no one.
+
+In the Filipinas Islands, in so far as I have been able to learn (and
+I consider it certain), your Majesty has, without going to conquer
+foreign kingdoms, the greatest wealth which has been found in the
+Indias; [47] and I base this upon these arguments, for in all those
+islands it is well known and established.
+
+After the Spaniards founded the city of Manila and reduced that
+island to peace, they learned that in some mountainous regions which
+lie about forty leguas from the city, in the province of Pangasinan,
+there were many mines of gold, according to the information which
+the Indians gave them; but that they were inhabited by warlike and
+barbarous Indians, who never permitted those of the plains to go up
+there. This was known because they came down at certain times of
+the year to buy a quantity of cattle, and brought a great deal of
+gold. On this information, although it was somewhat indefinite, Guido
+de Labacares, who governed at that time, sent a number of soldiers to
+climb up the mountain. [48] These, being unprovided with necessities,
+and fewer in number than were needed, encountered much resistance
+from the natives. As the country is rough, and their food soon failed
+them, they went back, many of them ill. Although they brought some
+information, it was not sufficient to encourage the governor or to
+cause him again to further the enterprise. Therefore, little by little,
+this knowledge was fading away among the Spaniards, notwithstanding
+that the religious who ministered in the neighboring provinces were
+well informed, and certain Indians told them of it. Accordingly,
+considering the host of vexations, injuries, and losses, and the
+diminution of numbers that are suffered by the Indians in all the
+Western Indias on account of the labor in the mines, the Order of
+St. Dominic especially, who administer the province of Pangasinan,
+have tried with all their might to cover up this information, on
+account of this fear which possesses them.
+
+Many years ago I learned something of this, but I sided with the
+others who gave little credit to it, owing to the little knowledge
+that we had. But as time is a great discloser of secrets, while I
+was discussing with some religious the difficulties of the future
+which the kings of Espana, the successors of your Majesty, must meet
+in maintaining this country if there were in the country itself
+no wealth or sources of profit which would oblige them to do so,
+I succeeded in securing a great deal of information concerning the
+wealth which is there. Particularly, he who is now archbishop [49]
+told me that a religious of St. Dominic--the vicar of a village named
+Vinalatonga, who was named Fray Jasinto Palao, and who at that time
+had come from Luzon to this kingdom [_i.e._, Espana]--had shown him
+some rocks which an Indian had brought him from a mine, and which
+appeared extraordinarily rich, beyond anything that had been seen. But
+he enjoined the bishop to secrecy, because he himself had heard it
+in the same manner. I, who desired the preservation of that country,
+took occasion to make friends with that religious, in order to inform
+myself the better under pretence of curiosity. I asked him to tell
+me what he knew of those mines, whereupon that religious (who was
+already en route for the return to the islands) told me that what he
+had said was true; and further he said: "No one knows as much about
+those mines as I, because some Indians came down from the mountains
+and I entertained them. They told me that there was a great deal of
+gold up there, and that of what they took from the mines, half the
+ore was gold." And he said that when one of them, who was already
+somewhat versed in our tongue, saw reals of eight, he said to him:
+"We have much of this metal there, Father, much in the mines; but
+Indian wants nothing besides gold." I conferred with the bishop of
+Nueva Segovia (as that province falls under his jurisdiction), who was
+Don Fray Diego de Soria, a Dominican, and with another religious, the
+provincial of the same order, named Fray Bernardo de Santa Catalina,
+in regard to this matter; and I gave them so many arguments to incline
+them to my plan that they were brought to my way of thinking. The
+most convincing argument which I used was to persuade them that
+the same reason did not hold there as in Nueva Espana and Piru,
+for ill-treating the Indians; for there are so many Chinese who are
+raising their hands to God to find something to work at--as many as
+are necessary, as was well known by them. Thereupon they told me all
+the information that they had for certain from various Indians--not
+only from the Christians, some of whom had gone up peacefully to trade,
+but likewise from those from above who came down to the province. The
+bishop certified that there was the greatest wealth in the world;
+and that they had brought him from one hill a little red earth, of
+which the whole hill is composed, which was as much as they could
+put upon a silver platter. They washed it, in his presence, and took
+out seven taes of gold, which amount to forty-four castellanos. [50]
+He asserted that in every part of the hill the earth was all of this
+richness. With all this information I went to Don Juan de Silva and
+told him what had happened, and how I had pacified the friars. He
+agreed that we should go and discover it and said that he would go in
+person when he finished that expedition. He was overtaken by death,
+as has been said, and accordingly the matter has remained in this
+condition. And even if there were not in these mountains the wealth of
+which we are told, it seems that the obligation to pacify these Indians
+exists, and that the holy gospel ought to be preached to them--in the
+first place, because your Majesty has undertaken so just and holy an
+enterprise; and second, because they are in the same island [with our
+Spaniards]. It is a shame that, being in the neighborhood of Manila,
+they do not enjoy the blessing that the others do. Beside this, there
+is the fact that these as well as their neighbors will not allow other
+people to trade in their territory; by the law of nations, therefore,
+the Spaniards have a right of action.
+
+The ease and little cost connected with this enterprise are such
+that if the governor would send a single person suitable for it, with
+two hundred soldiers from the garrison of Manila, and levy a thousand
+Indians from the two provinces to help them and transport the supplies,
+they would subdue those savages without difficulty, if the man who does
+it is prudent and has ambition to make the enterprise a success. This
+is not the place to discuss the other measures and affairs in detail;
+but if your Majesty should be pleased to have this done, I offer to
+give information of all that is necessary to provide, and to solve any
+doubts that may arise. I protest before the divine Majesty that I am
+not moved by covetousness, nor by desire that your Majesty should grant
+me any favor for this, nor am I trying to secure favors by this means;
+but I am only seeking the glory of God, the service of your Majesty,
+and the welfare of that land.
+
+
+
+
+
+Chapter VI. Of the persons who are needed in the government of the
+Filipinas.
+
+
+One (and the most important) of the matters which are necessary for the
+preservation and growth of that kingdom--whereon depends, as it were,
+the attainment of its object--is that the governors should be such men
+as are suitable for that post, and have the requisite qualifications
+demanded by that government. As so few have hitherto gone there who
+are thus qualified, the hindrance to the growth of that country has
+been much more than can be understood here.
+
+For thirty years I have been a resident in the Filipinas, and have
+not seen one governor such as was needed there, excepting Gomez Perez
+de las Marinas, who improved and bettered that land in only the three
+years during which he governed, more than all together who had gone
+before or have come since have done. The reason for this is, that
+those who have succeeded since that time either had not had experience
+in government, or did not possess the divine gift which is necessary
+for this so delicate task. Over there, although a soldier is needed
+who understands matters of war and knows how to regulate and direct
+them as they should be, yet he should be receptive of instruction;
+and he would learn much more there through the counsel of those who
+have broad experience, and through what experience can teach him,
+than through any knowledge that they can carry from here. This is the
+reason why matters there are very different from those in this kingdom,
+as if we were speaking of different species--not only of people and of
+their opinions, but of their modes of life and their natures. From this
+it has resulted that those who have undertaken to conduct affairs by
+the rules current here have committed irremediable blunders. But the
+principal thing which is necessary there is that he should be a good
+public man, for the basis and fundamental need is good government,
+and efforts for the increase of the land, and directing all one's care
+toward its welfare, according good treatment to the citizens, showing
+kindness to foreigners, and attracting and winning the affections
+of all. Great care should be taken to despatch the ships from Nueva
+Espana promptly, and with proper supplies. All the people should be
+encouraged to go to trade with the neighboring countries, to build
+vessels, to extend their interests, and to bring wealth from those
+lands. They should be not only governors, but fathers and protectors
+of the Indians. This land, I assure you in all truth, if it had been
+thus governed, would be the best and richest in the world, and your
+Majesty would possess many sources of profit. Thus all the misfortunes
+and losses of property that have occurred there (which have been very
+great), have resulted by reason of and through the fault of those
+who have governed it, without any one thus far having been punished
+or his residencia taken thereon. If Gomez Perez was successful, it
+was because he already had had experience in governing, and had been
+corregidor many times, in which capacity he was obliged to consider
+not only affairs of government but also those of war. Above all,
+he was a very good Christian and desirous of doing right, which is
+the basis on which is founded all that is good. Accordingly, at his
+death, that country lost the special character that he had given it;
+but his memory will endure for many years in that city, as that of
+the father of the country. About the city of Manila he built a wall of
+great strength, fortified it, cast artillery, and performed many other
+works with no ado, nor cost to your Majesty. He took to Maluco the
+choicest fleet which has ever been collected in the Indias, without
+having used for it the thousands from Mexico which your Majesty has
+ordered to be carried to other governors; and all this he did by his
+prudent plans and energetic action. Hence may be seen the importance
+of sending a governor there who is possessed of the traits that I have
+mentioned; for, besides so many advantages and good results as he can
+secure, and the evils which he can obviate, he will be able to save
+for your Majesty many ducados. Indeed, if the money which could have
+been dispensed with this year had been saved, your Majesty would be
+able to accomplish many military works and gain much wealth. And since
+your Majesty entrusts to him more than to all the other governors of
+the Indias, it is right that you should seek more carefully for such
+a man in that place than for any of the others; since not alone does
+your Majesty entrust him with a kingdom, but with your reputation and
+renown, which among so many different nations is only known through
+your governors for your Majesty. I even dare to say that hence also
+comes their knowledge of God. For to him is principally confided the
+honor of God and the conversion of so many souls, since we have seen
+so plainly how important is his good example; and, on the other hand,
+he will abolish evil and scandal not only there, but that which is
+spreading in Great China and other nations. They believe that our king
+is such a one as they see reflected in him who represents him. What
+is still more to be deplored is that, within the last few years,
+there has arisen blasphemy against God and derision of your Majesty
+among those infidels, on this account. So great is the importance
+of your Majesty sending a person such as I have here described;
+for those who have not these qualities will destroy rather than build.
+
+
+
+Chapter VII. Of the measures which should be chosen for the growth
+and preservation of that kingdom.
+
+
+The first thing which offers under this heading is the consideration
+of the matters pertaining to the war with the Dutch, which is the
+basal and fundamental question for all the rest; for the enemy is
+making such efforts and using so many measures to get control of that
+archipelago, and drive out the Spaniards.
+
+Three ways and means present themselves to the mind, beside which I
+find no other one, although I have considered it well.
+
+The first, if it be possible for your Majesty, is to manage to have
+an armed fleet sent. If, when Don Alonso Faxardo was already your
+governor, he had taken the one which had been made ready, the time
+was opportune so that he could have driven out the enemy from their
+posts, together with the fleet which was in the Filipinas, which
+was weakened in men and artillery by its loss at Manila. On account
+of this, the natives of the island of Maluco, fearful of the power
+of your Majesty, entered our service. This fleet, which I say your
+Majesty should have despatched, should have been sent with a previous
+warning to the governor of the Filipinas so that he could collect
+there as great a force as possible, and provisions with which to
+resupply the fleet which would go thither from here, the money for
+this purpose to be sent him from Piru or from Nueva Espana.
+
+Yet besides this, on account of the straitened circumstances of
+your Majesty, and the need of attending to other pressing matters,
+it is indeed true, in view of the great importance to your Majesty
+of not allowing the enemy to get possession of that archipelago (for
+he would infallibly become master of the whole of India, and become
+more powerful than can be understood here), that there appears to
+be another measure less costly in the meantime; although it will not
+result in dislodging them, at least it will give them such diversion
+and do so much damage that the profit which they will secure will be
+dearly bought. This is, that your Majesty should command the governor
+of the Filipinas to build eight galleys, and keep them in Terrenate;
+I will explain what their cost would be, shortly. These would be
+of great importance, as can be readily seen here, if one considers
+these reasons and the letter which Don Geronimo de Silva writes to
+his cousin, and another from Master-of-camp Lucas de Vergara to the
+dean of Manila, and to myself--the originals of which I possess,
+and which, as they explain the situation of those islands, I place
+at the end of this relation.
+
+In the first place, the enemy has no ports in those islands in which to
+take refuge; and ordinarily his fleet goes about, one way and another,
+among the coasts there.
+
+Second, every day in the year (or almost every day) there are six
+or eight hours of dead calm, at which time galleys never meet a
+galleon under these circumstances without taking it or sending it
+to the bottom; for it has been seen by experience with a galleon and
+a galliot which the Spaniards possess there, what excellent results
+they have produced.
+
+Third, on account of this expedient of the galleys the enemy will not
+dare to divide their forces among the factories to carry on their
+negotiations; and, as they will have to go together, the cost will
+be so great that they cannot support it.
+
+Fourth, the supplies will be taken away from their fortresses;
+for they have nothing wherewith to support themselves except it be
+brought from other islands. This would be very easily accomplished,
+and the enemy would have no means to remedy it. The natives who are
+devoted to them would be so terrorized that they would be obliged
+to come over to our side. If they accomplish that in this way and
+through the effective plans of whomsoever shall govern there, and the
+negotiations which he would conduct with them, it is quite certain
+that the enemy would be ruined, and could not maintain himself a
+year in his forts; for it is the natives who aid and sustain him,
+and furnish the cloves for his profit.
+
+Fifth, it would be easy to make an invasion with the galleys on all
+the factories where they have not fortresses--and especially in Bantan,
+which is in Greater Xava, whither they carry all the spices which are
+shipped to Holland--and then to gain them all and burn them. They have
+no port there for large vessels, but only a bay where vessels which
+anchor there are kept at a distance from the land in the mud, aground,
+so that they cannot make use of them when they wish. Accordingly
+the galleys could easily burn those which lie there. If Don Juan de
+Silva had adopted this measure, the enemy would already be subdued;
+and your Majesty would not have spent so great sums of money, and so
+exhausted the Filipinas Islands.
+
+Sixth, the forces which your Majesty possesses in Maluco would
+be maintained with much less cost than at present by means of
+these galleys. For as there are no supplies in those islands it
+is necessary to send them from the Filipinas, which entails three
+difficulties. The first is that prices are thus made higher in
+that country, and the natives thereof are oppressed; the second,
+that it costs your Majesty a great deal, with the ships and men that
+are needed to man them; and the third, that the enemy gets a great
+deal of the aid which is sent. All this would be obviated by keeping
+galleys there; for it must be understood that the island of Macacar
+is very large, rich, and abundantly supplied, and lies a two days'
+journey from Maluco. The king there is desirous of friendship with
+us, and has even sent to the governor of Terrenate to seek religious,
+as he says in the letter which is at the end of this relation. Last
+year he wrote a letter to the governor of the Filipinas, offering
+to furnish him all the supplies that he might need for the forces in
+Maluco; and saying that, if he had not the money to pay for them, he
+might have them on trust until the money came. Things are very cheap
+there, costing less than half as much as in the Filipinas, and the
+said galleys could transport them easily, without the danger which
+they now encounter of being taken by the enemy. Rather, on the other
+hand, those which the enemy carry from there could be taken away with
+ease, and they would be caused to perish with hunger. If an ordinary
+amount of care were taken in negotiating with this king, he would,
+as he is so well disposed to the Spaniards, be so devoted to your
+Majesty that he would not allow the enemy to enter his port. Besides,
+his friendship with them is already greatly strained; and there is
+a great disposition among all that people to receive the gospel.
+
+Seventh, as those islands have no posts where cloves may be laded,
+the Dutch send their ships far from the artillery of their own
+forts, which they cannot approach; and it will be easy to secure the
+vessels, or not allow them to lade anything. Considering the calms
+which prevail, even if there were many ships they could not aid one
+another, whatever injury the galleys were inflicting upon them--the
+least being to dismantle them, so that they cannot sail, for there
+is nothing there with which to make a mast or rudder.
+
+Eighth, as they have a number of posts where they only keep
+twenty-five or thirty men with a squadron commander, and the forts
+have no ditches or drinking-water, they could be deprived of these at
+any time with ease. Galleons would be of no use in such engagements,
+as they cannot vie with galleys, which can get under cover whenever
+they wish. Likewise it must be understood, as their forts are in such
+danger, they will need so many men to keep them from being taken,
+and so much to maintain them, that their profit will be so small
+that it will be gain for them to abandon it. This would indeed be
+making a pretty game of war, and cutting their throats with a wooden
+sword. And I assure your Majesty that this idea is not only my own,
+but that of all experienced men in Maluco There resides at this court
+Juan Gomez de Cardenas, who gained considerable experience in Japon
+with a Dutch factor, who never thought that this man was a vassal of
+your Majesty. The latter made known to him the said reason, and said
+that they feared nothing until your Majesty should send there six or
+more galleys.
+
+It now remains to tell the ease and little cost with which your
+Majesty could maintain these galleys and man them; and if this is
+explained for one, it holds in regard to all. The hull of a galley
+of twenty-four benches, put together and fitted for sailing, costs
+in the Filipinas four thousand ducats. The gang to man it must be
+secured in this manner. The governor of the Filipinas should send to
+Mindanao three hundred soldiers, by whom--besides setting free more
+than ten thousand Christian captives, vassals of your Majesty in the
+Filipinas--sufficient men could be captured to man the galleys. If
+this measure be not sufficient, a frigate or two should be sent to
+Malaca for cloves on your Majesty's account, which would bring back
+negroes at two hundred reals, more or less, with which to man them;
+these oarsmen are very satisfactory, as experience has shown. In order
+to maintain the crew and replace those who die, men could be captured
+continually from our enemies, on a thousand occasions, without fail.
+
+The support of the galley slaves is inexpensive, for they live on rice,
+fish, and a little jerked beef--which, besides, is often captured from
+the enemy there; and is very low in price when it has to be bought,
+as, at present, in the island of Macacar.
+
+The third and last measure is, if these two fail, such that I dure
+not write it, for that is not expedient; but I will explain it to
+your Majesty, if you are pleased to learn it. I shall not go into
+this matter any further, nor explain the reasons more in detail,
+as this is not to be long; but if your Majesty should be pleased to
+carry out any of the suggestions here made, I shall explain away the
+doubts which may present themselves.
+
+In the second place the person who is to govern should have the said
+requisites, for he is the soul of the undertaking; and it is he who
+must execute whatever your Majesty orders and commands. Whatever he
+is, such will be the rest. That this may not appear an exaggeration,
+I will prove it by evidence.
+
+There are dependent upon the governor not only the secular Spanish
+residents of those islands, but the ecclesiastics; also war and peace,
+and the royal Audiencia, the archbishop, the bishops, and all the
+other soldiers and citizens; for it is he who must reward and honor
+them with offices of peace and war. He must assign the cargoes of
+the ships, the profits and advantages. The royal Audiencia, because
+he appoints their relatives and constituents to offices of profit,
+must needs keep in his graces. The archbishop and bishops, if they do
+not conform to his will, may have their temporal support taken from
+them; for if he cannot do it with good cause, he can easily do it in
+other ways. In a thousand things which occur, too, they need him for
+the direction of their affairs; and he can inflict on them so many
+burdens and annoyances that they realize how dearly they are buying the
+privilege of opposing him or contradicting his wishes. The chapter of
+the church is the same, or worse; for he makes appointments, as your
+Majesty is patron, and orders the stipends to be paid. Accordingly it
+is necessary to be in his good graces. The cabildo of the city dare not
+do anything against his will; for those who oppose him or say anything
+in the sessions which is contrary to his wishes, it costs dear, and,
+besides, he is aware of whatever they do there. They dare not write
+to your Majesty, without taking to him the letters so that he may
+examine them; and there have been times when he has had these torn
+up, and ordered them to write others. Consequently, the religious who
+are teaching, and those of the convents, are all dependent upon him.
+
+The royal officials do no more than he wishes, and, besides, they
+have the example of former ones, who for not acting thus were removed,
+and held prisoners for three years until your Majesty learned of it,
+and ordered their offices to be returned to them, and perchance the
+many hardships and afflictions which the governor inflicted upon
+them, and caused them to suffer, cost two of them their lives, and
+lost for your Majesty, in the factor, one of the best servants whom
+you had in the Filipinas. Accordingly, what I promised to prove is
+well established; for the complaints were so long in arriving, and
+the redress in returning, that he who awaited them was already dead.
+
+In the third place, it is essential that he should not be excessively
+grasping; and that your Majesty should give him such expectations,
+if he conducts himself well, that his profit will rest more on them
+than in what the government is worth to him. He should be of mature
+age and great experience in handling the affairs of the commonwealth,
+such as some knights possess who hold offices of corregidor on the
+coasts of Espana, and who govern in peace and war, as they never lack
+exercise for these abilities on the coasts. For if they were only
+required to be expert in war, the country would be in ruins before
+they became capable of governing it--as, for our sins, we have seen
+in past years. They should not come burdened with debts, which are
+demoralizing in a thousand ways. Notwithstanding that your Majesty
+has issued decrees which prohibit them from giving offices of profit
+to members of their households, rather than to the worthy persons of
+the kingdom, these decrees are the least complied with; nor is there
+any one who dares to interfere in this. If any one should make bold
+to put the bell on the cat, as the adage says, who would make him
+comply with it? By no means the royal Audiencia. At one time when I
+was petitioning for the execution of a royal decree of your Majesty
+there, an auditor, a friend of mine, said: "You should not do this;
+for, besides not accomplishing anything by it, you will get yourself
+into difficulty with him."
+
+With this in view, it is very important to forbid these offices to
+persons who are under obligations, which induce an insatiable greed
+and presumption; and, to fill that yawning void, the wealth of all
+the Indias is insignificant. The worst is, that they pervert a man,
+and lead him astray by their influence. If I were to recount here
+in detail all the difficulties which they occasion, I should have
+to take twice the space. In short, everyone there is lamenting; and
+these people come in smiles, and even negotiating for the honors
+which belong to others, with crass insolence; and, worse yet, it
+seems to the governor that his own people alone deserve all there is,
+and the rest are of no account. To give color to their impudence,
+one of them has dared to write to your Majesty that there was not a
+person in all your kingdom who could in the least be trusted. The
+mistakes of these people are never punished, nor is there any one
+who dares to demand an investigation against them, even when they
+have done a thousand injuries. In short, he must be such a one as
+the emperor Theodosius spoke of to St. Ambrose, when he sent him to
+govern Milan: "Go; and, look you, I send you not to act as governor,
+but as bishop." Such must be the governors of the Filipinas, if your
+Majesty would have them succeed.
+
+And on this account I have no fault to find with Don Alonso Faxardo,
+whom your Majesty has sent at present to govern. On the contrary, I
+believe that he will conduct himself there as befits the service of
+your Majesty and the welfare of your kingdom. For I recognized such
+desires in him in the little intercourse that I had with him in Mexico,
+where I was acquainted with him. I am therefore very thankful to God
+to see him so desirous of serving you, and may He give him grace to
+succeed. As for the persons who are sent to that Audiencia, they should
+be in a degree like the governors; for your Majesty places as much
+confidence in them--although I think it would be more to the purpose
+to discontinue it, for the reasons which are given by most people in
+that country, in which matter I will give your Majesty a memorial.
+
+The affairs of that kingdom are in such disorder, and move in so
+irregular channels, that people ask for an inspector to reform and
+adjust them and put everything in its place, redressing injuries and
+punishing wrong-doing. The country is much in need of this; but that
+it may not be like the frogs who asked Jupiter for a king, and were
+given one that devoured them, it will be best for your Majesty to
+appoint some one from that country, who, through his great experience
+and knowledge, cannot be deceived, and knows what must be reformed, and
+who is possessed as well of the prudence and tact which are necessary
+in such a new country. And on the other hand, on account of the risks
+which exist in sending anyone from here who does not understand the
+affairs and conditions which must be remedied, and knows not how to
+proceed, it would be wiser to send no one, on account of the danger
+which exists of ruining the city.
+
+_Item_: The governor should not consent to Japanese living in that
+country, as they are a great trouble and danger to the country,
+and the city is continually in danger from them.
+
+_Item_: The Chinese should be very carefully restricted, so that no
+greater number of them than your Majesty has ordered be [allowed to
+remain there]; for they are permitted [to enter the country] without
+any exercise of caution, and we know by experience what this costs.
+
+_Item_: Your Majesty should command the governor finally to reduce the
+island of Mindanao to obedience to your Majesty; for those islands
+are so infested that they hinder the carrying of reenforcements to
+Maluco. And as they are in league with the Dutch, we have a perfect
+right to make war upon them and subject them to slavery. All this is
+easy for the governor if your Majesty command it, and is so necessary
+for the security of your Majesty's vassals, as I intend to explain
+to your Majesty more at length in a separate memorial.
+
+_Item_: There is an island which lies about twenty leguas from Maluco,
+called Macacar, which measures about two hundred and fifty leguas
+around; it is very rich and well supplied, and from it the forces
+in Maluco could be supplied with ease and at little cost. It will
+be necessary for your Majesty to order the governor to negotiate
+with the king there for friendship and commerce. For the latter has
+already sent and written, saying that he desires it and that he will
+furnish all the supplies that are desired, and, if there is no money,
+will give credit for them until it is procured; and he has sent to
+ask for religious to preach the faith. They are a capable people,
+of good disposition, and are disposed to receive the gospel. As this
+district lies nearest to that which the fathers of the Society hold,
+it would be of much importance to send a few religious assigned to
+that island; and for your Majesty to be pleased to have their general
+requested to give them, which is of much importance even for temporal
+objects, besides the great service which they can render to God. And
+the Dutch could not get supplies from there, which would take away
+from them much of the previsions with which they are supported. Two
+fathers of the Society have been there, and have written that they
+were very well received; and it is highly expedient to encourage them.
+
+_Item_: Your Majesty should order the governor to attend with much
+diligence to the despatching of ships which go to Nueva Espana,
+for upon this so much of the growth of that kingdom depends; and
+since he is so good a sailor and prides himself upon it, he should
+regulate that in the proper way, for at present it proceeds with
+great disorder and even recklessness, as I shall explain to your
+Majesty in a separate memorial.
+
+_Item_: Your Majesty should command that the garrisons of that
+kingdom be made open, on account of the fact that experience has
+shown that more men would go, if this were the case. Those in Maluco
+should be exchanged with those in the Filipinas every three years,
+for otherwise so many refuse to go to Maluco, and the forts there are
+in such ill-repute, that those who are taken there are discontented, as
+if they were being sent to the galleys; but if they are exchanged, as I
+have said, they will go willingly. Beside, they would become experts,
+and the soldiers from Maluco are worth more than those who have not
+been there, on account of their constant exercise in war and labor.
+
+_Item_: Your Majesty should command that the city of Manila be made
+an open garrison, like San Juan de Ulua and Habana; for in this way
+the men will go to the Filipinas willingly. As Don Juan de Silva has
+done otherwise for years past, this country has become depopulated,
+and they have fled to various parts from time to time, no one daring
+to go there on this account.
+
+_Item_: Concerning the treatment of the Indians, and what it is well to
+inform your Majesty in this regard, as well in what concerns your royal
+conscience as the good of the country, a separate memorial is required.
+
+_Item_: As to the manner of governing them and collecting their
+tributes, as has been seen by experience, the religious have done
+a great deal of harm by preventing the Indians from paying tributes
+on the fruits which they harvest; because the religious have not the
+inclination or sense to leave many things free--as will be seen in
+the account I shall give your Majesty in regard to this, all of which
+has been taught by experience.
+
+_Item_: Finally, it is very necessary that your Majesty should consider
+that that country is very new, and that your Majesty should desire
+its growth; and because, likewise, it was not so much in need of your
+Majesty's protection and favor in the beginning as it is now--when so
+few wish to go there on account of ill-treatment, many misfortunes,
+and the fear of enemies--your Majesty should protect it so that they
+may be encouraged to go there. For this your Majesty should command
+your ministers to give those who wish to go a comfortable passage. For
+if in early days the king our lord, the father of your Majesty, who
+so greatly favored and loved that land, not only furnished a passage,
+but likewise the necessaries for their journey, to those who wished to
+go, and even freed them from duties and imposts, that aid is much more
+necessary today; and at least they should be given some exemptions,
+and should not be treated with such harshness as they now are. This
+I can affirm as an eyewitness, that when we arrived at the port of
+Capulco, after having been on the voyage five months, and a great many
+of our people had died, and God had brought us through such boundless
+hardships and dangers to the place where we were to refresh ourselves,
+they treated us worse, indeed, than they did the Dutch; for to the
+latter they gave food there, and sent them away satisfied, and to
+us they acted as they should have done to the Dutch. Since a proper
+remedy for what happened at the port of Capulco, which I am bound to
+suggest to your Majesty, and for many other matters concerning your
+royal service, cannot be suggested in this place, I shall give it in
+other memorials.
+
+_Item_: The encomiendas which your Majesty used to grant were formerly
+for three lives; and a short time ago your Majesty ordered by a
+royal decree that they should be, and it should be so understood,
+for two lives. This is a great difficulty in the preservation of that
+community, and especially so as your Majesty has granted the favor
+to Nueva Espana of giving them for four lives; and as the Filipinas
+have been, and continue to be thus far, the colony of Nueva Espana,
+and almost governed by the royal Audiencia thereof, it is a great
+hardship that they should enjoy no more than two lives. In the
+first place, because many are discouraged from serving your Majesty,
+and even from remaining in that country, when they learn that their
+sons and grandsons must be reduced to the greatest poverty, the said
+encomienda expiring with the holder's first son or his wife, as at
+present happens; in the second place, because four lives are shorter
+in the Filipinas than two in Nueva Espana. The reason for this is the
+many occasions for war and naval expeditions, wherein men are easily
+killed or drowned, leaving their successors in the hospital--as is
+at present the case with many, which makes one's heart ache with pity.
+
+In answer to the tacit objection which might be brought up that it is
+better to have the encomiendas vacated quickly, so that others may
+be rewarded with them, and with this hope will go to serve there, I
+would say that the important matter is to make a compromise--namely
+that your Majesty should concede the said encomiendas not for four
+lives, as in Nueva Espana, nor for two as at present, but for three,
+as formerly, which is a very necessary measure for the relief of some,
+and the encouragement of others to the service of your Majesty.
+
+
+
+Letter from Master-of-camp Lucas de Vergara, written to Don Francisco
+Gomez de Arellano, dean of Manila, which is the last that came from
+Maluco in the past year.
+
+
+By the ship "San Antonio," which I despatched to that city on the
+thirteenth of May last, I informed you, with other matters pertaining
+to me, of my health, and my arrival at these forts safely with the
+three ships in which I took the reenforcements; and of how well I
+was received by everyone, and everything which had occurred to me
+up to that time. What I have to say to you since that time is that,
+from the persons who have come to me from the forts of the enemy, both
+native and Dutch, and from other inquiries that I have made, I have
+learned that of the ten Dutch ships which were at the harbor-mouth
+of Marivelez only four have come back to these islands. One of them
+brought the wounded men from Oton; a second one, when our fleet
+went out to seek that of the enemy, was going out to sea, picking up
+Sangley ships. When it saw our fleet, without going back to theirs,
+it cast loose a very rich junk which it was towing astern, and took
+to flight. The captain of this vessel, they tell me, the Dutch put
+to death for having fled. Two other vessels arrived at the port of
+Malayo on the eighth of June. These had found occasion to fight with
+our fleet; and accordingly they arrived dismantled by cannon-shots,
+and with many wounded men. These brought the news that only six of
+their vessels had fought with eight of ours and three galleys; and
+that their commander's ship and two others were lost, one going to
+the bottom and the other two being burned. Their commander escaped in
+a boat which they saw was being followed by two of our galleons and a
+galley--although they did not know the result, since neither this one,
+nor two others that are lacking from the ten, have appeared here thus
+far. Of six hundred men whom they took from the forts which they have
+on these islands to put in the ten boats, when they were at Manila,
+only a hundred came back alive. These two damaged ships are being
+put to rights, and in all they have five at present in these islands,
+with few men; so that if a part of our fleet had come, and followed
+up the victory, they might all have been captured. This loss has made
+both the Dutch and those of Terrenate very sad and cast down, for they
+were in hopes to come back rich and victorious. A few silks and other
+goods were brought in the ships which escaped and they sold them to
+us very dear, although not so dear as they cost them. What they are
+considering now, and urge for the consolation of those of Terrenate
+and the other nations friendly to them, is that they are going to
+collect a great fleet which they have in Ambueno, and in the Sunda;
+and with the whole fleet they are to attack the forts of his Majesty
+before our fleet arrives from Castilla and from the Filipinas. This
+you already know of. Beside this, they are putting their fortresses
+in the best state of fortification possible, together with the posts
+which they hold; for they see that the natives here are very lukewarm
+in their friendship, and they fear that when they see our fleet more
+powerful than theirs, the natives will drop their friendship and try
+to win ours. The king of Tidore and I consider it certain, judging
+from what we have heard from themselves, and particularly from those
+of the island of Maquien, that that alone is richer in cloves and
+native inhabitants than are all the others there. Their Sangaje,
+who went there to treat of this matter, was taken and killed in the
+fort at Malayo, which irritated the natives of that island very much.
+
+By a caracoa which I sent to Ambueno, to get word of what was doing
+there, I learned that the Dutch have seven ships in that island, and
+that they sent one ship laden with cloves to Holland. The natives there
+are, for the most part, at war with the Dutch, as are likewise those
+of the islands of Banda, where there are two or three English ships
+fortifying themselves with the permission and aid of the natives. The
+Dutch and the English have fought over this and the Dutch hold forty
+English prisoners--all of which is very good for us. It is rumored
+that in the Sunda there are twenty Dutch ships, but I do not know what
+truth there is in this. I am at present getting ready and fortifying,
+as well as I can, the forts which his Majesty has in these islands, so
+that they may be ready at any juncture; although there is a great lack
+of men for the necessary work, because there went this year to Manila
+more than came out, and some are sick, and there are many places to
+guard. Particularly there are three situated in the island Batachina,
+which, as they are in an unhealthy country, exhaust the troops more
+by death and sickness. They are passably supplied with provisions at
+present, owing to the care which I take to seek out what is in the
+country; and thus, with the rice which I brought, and a little which
+was here, I have managed to get along. I shall have enough provisions
+for the whole of October, and if I am sent those that I await from
+the island of Mateo I shall have enough for November. By that time
+I hope to get aid from those islands, for I am very confident that
+the lords there will aid me as ever; and the lord captain-general,
+being a man of so much experience, as he suffered so many needs in
+his own time, will aid in this with the expedition and care which are
+necessary for its preservation, since everything is and continues
+to be for that object. In whatever may happen which concerns this,
+I beg of you to further it as far as possible, as I shall take it as
+a great favor, besides being a service for God and for his Majesty,
+and as you are so zealous. I beseech you to be pleased to advise me
+of what may occur there and I shall do the same always here.
+
+By the last despatch I sent you three birds of paradise, and the
+bearer of this, Sergeant Romero, brings you two more. I wished that
+there were more, but I assure you that they were not to be found,
+as the boats which usually bring them have not arrived.
+
+While I was writing this a Dutch trumpeter arrived from the forts of
+the enemy, and gave the same report as another who came two days ago,
+and whom I send by this ship, so that he may tell the whole thing
+there--for, considering the news and the state of affairs, it is of
+the highest importance that our fleet should come here by the month
+of December. If those ships alone came which his Majesty has in those
+islands, it would be superior to the enemy's fleet; for with this they
+could be kept from taking to Holland this year the great quantity of
+cloves which they will harvest. This is the greatest loss which can
+be inflicted upon them at present; since with the profits from this
+they are waging war upon his Majesty in these parts with such great
+fleets. This is the opinion of those who have most at heart the service
+of his Majesty in these regions. I am writing, above all, to the lords
+there; and you will do me the favor which you always do in such cases.
+
+Although I do not know what new things there may be there, I leave
+it all to your good opinion and intelligence and that of Senor Canon
+Garcetas, as I know, since you are such friends of mine, that you
+will give the most fitting counsel. May our Lord protect you for the
+greatest possible number of years. I kiss your hands. Tidore, July 5,
+1617. Your humble servant,
+
+_Lucas Vergara Gaviria_
+
+
+
+
+Part Third. Wherein is Given Information of Other Matters Concerning
+the Filipinas, the Islands of Maluco, and Others of the Archipelago;
+of Their Riches, and of the Forts and Factories Which the Dutch Hold;
+and of the Wealth Which is At Present Secured from Them.
+
+
+
+Chapter I. Of the prelates and their districts in the islands, and
+of certain curious things.
+
+
+The island called Lucon, which is the most important, has two bishops
+and an archbishop. The archbishopric has jurisdiction in the vicinity
+of the city of Manila, the capital of that country. Toward the east
+it reaches as far as the village called Calilaya, forty leguas from
+the city on the same island. It has four offices of alcalde-mayor,
+which is the same thing as a corregimiento--namely those of La
+Laguna de Vai, La Laguna de Bonvon, another in Valayan, and that
+of Calilaya. In this there are many Indian villages administered by
+religious of the Augustinian order, and still more by the discalced
+of St. Francis. Toward the west of the jurisdiction is that of the
+province of Pampanga, which is fertile and well-peopled, and that
+of Bulacan, and the Cambales. These are not Christians and cannot be
+reduced to conversion, but are negroes who go about like wild beasts
+through the inaccessible parts of the mountains. They are given to
+cutting the heads from other Indians, and no woman will marry a Cambal
+unless he has cut off a head; accordingly, in order to be married,
+he will cut one off, even though it be that of his own father when he
+finds the latter in the fields. If these had been given into slavery
+they would have been already reduced; but, although I have advised
+it many times in the Council, no measures for this have ever been
+taken. As the matter stands, they will never be pacified except by
+this means. The reason for this is that, if they were given into
+slavery, the Indians of Pampanga, with their great desire to hold
+slaves for the managing of their crops, would have reduced them. They
+do a great deal of damage, so much that no Indian dares go out alone
+to work in his field, because they kill him merely for the sake of
+cutting off his head. They live upon roots and fruit from the woods,
+and have no houses, nor possessions, and go about naked. Toward
+the east this jurisdiction takes in all the island, and toward the
+west lies the sea. Several islands are joined to this jurisdiction,
+as are those of Lioban and Mindoro. In these are a number of trees
+resembling cinnamon [_canela_], which I have shown to our physicians,
+who say that it is the Cinamomo. [51] Then there is the island of
+Marenduque, where there are mines of copper; and other islands,
+of little importance and sparsely peopled.
+
+Northward from this jurisdiction begins the bishopric of Nueva
+Segovia, starting from the province of Pangasinan, where end the
+Combales and the province of Ilocos--wherein are situated the
+mountains of the Idolotes [_sic_], and where are so rich mines, as
+I have explained. They are all Christians. The Dominican religious
+minister to the province of Pangasinan, and the Augustinians to that
+of Ilocos. Farthest to the north lies the province of Nueva Segovia,
+which is administered by Dominican friars. These three provinces are
+very fertile and well peopled, and to the north of this district there
+are several islands called Vabuianos, where the Indians raise swine of
+remarkable size. Throughout the whole island [of Luzon] there are many
+wild swine. They are not fierce, like those in Espana, and accordingly
+are easily killed. There is a great number of large, fierce wild
+buffaloes. They are killed with muskets, and on one occasion they
+were unable to bring down a buffalo with twelve musketshots. If the
+man who is shooting misses, and does not get quickly under cover, he
+will be killed. The Indians catch them as we do partridges here, and it
+is a remarkable thing, wherefore I shall now explain it. They make a
+very strong stockaded enclosure [_corral_], and on either side of the
+gate they move out, carrying with them palm leaves of a certain kind,
+touching one another. They keep spreading out the line until it is
+about a quarter of a legua long, more or less. When they find a herd,
+for the animals go many together, they frighten and follow them, and,
+driving them along, continue with shouts; and as they are running and
+striking with the said leaves, the buffaloes will not pass through
+the line of men if they are excited. Thus little by little they enter
+into the narrowest part until they are compelled to enter into the
+gate of the enclosure, which is then barred. There the Indians, by
+their devices, catch the animals one by one, tie them, and put them
+each one in a small enclosure of strong stakes so narrow that they
+cannot turn around, so that they have no chance to struggle. There
+they keep them without food for a fortnight, until they are so feeble
+and thin that they cannot stand. Then an Indian comes with a wisp of
+hay, and although angry, they needs must eat; and within twenty days
+they are so tame with the person who gives them food, that they let
+themselves be scratched. Iron rings are put in their noses, and they
+are led anywhere with a rope, like a beast of burden. I have seen one
+of these buffaloes with a negro who had fed him, seated on his head,
+and he played with the negro like a dog, but was a lion for those whom
+he did not know. This jurisdiction is fifty leguas long on the sea
+side. The interior of the island remains unpacified, as it consists
+of the said mountains. The bishopric of Las Camarinas [_sic_] is the
+most easterly on this island, and extends more than sixty leguas,
+including several adjacent islands, such as Burias, Ticao, Capul,
+and Catanduanes. There are many nutmeg trees in this bishopric, the
+fruit of which no one gathers. There is in this province a spring
+from which flows hot water, and if anything is placed in it it turns
+to stone. [52]
+
+The bishopric of Cibu has the largest jurisdiction, as it includes all
+the islands to the east, such as Leite, Babao, Maripi, Tinagon, Panaon,
+the island of Negros, and that of Oton. Westward are Cebuyan and
+Romblon; and to the south the island of Mindanao, which is almost as
+large as that of Luzon. There is in it a great deal of cinnamon, rich
+gold mines, and considerable civet; and so large a number of civet-cats
+that they do no more than catch them with snares, take the civet out
+and set them free again, and thus profit by them without furnishing
+them with food. There are many other islands, and from there to the
+Malucos it must be about eighty leguas. In all these islands there
+is collected a great deal of wax and honey, which is produced in the
+woods, and which, accordingly, the Indians do not cultivate. The bees
+are small and dark-colored, and do not live in the hollows of trees and
+rocks, but build their nests among the branches--using on them a dark,
+coarse wax, which is so strong that, even though it rains hard, not a
+drop of water enters. So much is gathered there that not only are we
+all supplied cheaply, but there are sent to Nueva Espana, Japon, and
+China more than two thousand quintals each year. There are many deer,
+not so slender as are ours; and there are no other animals. There
+are many wood-fowl, smaller than ordinary ones, but more palata le;
+and which have breasts like partridges. There are in the forests
+certain shoots called _bejucos_, which they use as we do osiers here;
+but they are much better, some of them being as thick as one's thumb,
+and even larger, and six or eight brazas long. When they are thirsty,
+the Indians cut off a braza, and a quartillo of fluid runs out of it,
+which is good and healthful. There are certain canes [_i.e._, bamboos],
+some of which are as thick as one's thigh, and others smaller, and five
+or six brazas long; of these the poor Indians construct their houses,
+without other material--walls, floors, roofs, posts, and stairs.
+
+There are certain palms which bear a fruit called cocoanuts (which are
+ordinarily brought to Espana from Guinea); these are such an aid to
+human life that from them, or rather from the cocoanuts, they obtain
+the commonest oil of that country, which is as excellent for wounds,
+even though they be deep ones, as that of _aparicio_. From this tree
+they obtain wine which is the common beverage of that country; strong
+vinegar, which is good for the table; and milk like that of almonds,
+to serve with rice, and which curdles like real milk. When it is soft
+the fruit is like green hazel-nuts in taste, and better; and there is
+a serum for many ills and infirmities, which is called whey, as it
+looks much like that of milk. It is there called _tuba_. They make
+honey from this tree; also oakum with which to calk ships, which
+lasts in the water, when that from here would rot. Likewise they
+make rigging, which they call _cayro_; and they make an excellent
+match for arquebuses, which, without any other attention, is never
+extinguished. The shoots resemble wild artichokes while they are
+tender. There is a plant with leaves after the shape and fashion of
+the ivy, which is a certain species of pepper which they call buyo,
+the use of which is common throughout the whole archipelago; and
+it is so excellent a specific against ulcerated teeth that I do not
+remember ever having heard it said that any native suffered from them,
+nor do they need to have them pulled. It is a good stimulant for the
+stomach, and leaves a pleasant odor in the mouth.
+
+There is a bird which they call _tabon_, a little larger than a
+partridge; and it buries its eggs, which are as large as goose eggs,
+to the number of eighty or a hundred, half an estado deep in the sand
+of the bays of the sea. They are all yolk, without any white, which is
+an indication of their great heat. Accordingly, the mother does not sit
+upon them, and they hatch, and the birds scratch their way out from the
+sand. When the bird has come out it is as large as a quail, and goes
+about picking up its food as other birds do after they are grown. I
+have seen this with my own eyes, and there must be other eyewitnesses
+of it in this court. So marvelous is the character of these birds. I
+pass over many other peculiarities for fear of tiring your Majesty.
+
+There are many good and savory wild fruits there. The ordinary food
+in those islands is rice, as it is over all Asia and the neighboring
+islands; and I dare assert that more people are supported in the
+world by rice than by wheat. There is a great deal of sugar, which is
+usually worth four reals the arroba, or less; and the Chinese bring
+so much rock sugar, which they call _cande_, that it is ordinarily
+worth eight reals an arroba, or less.
+
+In that part of the island of Mindanao which faces the south, as I
+have said above, the Indians are rebellious; and it is they who have
+done, and still do, great damage to the others. They have taken up the
+doctrine of Mahoma and are friendly with the Dutch. As they have not
+been given into slavery, they are not pacified; and this is one of the
+most important matters there, and deserves the application of a remedy.
+
+
+
+Chapter II. Of the ministers and religious instruction in the islands,
+and those who have been converted to our holy Catholic faith, and
+those who pay tribute.
+
+
+The island of Luzon, in the archbishopric and the two bishoprics, has
+fifty-nine encomiendas, and in that of Nueva Segovia, which is the most
+northerly, there are twenty-six; in that of Camarines, which is the
+most easterly of the islands, there are thirty--in all, one hundred and
+fifteen. In the bishopric of Cibu there are seventy-one, which make, in
+all, one hundred and eighty-six encomiendas of Indians. They comprise
+130U938 tributarios in all; each tributario includes husband and wife,
+and thus at least four persons are reckoned, including children and
+slaves (as they have no others to serve them except slaves); there are,
+then, 523U752 Christians in these encomiendas. There are assigned to
+the royal crown 33U516 tributarios, and the rest are assigned and
+granted to deserving soldiers. This is exclusive of the people who
+pay no tributes, that is, the chiefs. There are, in all these one
+hundred and eighty-six encomiendas, the same number of monasteries
+and churches. Some of them have two monasteries each as they are too
+large to be administered by two religious; ordinarily, to each one
+are assigned five hundred tributarios. There are other encomiendas
+which have one monastery between two of them. Averaging these,
+I suppose there are about three hundred and seventy-two priests,
+besides the laymen. In the city there are about eighty or ninety,
+in four monasteries--one of St. Dominic, another of St. Francis,
+another of St. Augustine, another of the Recollect Augustinians--and
+the cathedral. These places of worship have as handsome buildings as
+are those of the same class in Espana; and the whole city is built of
+cut-stone houses--almost all square, with entrance halls and modern
+_patios_ [_i.e._, open courts]--and the streets are straight and
+well laid out; there are none in Espana so extensive, or with such
+buildings and fine appearance. The city has as many as five hundred
+houses; but, as these ate all, or nearly all, houses which would
+cost 20U or more ducados in this court, they occupy as much space
+as would a city of two thousand inhabitants here. For the wall, as
+measured by me, is 2U250 geometrical pasos in circumference, at five
+tercias for each paso, which makes three quarters of a legua. [53]
+In all these islands there are none unconverted except the Zambales,
+as I have said above, and those in the mountains where the mines are,
+and a few villages behind these same mountains, which are called
+the province of Ituri--so called because it was discovered by Don
+Luys Perez de las Marinas, in the time of his father, who sent him
+there. For lack of religious, the gospel has not been preached to
+them. They are a peaceable people, and make no opposition. In Nueva
+Segovia, which is under the charge of the Order of St. Dominic, there
+are some to be converted, who have not yet been settled peacefully,
+as they are warlike and restless Indians. On the contrary, they have
+rebelled several times; but it has always been on account of injuries
+which the Spaniards have inflicted upon them.
+
+
+
+Chapter III. Of the islands of Maluco, and others adjacent to them;
+and of the spice and other articles that are contained in them.
+
+
+The Malucas Islands, commonly so called, where, of the spices, cloves
+are obtained, and so named from this drug, [54] are five. They
+begin at that of Bachan, which is on the equinoctial line, and
+extend north and south. The farthest north is that of Terrenate,
+which is six or seven leguas in circumference. It consists entirely
+of a very high elevation, on the summit of which is a volcano, which
+sends forth fire. In the medial region of this mountain they raise the
+clove-trees, which are like laurel trees, the leaves being a little
+narrower and longer. This island has five fortresses; the principal
+one is called Talangame, and another San Pedro. The Dutch have three:
+that of Malayo, which is the principal one; another called Tacome,
+and another Toleco, which is of little importance.
+
+The island of Tidore is distant about two leguas from this, and,
+although smaller, has about the same aspect. Your Majesty has a fort
+there, and the king of Tidore has another. The Dutch have two others,
+which they call Great and Little Mariaco. In the island of Motiel,
+farther south, the Dutch have a fort.
+
+In that of Maquien there is a fort. Directly beyond this is another and
+smaller island, called Cayoa; and that of Bachan, with several others
+of little importance, lies near. To the east of all these islands
+is one called Vatachina, or Gilolo, lying two or three leguas from
+these--a very large island, where your Majesty has two forts. This
+island extends so far that it makes a strait with the island of Nueva
+Guinea on the eastern end, according to the relation of Fray Diego
+de Prado, of the Order of St. Basil, who, while he was a layman,
+coasted along this island on the southern side, of which nothing
+was then known. This is the largest island in the world, and was
+discovered from the northern side. It extends from the equinoctial
+line. No one has thus far examined what is in the interior, although
+it is known that it is well peopled, some of the natives being black,
+and some of the ordinary color of Indians. There are indications of
+much wealth. More to the east, there are the islands of Salamon near
+by. The blacks are sold among the Indians, as in Guinea, and they have
+fairs at set times. The Indians buy these people to cultivate their
+lands. Beyond these Malucas Islands there are some to the southward,
+of little importance, as far as that of Ambueno, which is seventy
+leguas distant from them. The Dutch have a fort there, which they
+took from the Portuguese, and a port where abundance of cloves are
+gathered--which, transplanted from the Malucas, have grown in this
+island alone and in no other. Eighteen leguas farther east lies the
+island of Banda, where nutmeg is gathered; and the Dutch have another
+fortress there.
+
+Westward from the Malucas Islands, about twenty leguas distant,
+is an island called Macasar. It is more than two hundred and fifty
+leguas around, and is very fertile and rich, being inhabited by the
+best people in those islands; their king is friendly, very peaceful,
+and glad to trade with the Spaniards. He used to receive the Dutch,
+and let them provide themselves from his country with provisions
+for all their forts. He does not now admit them, and has sent to ask
+for religious to preach the gospel; and two of the Society and two
+Dominicans have been sent to him. The friendship of this king is very
+important for the preservation of Maluco.
+
+Next, farther to the west, lies the island of Borney. It is 400 leguas
+in circumference. On the side which faces the south the Dutch maintain
+trade, and through it they obtain the finest diamonds.
+
+In Greater Java, which is the island that forms a narrow strait with
+that of Samatra, they have a factory (without a fort), to which they
+bring the cloves and nutmeg and pepper which they buy there, which
+amounts to a large quantity. They trade there, and a few years ago the
+Javans drove them out. Since the English have become their allies,
+they are able to keep the natives in subjection, and are building
+a fortress.
+
+They have other factories in the kingdom of Patan, at one of which
+they buy a great deal of pepper. Patan lies more to the north of
+the strait of Sincapura (which others call the strait of Malaca);
+and further north lies the kingdom of Sian, which is very rich in
+many kinds of merchandise, and in rubies. They have another factory
+there. In the kingdom of Cambosea [_sic_; _sc._ Camboja] they have
+another, and still another in Cochinchina. They are not allowed
+to enter China, but rather, on account of the robberies which they
+have perpetrated, they are held to be enemies of the country. In the
+islands of Japon they have another factory, from which they procure
+supplies and military stores, and which is of much importance to
+them. Of the other islands of this archipelago no mention is made,
+to avoid being prolix, although there are a great number of them.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter IV. Wherein are considered the riches of the spice trade of
+these Malucas Islands and the others.
+
+
+These Malucas Islands give from year to year four thousand four hundred
+bares of cloves in clusters, which are called "selected," according
+to the relation which is made and the information given by Don Juan de
+Silva, knight of the habit of Santiago, when he governed the Filipinas
+Islands. Others say that there are eight thousand, and still others,
+six. The first statement is the most accurate, and agrees with another
+note made by Captain Gregorio de Vidana, a citizen of Manila; he was
+a person very learned in manuscripts, who spent many years there,
+and sought to inquire into the matter out of curiosity.
+
+Four thousand four hundred bares of cloves, each bare containing 640
+libras, amount to 2,816,000 libras--which at one ducado, the price
+at which they are sold [in Europe] will bring the same number of
+ducados. All this can be bought for a hundred thousand ducados. [55]
+It is not bought with money, but with cloth purchased in India and in
+China; and what in those countries costs ten is sold in the Malucas
+at fifty. This profit is at present possessed by the Dutch, who buy
+on the coast of Caramendel, and from the Chinese in Cochinchina and
+Java, whence they take the merchandise which they trade for cloves
+in Maluco. The nutmeg, according to Don Juan de Silva, is worth 500U
+ducados, when transported to these parts.
+
+The cloves gathered in the island of Ambueno amount to a great deal,
+although I have no exact account of the quantity.
+
+The pepper which is taken from Greater Java is much, although I
+do not know the exact quantity. They likewise have a factory and a
+treaty friendship with the king of Achen, in the island of Samatra,
+where there is much merchandise. He is an enemy of ours, as well as
+he who attacked Malaca in the year 16, and burned a galleon of the
+four which were awaiting Don Juan de Silva. Soon afterward seven Dutch
+galleons arrived to aid him, and burned the other three. Malaca is a
+very important place, and it is very necessary that your Majesty should
+preserve it, as it is the passage to all the kingdoms and districts
+of that archipelago of San Lacaro, where there is so much wealth.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter V. Of the expense incurred by your Majesty to maintain the
+fortified posts of Tidore and Terrenate in the Malucas Islands.
+
+
+I said in the second part of this relation that the reenforcements of
+money and men which are brought from Nueva Espana to the Filipinas
+were not to preserve those islands, but were occasioned by the war
+with the Dutch. I shall now set down here a memorandum of the expenses
+of those forts, without the many other requisites.
+
+
+_Relation of the salaries and expenses which your Majesty has to pay
+in the Malucas Islands_
+
+
+                                                                  Pesos
+
+A warden and commander of the troops, with two thousand
+ducados of salary each year, which at eleven reals to the
+ducado, makes 2757 pesos, 2 tomins, and 9 granos                  2U757
+
+Seven captains of Spanish infantry, with 990 pesos of salary
+a year, amounting to.                                             6U930
+
+Seven alferezes of these companies, with 412 pesos, 4 tomins
+of salary each per year.                                          2U887
+
+Seven sergeants, with 206 pesos, 2 tomins, apiece each year,
+amounting to.                                                     1U443
+
+Fourteen drummers, at 171 pesos each per year, amounting to.      2U394
+
+Seven fifers, at 165 pesos a year, amounting to.                  1U155
+
+Seven shield-bearers, at 103 pesos each, amounting to.            0U721
+
+Seven standard-bearers, at 115 pesos per year each,
+amounting to.                                                     0U815
+
+Two adjutant sargentos-mayor, with 412 pesos, 4 tomins,
+each per year, amounting to.                                      0U825
+
+A campaign captain, at 330 pesos of salary per year.              0U330
+
+A captain of artillery, with a salary of 480 pesos per year.      0U480
+
+A constable for land and sea, with 300 pesos per year.            0U300
+
+Twenty artillerymen for land and sea, at 200 pesos each per
+year, amounting to.                                               4U000
+
+There are continually 600 soldiers, and at times more, seldom
+less. These usually earn 115 pesos per year, amounting to
+69U000 pesos.                                                    69U000
+
+Of this number 140 are musketeers, who get 36 pesos each per
+year beside their ordinary salary, amounting to 5040 pesos.       5U040
+
+Thirty ducados of eleven reals each as extra pay to each
+company each month, amounting to 2520 ducados, which makes
+3465 pesos.                                                       3U465
+
+Twenty-eight squadron leaders, with three pesos of extra pay
+each month, amounting in a year to 1008 pesos.                    1U008
+
+One accountant of the royal exchequer, with a salary of 800
+pesos per year, and 50 fanegas of cleaned rice.                   0U800
+
+One superintendent of supplies and munitions, with 500 pesos
+of salary and rations.                                            0U500
+
+One secretary of mines and registries, who serves on a salary
+of a major official of the office of accounts, with 400 pesos;
+and one minor official with 150, which amount to.                 0U550
+
+Two secretaries, one of war and one of magazines, with
+200 pesos apiece per year of salary, and rations for the
+magazines secretary.                                              0U400
+
+One engineer and one surgeon, with 600 pesos each year,
+amounting to 1200 pesos.                                          1U200
+
+Two Pampango captains, with 120 pesos; two ensigns, with 96
+pesos; two sergeants, at 72 pesos; four drummers, two fifers,
+two shield-bearers, two standard-bearers, at 48 pesos each;
+and 200 soldiers, at 48 pesos of salary per year, amounting
+to 10717 pesos.                                                  10U717
+
+A Spanish smith, with a salary of 300 pesos per year, and one
+Indian with 48 pesos; another, with 42 pesos; ten others,
+with 30 pesos; one keeper of arquebuses with 42 pesos and
+all his rations, which will be mentioned in their place,
+amounting in money to 732 pesos                                   0U732
+
+Two Spanish carpenters and 20 Indians--the Spaniards with
+300 pesos each per year, and the 20 Indians at 48 pesos and
+their rations--the money amounting to 1560 pesos                  1U560
+
+One Spanish stonecutter, with 300 pesos; and twelve Indians
+at 24 pesos, amounting yearly to 588 pesos                        0U588
+
+Two calkers and one cooper, Spaniards, at 300 pesos each per
+year, amounting to 900 pesos                                      0U900
+
+A hundred Indian pioneers, at 48 pesos each per year and
+rations, amounting to 4800 pesos                                  4U800
+
+An alguazil of the royal exchequer, at 150 pesos per year         0U150
+
+Ten religious, of the Society of Jesus and the Order of
+St. Francis, and the vicar, at 100 pesos; and thirty fanegas
+of rice each, the money amounting to 1000 pesos                   1U000
+
+Commander, captains, pilot, masters, and other officials of
+the two galleys, besides rations, have each year in salaries
+5643 pesos, 4 tomins                                              5U643
+
+Four substitutes, [56] who are about the person of the governor
+of those islands, at 30 ducados of eleven reals per month each,
+amounting each year to                                            1U980
+
+Each year presents are taken to the king, his son, and the
+chiefs, worth 2000 pesos                                          2U000
+
+The hospitals expend each year in medicines, food, cloth,
+and service more than 10000 pesos                                10U000
+
+There must be used powder, balls, iron, steel, pikes and
+boats for minor service, costing for their manufacture or
+construction more than 10000 pesos                               10U000
+
+The expenses of the vessels which bring reenforcements; the
+galleys which are kept there; the salaries of the captains,
+pilots, masters, officers, and sailors; the careening; and
+other smaller expenses for their construction and voyages,
+amount each year to more than 40000 pesos                        40U000
+
+A purveyor, who is present in the province of Pintados,
+earns each year 700 pesos of salary; and there are
+others--commissioners, a storekeeper, and a secretary--in
+all amounting to 1300 pesos per year                              1U300
+
+The rice, wine, meat, fish, vegetables, and other minor
+articles used by the persons who are supplied with rations--as
+are the sailors, artillerymen, carpenters, smiths, pioneers,
+commanders, and rowers of the galleys; the religious, and
+others--will amount in Terrenate to more than twenty thousand
+pesos per year                                                   20U000
+
+
+                                                                218U372
+
+
+Beside what has been mentioned, attention must be given to what has
+been spent on the fleets which have been collected since the year
+one thousand six hundred and six, when Don Pedro de Acuna recovered
+it--both in ships and on casting [of artillery], soldiers' hire,
+and that which has been lost at different times, which has amounted
+to a large sum each year; and little or no income has been secured
+from the Malucas, for in nine years they have not brought in 20U
+pesos. This has been due to negligence; for if there had been
+a faithful administrator posted there, and his accounts had been
+audited, and affairs had been orderly and regular (as they are with
+the enemy), your Majesty might have secured [sufficient] profit to
+maintain those forces without expending anything from your royal
+exchequer, as you now do. The same argument applies from now on. On
+this account it is very important to your royal service either that
+correction be applied to this, or that some means be considered,
+which it does not appear to me expedient to place in this relation, to
+spare your Majesty so great an expense. When those islands are secure
+from the Dutch enemy, your Majesty will suffer no expense, and will
+be able to further the working of the above-mentioned mines which lie
+near Manila. From them, with the favor of God, so great wealth may be
+looked for as will suffice to clear your Majesty from debt, and this
+can be accomplished in no other way; for with the ordinary practice,
+which has prevailed thus far, there is no more hope than for a sick
+man declared past recovery, to whom the physicians give no remedies,
+and whom they declare to be at the end of his life.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Bibliographical Data
+
+
+The documents of the present volume are from various sources (all
+manuscript except No. 9). The following are from the Archivo general
+de Indias, Sevilla:
+
+1. _Reforms needed_--See Bibliographical Data, _Vol_. XVIII, No. 12.
+
+2. _Decrees ordering reforms of religious_.--"Audiencia de Filipinas;
+registros de oficios y partes; reales ordenes dirigidas a las
+autoridades y particulares del distrito de la Audiencia; anos 1605
+a 1645; est. 105, caj. 2, leg. 12."
+
+3. _Compulsory  service_.--"Simancas--Eclesiastico; Audiencia de
+Filipinas; cartas y expedientes de religiosos misioneros de Filipinas
+vistos en el Consejo; anos 1617 a 1642; est. 68, caj. 1, leg. 38."
+
+4. _Letter from Audiencia_.--"Simancas--Secular; Audiencia de Filipinas
+cartas y expedientes del presidente y oydores de dicha Audiencia
+vistos en al Consejo; anos 1607 a 1626; est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 20."
+
+5. _Letter from Fajardo_.--"Simancas--Secular; Audiencia de Filipinas;
+cartas y expedientes del gobernador de Filipinas vistos en el Consejo;
+anos 1600 a 1628; est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 7."
+
+The following are obtained from MSS. in the Real Academia de la
+Historia, Madrid; all are in the collection "Papeles de los Jesuitas:"
+
+6. _Letter to Escovar_.--"Tomo 129, num. 153."
+
+7. _Relation of 1619-20_.--"Tomo 112, num. 55."
+
+The following is from the Archivo Historico Nacional, Madrid:
+
+8. _Letter to Fajardo_.--"Cedulario Indico, tomo 38, folio 101,
+num. 80."
+
+9. _Memorial, y relacion para sv magestad_ (Madrid, 1621), by Hernando
+de los Rios Coronel.--This is translated and synopsized from the copy
+in the Library of Congress.
+
+
+
+
+
+Appendix: Buying and Selling Prices of Oriental Products
+
+
+[The first list of prices that follows is from a compilation by the
+procurator of the Philippines, Martin Castanos, and is taken from a
+relation of Governor Juan de Silva entitled:]
+
+_Relation of the importance of the Filipinas and Terrenate_
+
+The Malucas Islands yield from year to year four thousand four
+hundred bars of cloves. Each bar is six hundred and forty libras. If
+his Majesty would make himself master of this, as well as of the
+nutmeg and mace, and establish his factories--in Yndia, in Ormuz,
+[57] for the nations who come from all Asia to trade for it; and in
+Lisboa, for Europa and the Yndias--it would be worth [from one year
+to another?] three million seven hundred pesos at the least, as I
+reckon it; because in India each libra of cloves is worth at Ormuz
+one peso, and in Lisboa a greater sum, while in the West Yndias it
+is worth more than two pesos. [58] Averaging them all together, it
+will be equivalent to ten reals per libra, which will amount to three
+million five hundred and twenty thousand pesos.... It will cost his
+Majesty to buy the cloves, in cloth, silks, and other things which
+the natives value, eighty thousand pesos; while the navigation and
+the pay of the factors will amount to one hundred and twenty thousand,
+all amounting to two hundred and thirty thousand pesos. Consequently,
+there will be a clear profit on the cloves of three million two
+hundred and ninety thousand pesos.
+
+The nutmegs and mace when delivered in Europa cost the Dutch
+five hundred and twenty thousand pesos annually. The purchase,
+navigation, and [pay of] factors amount to one hundred and ten
+thousand pesos. Consequently, the net gain on the nutmeg and mace is
+four hundred and ten thousand pesos. That added to the profit of the
+cloves amounts to three million seven hundred thousand pesos.
+
+His Majesty can make a profit of two millions annually on the silks
+of China in this way--that a ship of two hundred toneladas' burden go
+each year with the ships from Filipinas to Nueva Espana, with these
+silks, which cost the following prices.
+
+One thousand picos of spun and raw silk of Changuei, [59] each pico
+containing one hundred and thirty libras, and costing two hundred
+pesos, amount to two hundred thousand pesos.
+
+Ten thousand pieces of Canton satin, at a cost of five pesos, amount
+to fifty thousand pesos.
+
+Ten thousand pieces of damask, at four pesos, amount to forty
+thousand pesos.
+
+Twenty thousand pieces of gorgoran, at a cost of one and one-half
+pesos, amount to thirty thousand pesos.
+
+Thirty thousand varas of velvet in colors, at one-half peso, amount
+to fifteen thousand pesos.
+
+These silks cost three hundred and thirty-five thousand pesos. They
+will, with the condescension of his Majesty, be taken to Peru (as is
+done, that other silks of China may not be taken from Nueva Espana),
+and are sold at Lima at the following prices.
+
+Each libra of silk of the quality named in the first item, at fifteen
+pesos, the one thousand picos amounting to one million nine hundred
+and fifty thousand pesos.
+
+Each piece of Canton satin at fifty pesos, the ten thousand pieces
+amounting to five hundred thousand pesos.
+
+Each piece of damask at forty pesos, the ten thousand pieces amounting
+to four hundred thousand pesos.
+
+Each piece of gorgoran at ten pesos, the twenty thousand pieces
+amounting to two hundred thousand pesos.
+
+Each vara of velvet at four pesos, the thirty thousand varas amounting
+to one hundred and twenty thousand pesos.
+
+Taking from this amount the three hundred and thirty-five thousand
+pesos that those goods cost in China, and eight hundred and thirty-five
+thousand pesos for the cost of factors and of navigation, and whatever
+else their handling may cost, there is a net gain of two million pesos.
+
+In that way his Majesty can obtain every year from Filipinas five
+million seven hundred thousand pesos net, after deducting the entire
+cost.
+
+[The following list is from an undated memorial of probably the
+early seventeenth century which treats of the merchandise that the
+Portuguese were wont to take from China to Japan. The memorial first
+defines the value of certain coins and weights and measures.]
+
+First, the _tae_ is equivalent to a ducado of ten reals of gold or
+silver; a _maz_ is equal to one of our reals. One _maz_ is equivalent
+to ten _conderins_; each _conderin_ being valued at six maravedis,
+is divided into ten _caxes_, each _cax_ [_i.e.,_ cash] being a round
+brass coin half the size of a half cuarto [60] pierced with four
+holes, and with certain characters around the edge. One hundred of
+them make one maz; and it is the only coin that is stamped with a die,
+for all the others circulate by weight.
+
+_Ranquel_ are ten pieces of plate or crockery-ware.
+
+_Pico_ is equivalent to one quintal, but has one arroba more than
+ours. _Cate_ is a weight of twenty onzas.
+
+The ship of the Portuguese carries from five to six hundred picos
+of white untwisted silk. It costs at Canton eighty taes per pico
+delivered in Macan, and is sold in Xapon for one hundred and forty
+or one hundred and fifty taes.
+
+Laden with _retros_ (the fine red silk), of four or five hundred picos
+of all colors, at a cost of one hundred and forty taes, it is sold
+in Xapon at three hundred and seventy and sometimes four hundred taes.
+
+The common assorted _retros_ costs from fifty-five to sixty taes
+in Canton, according to its quality, and is sold in Xapon for one
+hundred taes.
+
+The silk of the _darca_, of all colors, is worth forty taes in Canton,
+and is sold by the libra in Xapon at nine maces per cate.
+
+The said ship will also carry from one thousand seven hundred to
+two thousand pieces of a certain silk worked with birds, and other
+pictures done in silk and unwoven silver. [61] Each piece is worth up
+to eleven maces, and the fine ones up to fourteen. They have seven,
+eight, and nine gaxos, and they are sold in Xapon for about two and
+one-half or three taes apiece.
+
+It will take three or four thousand taes of gold. The tae of common
+gold is worth about four or five maces per tae, and it is sold in
+Xapon for seven taes and eight maces.
+
+Fine gold is worth in Canton six taes six maces, and seven taes per
+tae of common gold. It is sold in Xapon for eight taes and three maces.
+
+Moreover, two picos of musk will be taken. It costs eight reals
+per cate in Canton, and is sold in Xapon at fifteen and sixteen,
+according to its quality.
+
+It will carry about five hundred picos of white lead. It costs at
+Canton two taes and seven maces per pico; and, delivered at Macan,
+three. It is sold in Xapon for six and one-half and seven taes. The
+Japanese use a considerable quantity of it.... It is brought refined
+from there and is carried by way of Yndia to Portugal, where each
+ba[r?] is worth six [maces?] seven conderins.
+
+The ship will carry, moreover, two hundred or three hundred picos
+of cotton thread. It costs seven taes per pico delivered in Macan,
+and is sold in Xapon for sixteen, seventeen, and eighteen.
+
+It will carry three thousand _cangalas_ [_i.e._, pieces of buckram],
+which are pieces of cotton, most of them white, while the rest
+are black and in colors. They cost various prices, the large pieces
+costing twenty-eight taes per hundred. It is sold in Xapon at fifty and
+fifty-four taes per hundred. These cangalas are made of cotton. Those
+from Lanquin [_i.e._, Nankin], which are half cotton and half raw
+silk, are worth one tae three maces per piece of ten varas. Other
+smaller ones cost twelve taes per hundred in Canton, and are sold in
+Xapon for twenty-three and twenty-four. The red ones cost eight and
+one-half taes, and are sold for sixteen and seventeen taes.
+
+The ship will carry one hundred and fifty or two hundred picos of
+quicksilver. It costs forty taes at Canton, and fifty-three delivered
+at Macan. It is sold in Xapon for ninety and ninety-two, and at times
+for less than ninety.
+
+It will also carry two thousand picos of lead, at a cost of three
+taes per pico delivered in Macan. It is sold in Xapon for six taes
+four maces, and the money doubled.
+
+It will also carry five or six hundred picos of tin. I do not remember
+its buying or its selling price.
+
+It will carry besides five or six hundred picos of China-wood, [62]
+at a cost per pico of one tae or twelve maces. It is sold for four
+or five taes in Xapon, and the money doubled.
+
+It will carry about two thousand ranquels of crockery-ware at the
+very least. These goods are bought in Canton at many prices, and the
+money doubled two or three times in Xapon.
+
+It will carry one hundred picos of rhubarb, which costs two and
+one-half taes, and is sold for five, thus doubling the money.
+
+It will also carry one hundred and fifty picos of licorice. It costs
+delivered in Macan three taes per pico, and is sold in Xapon for nine
+or ten taes per pico, thus tripling the money.
+
+It will also carry about sixty or seventy picos of white sugar. It
+costs fifteen maces per pico, and is sold in Xapon for three and four
+and one-half taes. However, little of it is used, and the Japanese
+prefer the black. The latter kind costs from four to six maces in
+Macan, and is sold for four, five, or six taes per pico in Xapon. It
+forms an excellent merchandise, and the ship will carry one hundred
+and fifty or two hundred picos of it.
+
+The captain of the ship will ask, for carrying the silk, ten per cent;
+and in order that the freight on the remainder of the merchandise may
+not be raised, five hundred dead taes are given him, besides sixty
+picos sold at its value there per pico. That which is sold, and all
+the bulk of the silk that is unsold, and the five hundred taes are
+given him beforehand; while on the other merchandise mentioned above
+he is given ten per cent.
+
+The said ship takes, on its return to Yndia, the aforesaid merchandise
+of loose white silk--one thousand picos at the abovesaid prices. They
+are sold in Yndia at about two hundred cruzados [63] per pico.
+
+It will carry about ten or twelve thousand pieces of silk damasks
+and taffetas of all shades, bought at different prices. The common
+price of the fine pieces of damask is five taes, and the very fine,
+six and seven; and the pieces are four varas long. There are also
+some at four taes. These damasks are also sold at various prices. The
+greater part of them are sold among the natives. The same is to be
+said of the pieces of taffeta as to their purchase and sale.
+
+It will carry three or four picos of gold, bought in the manner
+aforesaid. A profit of eighty or ninety per cent is also made on this
+among the natives.
+
+It will carry five or six hundred picos of wrought and unwrought
+brass. The money invested in this is doubled. It is used among the
+natives.
+
+It will carry six or seven picos of musk, which is used by the people
+of the country. The money will be gained once and a half over.
+
+It will carry one hundred picos of quicksilver, which will gain
+seventy or eighty per cent.
+
+It will carry five hundred picos of vermilion, which will gain as
+much as the quicksilver.
+
+It will carry two or three [hundred?] picos of sugar, and the money
+will be gained once and a half over.
+
+It will carry one or two thousand picos of China-wood, the money
+invested for which will be increased two or three times.
+
+It will carry two thousand picos of brass bracelets, which cost five
+taes six maces, and seven taes per pico delivered in Machan. The
+money is doubled. They are used in Bengala.
+
+It will carry about two hundred picos of camphor, which goes to
+Portugal.
+
+It carries a considerable quantity of earthenware of all sorts. The
+money is gained once and a half over.
+
+It carries a great number of gilded beds, tables, and writing desks.
+
+Much fine colored unwoven silk. It costs eighteen and nineteen maces
+and two taes per cate. Some of the gilded beds are generally sold for
+three or four hundred cruzados. It carries many coverlets worked on
+frames; canopies, bed-curtains, and hangings; short cloaks of the
+same handiwork, made by the same Chinese; besides other trifles,
+and many gold chains exquisitely wrought.
+
+The Portuguese pay duties at Malaca of seven and one-half per cent
+on the merchandise which they carry from China, without selling or
+unloading anything in that city.
+
+They pay two or three thousand cruzados at Zeylao [_i.e._, Ceylon]
+for the support of the garrison stationed there. For that purpose
+two or three fustas go to the ship and take it, in spite of itself,
+to the port, whence it does not sail until it pays that sum. The
+reason given by the captain of that fort is, that the viceroy of Goa
+discounts that money from the duties. The same is done with the ships
+which come from Bengala, as well as from all other parts from which it
+is necessary to pass that island (which is the island for cinnamon)
+in order to get to Goa. They pay eight and one-half per cent at Goa,
+both for entrance and for clearance; and the same is true at Malaca,
+going and coming to [India?] But they do not pay in [Macan?] because
+they return thither.
+
+When the ship sails from Goa to China, it carries silver in money
+and in wrought pieces (as I saw), of these two or three thousand;
+ivory, velvet from Espana and other places, and fine scarlet cloth
+[_grana_]; one hundred and fifty or two hundred pipes of wine; about
+six other pipes of oil; also olives, and capers. One is surprised
+at the cheapness of these things in Machan since they are brought
+from Espana to Goa, and thence to China, a distance of more than one
+thousand leguas. What most surprised me was to see that a cuarto
+of wine is worth one real, which is about its worth in Lisboa. A
+jar of oil at eight or ten reals, or at the most twelve, is worth at
+Machan when it comes from Espana five, six, or eight pesos per botija,
+counting eight reals to the peso. A cuartillo of wine at four reals,
+is sold at little or nothing. The Portuguese say that they do not
+care to make their principal good in China, but to invest in China,
+as their interest lies in the investment.
+
+Ivory is sold to the Chinese at fifty taes per pico for the white
+and even ivory. It is understood that this must be in exchange for
+other merchandise, and not for money or silver; for silver that enters
+China does not go out again except in merchandise.
+
+Velvet costs six or seven cruzados per codo in Goa. The codo is a
+palmo less than our vara. It is sold among the Portuguese at Machan
+for seven or eight taes, according to its quality.
+
+Grana costs five or six cruzados per codo at Goa, and even seven
+and eight.
+
+A pipe of wine is generally worth forty or fifty cruzados at Goa,
+and the fine and good wines ninety-five. However, the latter is not
+taken to China; and that of the first-named price is sold in Machan,
+where it is worth eighty or ninety cruzados per pipe.
+
+One million of gold and upward enters China yearly through the
+Portuguese alone.
+
+The Portuguese pay anchorage at Machan according to the beam and
+length of their ships, and whether they enter light or laden. The
+length is measured from the mizzenmast to the bow, and the beam from
+edge to edge. According as the ship is larger or smaller it pays. The
+[standard of] measure is one _cana_, and so much is paid for each
+measure. Consequently, a ship of three hundred toneladas will pay
+three or four thousand taes of silver. The Portuguese formerly paid
+the said anchorage in brasil-wood and in other merchandise which
+they carried; but for two or three years past they have had to pay
+it in silver. They do not like that as well as the other method. If,
+perchance, the ships have to lay up for the winter, even if they are
+the ships of the inhabitants of Machan themselves, they have to pay
+without any remission.
+
+
+
+_Memorandum of the retail selling prices of wares in Canton_
+
+
+The tae of fine gold is equivalent to seven of silver. One cate of musk
+is sold for eight taes. Raw silk at eight taes per pico. The contrary
+kind, or twisted silk [_sirguin_], which is the best of the country,
+one hundred taes per pico. Good pieces of damask, seven taes; a piece
+contains fourteen varas. Other pieces of common silk, ten varas for
+one tae three maces. Vermilion, forty taes per pico. Copper, seven and
+eight taes [per pico]. Quicksilver, forty taes per pico. Herd-bells,
+eight maces per pico. White lead, two and one-half and three taes per
+pico. Cotton, eight taes per pico. Fine powdered vermilion, seventy
+maces per cate. One ranquel of fine porcelain, one tae two maces;
+fine dishes, fifteen maces per ranquel. Large fine dishes, five maces
+apiece. Medium quality earthenware is worth one and one-half maces
+per ranquel, both chinaware [_porcelana_] and dishes. Fine pieces
+of taffeta of all colors, from Lanquin, each piece containing about
+twelve codos, are worth two and one-half and three taes. Large pieces
+of certain damasks, which contain sixteen varas, are worth twelve
+taes at the least and fifteen at the most. Common earthenware is
+worth less than one real per ranquel, either dishes or jars. Wheat
+is worth four maces per pico, and eight in flour. Rice is worth
+three and one-half and four maces per pico. One cow is worth four
+taes in Macan. One pico of flour, delivered in Macan, one tae two
+maces. Pork is worth two taes in Macan and one and one-half taes in
+Canton, per pico. Fowls, two taes per pico. One pico of salt fish,
+two taes and more--or less, according to the fish. Two cates of fresh
+fish, one conderin. One pico of sugar, two taes, or, at the least,
+one and one-half taes. One pico of the finest iron, which resembles
+a _manteca_ [64] is worth two taes, and in nails two and one-half,
+and three taes. One pico of Chinese camphor is worth ten taes. One
+pico of cinnamon, three taes. Rhubarb, at two, two and one-half, and
+three taes; and there is an infinite amount of it in China. Pieces
+of thin, fine silk, which contain about twenty varas, arc worth three
+and one-half and four taes. Red silk headdresses for women, four and
+five maces apiece. One pico of licorice, two and one-half taes. One
+pico of China-wood, at eight maces, and one tae.
+
+The merchandise brought by the Portuguese in their ships from the
+districts where they trade and traffic is as follows.
+
+First, they carry from Malaca to Goa a great quantity of cloves,
+nutmeg, and mace; also tin--which is the finest that is obtained from
+those parts, and which they also carry to China, for the tin of that
+country is not so fine. They carry tortoise-shell and many pearls.
+
+From Zeylao, a great quantity of cinnamon, the finest of diamonds,
+and other precious gems.
+
+From Bengala, abundance of very fine cotton; quantities of sugar and
+rock sulphur; and a quantity of rice--for which, if it were not for
+Bengala, Yndia would suffer.
+
+From Mocambique, ivory and brasil-wood.
+
+From Ormuz, which is in Persia, they bring excellent horses, and very
+fine carpets; many larins, [65] each one a trifle smaller than one
+of our reals; many clusters of dates; camlets, [66] and many agras;
+and benecianos, [67] each of which is worth about one of our escudos
+of eleven reals.
+
+From the kingdom of Pegu, they carry a quantity of fine lac in loaves,
+and other things.
+
+From Siam, excellent silver, and arquebus-balls; much and very fine
+benzoin; almond cakes; a quantity of oil of ginger, and of cocoa,
+and brasil-wood; lead; and a quantity of rice.
+
+From Conchinchina, aguila-wood, [68] and another wood called
+_calambac_, [69] which is very valuable. It is black and contains
+oil, and is worth fifty cruzados among the Portuguese; while in its
+own kingdom, it passes weight for weight with silver. [The ship also
+carries] lead, pepper, and some yellow silk.
+
+From the kingdom of Champa is brought the abovesaid wood, and it is
+even finer than that of Conchinchina. They carry another kind of black
+wood from which the Chinese make certain little sticks one cuarto
+[_i.e._, one-fourth vara?] long with which they eat. This kingdom
+has nothing else [to trade].
+
+From Cambay, they bring the finest incense that those districts
+furnish. It is worth three taes per pico. They bring it from Far,
+which is Arabia the Blest [_la Felice_], and also from the island of
+Samatra, which the Portuguese call by another name Dachen.
+
+From Timor, white sandal wood, which grows in no other part, while
+they bring the red from Santo Tome.
+
+From Borney they bring camphor, which is the best which is usually
+found. It passes in its own kingdom weight for weight with silver. They
+also bring a great quantity of wood of the same tree for tables and
+writing desks, and it is very beautiful and sweet-smelling.
+
+From the islands of Ternate, Tidore, and three or four others, the
+spice of the clove.
+
+From the island of Banda, and from other islands, nutmeg and mace. From
+the same island they bring certain very beautiful birds which have no
+feet or claws. They have a very long tail with very beautiful feathers,
+and resemble young herons.
+
+From Xapon a great quantity of silver; [abundance?] of tunny-fish;
+certain catans (which resemble cutlasses, and are very large), and
+daggers wrought very richly in gold; and other things.
+
+From Sunda and many other places they bring various other articles. The
+Spaniards take from the Philipinas many pieces of cotton of very
+fine quality, and many pieces of various-colored damask; all kinds
+of taffeta, in greater or less quantity; much spun and loose silk of
+all colors; a great quantity of earthenware--which, together with the
+silk, is all brought to Manila by the Chinese themselves, who also
+bring a great amount of gold, wrought and unwrought, and of different
+carats. The following are the names of the gold in the Philipinas
+and their carats: first, gold of _ariseis_, of twenty-three carats
+three granos, and worth per tae in the said islands, nine eight-real
+pesos; gold of _guinogulan_, of twenty carats, worth seven pesos;
+gold of _orejeras_, of eighteen or nineteen carats, and worth five and
+one-half pesos per tae; gold of _linguin_, of fourteen or fourteen
+and one-half carats, and worth four or four and one-half pesos;
+gold of _bislin_, of nine or nine and one-half carats, and worth
+three pesos; gold of _malubay_, of six or six and one-half carats,
+and worth one and one-half and two pesos. [70]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+[1] The twelve-year truce between the States-General and Spain,
+signed in 1608.
+
+[2] This squadron was sent for the succor of the Philippines,
+in December, 1619; but soon after its departure it encountered a
+severe storm, which compelled the ships to take refuge in the port
+of Cadiz. Learning of this, the royal Council sent imperative orders
+for the ships to depart on their voyage; the result was that they
+were driven ashore and lost on the Andalusian coast, January 3, 1620,
+with the loss of one hundred and fifty lives. Among the dead was Fray
+Hernando de Moraga, O.S.F., who had come to Spain some time before to
+ask aid for the Philippine colony and the missions there. A council
+assembled by the king, after discussing the matter, recommended that
+Spain abandon the islands as costly and profitless; Moraga's entreaties
+induced the king to disregard this advice, and to send a fleet with
+troops and supplies, in which embarked Moraga with thirty friars of
+his order. See La Concepcion's account, in _Hist. de Philipinas_, v,
+pp. 474-479.
+
+Another letter from Otaco, dated February 18, 1620, says: "There
+has been a very heated discussion (which still continues) regarding
+aid for the Philipinas, between the lords of the Council and all the
+procurators and agents of those islands."
+
+[3] Translated: "[This blow upon us], beyond measure, still we are
+the Lord's and He is just, and His judgment is upright."
+
+[4] So in the MS., but apparently a copyist's error for Leatum, the
+form given in later pages; apparently a phonetic blunder for Liao-tung,
+the name of the province where the contest between Russia and Japan
+is now centered (May, 1904).
+
+[5] W. Winterbotham gives, in his _View of the Chinese Empire_
+(London, 1796), ii, pp. 6-8, an interesting account of the "mandarins
+of letters," the chief nobility of the empire. He says: "There are
+only two ranks in China, the nobility and the people, but the former
+is not hereditary ... China contains about fifteen thousand mandarins
+of letters, and a still greater number who aspire to that title
+... To arrive at this degree, it is necessary to pass through several
+others; such as that of Batchelor (_sie_, or _tsai_), of licentiate
+(_kiu-gin_), and of doctor (_tsing-tssee_). The two first, however,
+are only absolutely necessary; bur even those on whom the third is
+conferred obtain for a time only the government of a city of the second
+or third class. There are eight orders of [these] mandarins ... In
+short, the whole administration of the Chinese empire is entrusted
+to the mandarins of letters."
+
+[6] Referring to the Manchu chief Noorhachu (see _Vol_. XVIII,
+note 63).  His grandfather was named Huen.
+
+[7] Gabriel de Matos was born at Vidigueira, Portugal, in 1572, and
+entered the Jesuit order at the age of sixteen. He spent twenty years
+in the Japan missions, and later was provincial of Malabar; and he
+filed in January, 1633, either at Cochin or at Macao (according to
+differing authorities).
+
+[8] Nicolas Trigault was born at Douai, France, in 1577, and became
+a Jesuit novice when seventeen years old. As a student, he made
+a specialty of Oriental languages, and in 1610 entered the China
+mission, of which he was long in charge--meanwhile becoming versed
+in Chinese history and literature, concerning which, as well as the
+Jesuit missions there, Trigault wrote various books and memoirs. He
+died November 14, 1628, at either Nanking or Hang-tcheou.
+
+[9] Matheo de Curos was born at Lisbon in 1568, and became a Jesuit
+when fifteen years old; three years later, he left Europe for Japan,
+where during many years he occupied high positions in his order. He
+died at Fuscimo (Fushimi?), October 29, 1633.
+
+[10] _Dairi_ ("the great interior"), an appellation of the mikado
+of Japan, also of his palace in the city of Kioto (anciently called
+Miako), The temple referred to is the Daibutsu ("great Buddha"),
+located not far from the palace. See Rein's _Japan_, pp. 442-470,
+for account of Buddhism and other religions in Japan, and description
+and plan of Kioto.
+
+[11] Cf. _Jesuit Relations_, (Cleveland reissue) xxvii, p. 311,
+and xxxv, p. 277 (and elsewhere), for mention of these helpers
+(Fr. _dogiques_) in the Jesuit missions of New France.
+
+[12] Probably referring to St. Francis Xavier, who had been, seventy
+years before, so prominent a missionary in Japan and India. The word
+"saint," however, is here used by anticipation, as Xavier was not
+canonized at the time of this document. That ceremony was performed,
+for both Xavier and Ignatius de Loyola, on March 12, 1622; they had
+been beautified on July 27, 1609.
+
+[13] The two Latin phrases read thus in English respectively: "in
+the bowels of Jesus Christ," and "that I may be counted worthy of
+suffering reproach [or ignominy] for the name of Jesus."
+
+[14] This is a reference to the celebrated scholastic Duns Scotus.
+
+[15] The text reads thus: _Junto al estandarte que lleuoua el Pe
+Guardian yba un fraile lego llamado fr. Junipero y es tenido por sto_
+sencillo como el otro vaylando y diciendo mil frialdades a lo diuino.
+
+[16] The Order of Theatins was founded in 1524, by St. Cajetan of
+Chieti or Teate (whence Theatinus) and three others, one of whom later
+became Pope Paul IV. Their vows were very strict, for they were even
+forbidden to solicit alms. They were the first congregation in the
+Church of regular clerics or canons regular (_clerici regulares_
+or _canonici regulares_). On account of the early renown for piety
+which they acquired, it became usual to style any devout person a
+Theatino or Chietino. They were also sometimes called Tolentines,
+from the name of their principal church dedicated to St. Nicholas of
+Tolentine. Their dress being similar to that of the Jesuits, they
+were through ignorance often mistaken for them. The term was also
+applied to some of the Jesuits who had been in Florida and afterward
+went to Manila; to the Jesuit missionaries in Japan; and to the first
+Jesuits in the Philippines. Paul IV wished to unite his order with the
+Jesuits, but his request was not acceded to by St. Ignatius Loyola. The
+Theatins were never widely known outside of Italy.--The editors are
+indebted for this note to Revs. Jose Algue, S.J., Manila Observatory,
+E.I. Devitt, S.J., Georgetown College, and T.C. Middleton, O.S.A.,
+Villanova College. See also Addis and Arnold's _Catholic Dict._,
+pp. 792, 793.
+
+[17] The preachers of Charles V said to the Council of the Indias,
+in speaking of the repartimiento system in America: "We hold that
+this most great sin will be the cause of the total destruction of
+the state of Spain, if God does not alter it, or we do not amend it
+ourselves." See Helps's _Spanish Conquest_, ii, p. 56.
+
+[18] St. John's day is June 26, and St. Peter's June 29.
+
+[19] Span., _La puso en el cofrecillo secreto del acuerdo_; literally
+"placed it in the secret drawer of the assembly."
+
+[20] In 1621, the flagship of which Fernando Centeno was commander,
+"Nuestra Senora de la Vida," was wrecked in Isla Verde. See Colin,
+_Labor evangelica_, p. 159.
+
+[21] One may see in this and subsequent marginal notes of this nature,
+in this and in other documents, the possible working of the Spanish
+government offices. The memoranda thus made on the margins of the
+document by the council or government representative in the king's
+name, evidently formed the basis of the various decrees and orders
+despatched to the colonies, in regard to points brought out in
+the document that needed legislation. The document would probably
+be then turned over to the clerk or notarial secretary, who would
+have the decrees filled out properly, and in the stereotyped form,
+from these memoranda. Lastly, they would receive the king's signature
+(_rubrica_). Each of the marginal notes on this and other documents,
+when made by king or council, is generally accompanied by a rubrica,
+which attests its legality. These notes often consist of two distinct
+parts, one of matter to be addressed to the governor, in which the
+second person is used; the other, directions to clerks in regard
+to what should be done on points called up in the document. These
+distinct parts have each their rubricas.
+
+[22] See this note at end of the document, p. 167.
+
+[23] See this note, _post_, p. 168.
+
+[24] See _Vol_. XII, pp. 53, 54, "four hundred short toneladas of
+the Northern Sea, which amount to three hundred [of the Southern Sea]."
+
+[25] See this note, _post_, p. 169.
+
+[26] The report of this expedition, which was effected, will be given
+later, in a document of 1624.
+
+[27] See a further note to this section, _post_, p. 171.
+
+[28] See a further note on this section, _post_, p. 171.
+
+[29] The reservation signifies that absolution from the said
+censure is reserved exclusively to a superior, as the prior of a
+convent, a provincial, or general, or even to the supreme pontiff
+himself. See Addis and Arnold's _Catholic Dict._, pp. 135, and 717
+and 718.--_Rev. T.C. Middleton_, O.S.A.
+
+[30] The original reads "_despues_" ("since"), but the sense seems
+to require "_antes_" ("before").
+
+[31] An account of this expedition will be presented in a later
+document.
+
+[32] The words lacking in the above, due to the dilapidation of the
+MS., render it impossible to translate this passage clearly.
+
+[33] Cf. the three documents (1619-20) by Coronel, on "Reforms
+needed in the Filipinas," begun in _Vol_. XVIII, and concluded in
+this volume. Felipe III died on March 31, 1621, and was succeeded by
+his son, Felipe IV, to whom this "Memorial" is now addressed.
+
+[34] That is, "those who had come by a round-about way."
+
+[35] Various MSS. by Alonso Sanchez are to be found in the archives
+of different countries, and will be mentioned in the bibliographical
+volume of this series.
+
+[36] See, however, Morga's account of this in _Vol_. XV, pp. 79-92. See
+Morga also for a full account of the Camboja expeditions.
+
+[37] Thus in the original. A marginal pen correction in faded ink, in
+the copy from which we translate, reads 608. The _Cedulario Indico_,
+consisting of forty-one manuscript volumes of decrees, for the various
+parts of the Indias, which is preserved in the Archivo Historico
+Nacional in Madrid, contains a number of decrees of 1608 in regard
+to the ships from the Philippines.
+
+[38] The decree was of course granted by Felipe II, "your" being used
+merely as a set phrase to indicate the royal source of the decree.
+
+[39] See _Vol_. XVI, p. 60, note 31.
+
+[40] April 25, 1610, the fight with Wittert, _q.v._ _Vol_. XVII.
+
+[41] See an account of his voyage in _Vol_. XVII.
+
+[42] Thus in the original, but evidently an error for "Chinese."
+
+[43] _Cuatralbo_: the commander of four galleys.
+
+[44] Translated: "The earth is the Lord's and the fulness thereof:
+the world, and all they that dwell therein" (Ps. xxiv, v. 1).
+
+[45] In the margin is written, in an ancient hand: "For the singular
+veneration which the archduke of Borgona showed to the most holy
+sacrament of the eucharist."
+
+[46] Thus in the text (_comprar_); but the context would suggest that
+this was a slip for "sell."
+
+[47] In this connection may be cited the following statement from
+Sawyer's _Inhabitants of the Philippines_, p. 129: "The great wealth
+of the Archipelago is undoubtedly to be found in the development of
+its agriculture. Although the Central and Ilocan Mountains in Luzon
+and parts of Mindanao are rich in gold, it is the fertile land,
+the heavy rainfall and the solar heat, that must be utilized to
+permanently enrich the country. The land is there and the labour is
+there, and all that is wanting is capital, and a settled government
+... The sun, the rain, the soil, and the hardy Philippine farmer
+will do the rest--a population equal to that of Java could live in
+affluence in the Philippines."
+
+See also Sawyer's remarks (pp. 145-152) on gold and gold-mining in
+the islands.
+
+[48] See the document, "Expeditions to Tuy," at end of _Vol_. XIV.
+
+[49] The Augustinian Fray Miguel Garcia Serrano.
+
+[50] An ancient Spanish coin, which in the time of Ferdinand and
+Isabella was worth 14 reals 14 maravedis of silver; but its value
+varied in subsequent reigns. See the work of Fray Liciniano Saez,
+_Monedas que corrian en Castilla durante el reynado del Sr. D. Enrique
+IV_ (published by the Real Academia de la Historia, Madrid, 1805),
+pp. 408-426.
+
+[51] In Spain the name _cinamomo_ is popularly given to the _Melia
+acedarak_; but now in Manila that name is applied to a species of
+_Lausonia, L. inermis_. This latter grows in Arabia and Egypt, and
+is cultivated in Europe; it is there called _alchena_ or _alhena_,
+and its root is employed as a cosmetic by the Turks, and a paste of
+its leaves, known as _henna_, is used by them to dye the teeth or
+hair. See Blanco's _Flora_ (ed. 1845), pp. 206, 241.
+
+[52] Probably referring to the springs at Jigabo, province of Albay,
+the waters of which carry in solution a gelatinous silica, which
+is quickly incrusted on any object placed therein. See _Report_
+of U.S. Philippine Commission, 1900, iii, p. 222.
+
+[53] The "geometrical pace" is, in English measure, roughly
+estimated at five feet; in Spanish measure, according to Los Rios's
+reckoning--the tercia (or "third"), being one-third of a vara, is
+equivalent to 11.128 English inches--the geometrical pace would be
+55.64 English inches. The length of the wall, accordingly, would be
+a little less than two English miles.
+
+[54] Of this name Crawfurd says (_Dict. Indian Islands_, p. 283):
+"The collective name, which the Portuguese write Maluca, and is
+correctly Maluka, is equally unknown, although said to be that of a
+place and people of the island of Gilolo. No such name is, at present,
+known to exist in that island ... All that De Barros tells us of the
+name is, that it is a collective one for all the islands." He cites
+(pp. 101, 102) various names for the clove that are current in the
+Indian islands, and some found in early writers but among them is
+none resembling Maluca.
+
+[55] See the detailed description of the clove tree, its product,
+the mode of gathering cloves, their properties, and the extent of
+the trade in this spice in _Recueil des voiages Comp. des Indes
+Orientales_, i, pp. 503-507. The price at which the Dutch bought
+cloves from the natives (in 1599) is there stated at fifty-four reals
+of eight. The extent of the crop is thus stated: "According to what
+the inhabitants of Ternate say, the Molucca Islands produce annually
+the following quantity of cloves: the islands of Ternate and Tidore,
+each 1,000 bares; Bassian Island, 2,000 bares; and Motier Island,
+600 or 700 bares." Crawfurd says (_Dict. Indian Islands_, p. 503):
+"In England, before the discovery of the passage by the Cape of Good
+Hope, a pound of cloves cost 30_s._, or 168_l._ per cwt."
+
+[56] Spanish, _entretenidos_; persons who were performing certain
+duties, in hope of obtaining permanent positions, or waiting for
+vacancies to occur in certain posts.
+
+[57] The ancient city of Ormuz was on the mainland, but was removed to
+the opposite island, Jerun, because of repeated Tartar attacks. Its
+fame almost rivaled that of Venice from the end of the thirteenth
+to the seventeenth century. It was owned by the Portuguese during
+1507-1622, when it was taken by Shah Abbas, with the aid of the English
+East India Company. It was next to Goa the richest of Portuguese
+possessions. See _Voyage of Pyrard de Laval_ (Hakluyt Society's
+publications, London, 1888), ii, p. 238, notes 1 and 2.
+
+[58] The editors of _Voyage of Pyrard de Laval_ (ii, p. 357, _note_)
+say of the clove: "It is curious that this spice seems not to have
+been known to the Romans, nor to any Europeans till the discovery of
+the Moluccas by the Portuguese." Duarte Barbosa, in _East Africa and
+Malabar_ (Stanley's trans., Hakluyt Society edition, London, 1866),
+pp. 219-220, quotes cloves from Maluco as worth per bahar in Calicut
+500 and 600 fanoes; and, when clean of husks and sticks, 700 fanoes,
+19 fanoes being paid as export duty. At Maluco they were worth from one
+to two ducats per bahar, and in Malacca as much as fourteen. Captain
+John Saris (see Satow's edition of _Voyage of Capt. John Saris_,
+Hakluyt Society publications, p. 33) bought cloves for "60 rials of
+8 per Bahar of 200 Cattyes."
+
+[59] See Satow's _Voyage of Capt. John Saris, ut supra_, pp. 224,
+225, 228, 229, for names and prices of various kinds of silks.
+
+[60] _Cuarto_: a copper coin worth four maravedis.
+
+[61] Saris (_Voyage_, pp. 216, 225) mentions the following Chinese
+goods: "Veluet Hangings imbroydered with gold, eighteene Rialls;
+vpon Sattins, fourteene Rials." "Imbrodered Hangings, called Poey,
+the best ten Rials the piece."
+
+[62] Spanish, _palo de China_; also known as "China root;" the root
+of _Smilax china_. It is not now used, but formerly had great repute
+for the cure of venereal diseases as well as for gout. Linschoten has
+a long account of its virtues and mode of use, in _Voyage_ (Hakluyt
+Society's edition), ii, pp. 107-112; see also i, p. 239. Cf. Pyrard
+de Laval's _Voyage_, i, p. 182.
+
+[63] The cruzado was an old coin of Castilla and Portugal. The
+Castilian coin was of gold, silver, or copper, and of different
+values. The Portuguese coin, evidently the one of our text, was worth
+ten reals de vellon in Spain. See _Dicc. nacional ... de la lengua
+Espanola_ (Madrid, 1878).
+
+[64] So in the copy which we follow. Literally translated this is
+"butter," which causes doubt as to the correctness of the copy.
+
+[65] The _larin_ was a silver coin that takes its name from the city
+of Lar in Persia. It has been current in a number of eastern countries
+and districts, among them Persia, the Maldives, Goa, and the Malabar
+coast, Ceylon, and Kandy. It has gone out of circulation, although
+the name is preserved in certain copper coins at the Maldives. The
+ancient coin was of various shapes, that of the Maldives being about
+as long as the finger and double, having Arabic characters stamped on
+it; that of Ceylon resembled a fishhook: those of Kandy are described
+as a piece of silver wire rolled up like a wax taper. When a person
+wishes to make a purchase, he cuts off as much of this silver as
+is equal in value to the price of the article. Its probably first
+mention by an European writer occurs in the _Lembrancas das Cousas de
+India_ (_Subsidios_ iii, 53), in 1525, where the following table is
+given: 2 fules = 1 dinar; 12 dinars = 1 tanga; 3 tangas 10 dinars =
+1 new larin; 3 tangas 9 dinars = 1 old larin. At Cambaye (p. 38)
+1 tanga larin = 60 reis, and 45 larins weighed 1 Portuguese marco,
+or 50 grammes. Antonio Nunes (1554) in his _Livro dos Pesos_, says:
+"At the port of Bengala, 80 couries = 1 pone; 48 pones = 1 larin. The
+Portuguese marco of the time of Joao III, being equivalent to 2,500
+reis, would make the larin worth 51,012 reis." Davy says that the
+larin of Kandy was worth about 7d. in English currency. For detailed
+information about the larin, see _Voyage of Pyrard de Laval, ut supra_,
+i, p. 232 and note 2; and ii, p. 68.
+
+[66] "Next, many watered camlets of Persia and Ormus, of all colours,
+made of the wool of large sheep that have not curled fleeces like
+ours. Of it they make also good store of cloaks and capes, called
+by the Indians _Mansans_, and by the Portuguese 'Ormus _cambalis_;'
+they are made of the same wool, in bands of different colours, each
+four inches wide. Everyone takes these to sea for a protection from
+the rain. The tissue is the same as of cloth." It was called "camlet,"
+because made originally of camel's hair. See _ut supra_, ii, p. 240.
+
+[67] The Venetian sequin, worth about 50 sols, which was silver money
+and circulated at Goa. See _ut supra_, ii, p. 69.
+
+[68] Crawfurd (_Dict. Indian Islands_) says that this is the
+eagle-wood of commerce. Its name in Malay and Javanese is _kalambak_
+or _kalambah_, but it is also known in these languages by that of
+_gahru_, or _kayu-gahru_, gahru-wood, a corruption of the Sanscrit
+_Agharu_. This sweet-scented wood has been used immemorially as an
+incense throughout eastern countries, and was early introduced into
+Europe by the Portuguese. The perfumed wood is evidently the result
+of a disease in the tree, produced by the thickening of the sap into
+a gum or resin. The tree is confused with the aloes, but properly
+speaking has no connection with that tree; and the word _agila_
+has been wrongly translated into "eagle" [see above "_aguila_"]. The
+tree probably belongs to the order of _Leguminosae_. The best perfumed
+or diseased wood is found in the mountainous country to the east of
+the Gulf of Siam, including Camboja and Cochinchina. Castenheda says
+that at Campar, on the eastern side of Sumatra, are "forests which
+yield aloes-wood, called in India Calambuco (kalambak). The trees
+which produce it are large, and when they are old they are cut down
+and the aloes-wood taken from them, which is the heart of the tree,
+and the outer part is agila. Both these woods are of great price,
+but especially the Calambuco, which is rubbed in the hands, yielding
+an agreeable fragrance; the agila does so when burned." See Crawfurd,
+_ut supra_, pp. 6, 7, and Yule's Cathay, ii, p. 472, note 1.
+
+[69] _Calambac_: the kalambac, or normal form of the wood called agila,
+is evidently meant here; see preceding note.
+
+[70] See _Vol_. IV, pp. 99, 100.
+
+All the old books of voyages of eastern countries contain much on the
+buying and selling prices of various commodities. See especially the
+notable Hakluyt Society publications.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898
+by Emma Helen Blair
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 ***
+
+***** This file should be named 16086.txt or 16086.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/1/6/0/8/16086/
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Distributed Proofreaders Team
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.